Home

Apress Mac for Linux Geeks (2009)

1. batesan tee Ok Keene rege Figure 5 37 Creating a new database with NeoOffice Base 122 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS In most significant ways NeoOffice is an outstanding and powerful productivity suite for Mac OS X Its native approach makes it fast Its various applications can edit and save files from other third party productivity applications As an application under the GPL it relies strictly on donations for its development yet NeoOffice is an outstanding alternative to com mercial and proprietary productivity suites for Mac OS X Summary Mac OS X has many strengths It s a powerful and versatile platform on which to create and edit multimedia files from graphics to video to audio With the advanced Core Image Core Video and Core Audio frameworks Mac OS X has a cutting edge look and feel More impor tant these tools make it possible to maximize the power of Mac OS X when creating and editing multimedia applications Those strengths are the backbone upon which Apple has built its reputation for many years As such Mac OS X includes a suite of tools to manage and edit personal multimedia files the iLife package of iPhoto iMovie iDVD iWeb and GarageBand These are powerful tools especially when considering that they re included with the operating system Also available are a variety of third party proprietary professionally oriented multimedia tools although this market is a bit dark in th
2. Allow all incoming connections Allow only essential services O Set access for specific services and applications Mac OS X normally determines which programs are allowed incoming commections Select this option if you want to allow or block incoming connections for specific programs File Sharing SMB A Cyberduck Allow incoming connections Radioshift Helper 2007 12 10 00 06 17 0600 Allow incoming connections t Skype Allow incoming connections Be Mozy Allow incoming connections Xquartz Allow incoming connections mysia Allow incoming Connections y i Click the lock to prevent further changes ED Figure 7 33 Setting the Mac OS X application level firewall 186 CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION When you choose the third firewall option you can add applications by clicking the famil iar plus button in the lower left corner of the configuration window Then you can choose to allow or block incoming connections to that application via a menu on the right side of the application pane You can also Control click the application name to display the location of the application in the Finder Applications added to this list are also digitally signed for posterity If the application is modified at some point in the future Mac OS X will prompt you with a choice to either accept or deny incoming connections from that application This provides an additional level of security The default in this mode is th
3. For Time Machine backups Apple uses a slight modification to the UNIX standard for hard links In a normal UNIX system hard links can be created only on files Mac OS X extends this to include folders as well That s the final piece that makes Time Machine backups pos sible In short Time Machine is a robust and transparent way to create and restore regular sys tem backups Those backups can include everything on the system from single individual files to a full bootable operating system restoration And by using hard links those backups make the most use of drive space Many Mac OS X users myself included prefer to create full bootable system backups independent of Time Machine I tend to lean on Time Machine to restore those occasional file gotchas leaving the larger system backups to other stand alone tools Several tools from third party developers utilize many of the best elements of the UNIX system They re easily configurable to meet specific backup needs Almost all incorporate the ability to schedule backups and to define those schedules from an easy to use interface And fortunately many of these tools are free Backups with Carbon Copy Cloner With the UNIX underpinnings of Mac OS X many of the Mac OS X backup applications ulti mately rely on the same tools that Linux administrators have been using for years but do so from clean and fully functional GUI interfaces Some administrators in fact find that the
4. sudo port install gnome In this case gnome is an alias or metaport for the gnome desktop package This package provides the core libraries and icons for the GNOME desktop This command will install all the base files necessary to run GNOME on a Mac OS X system Additionally some system variables will need to be set in order for the desktop to operate properly XDG_DATA_DIRS opt local share XDG_DATA_HOME opt local share 250 CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM XDG_CONFIG DIRS opt local etc xdg ESPEAKER localhost These variables will be set in the xinitrc files as in the following example which enables GNOME using any X11 and uses GNOME s built in window manager Metacity make sure X11 is MacPorts and usr local aware PATH PATH opt local bin opt local sbin usr local bin export PATH make the freedesktop menu entries work export XDG DATA _DIRS opt local share export XDG_DATA_HOME opt local share export XDG_CONFIG DIRS opt local etc xdg enable sound export ESPEAKER localhost use GNOME s window manager exec metacity amp start GNOME exec gnome session For users who have chosen Fink as their port system on Mac OS X the following com mand will install GNOME fink install gnome After GNOME is installed run it within Mac OS X by executing this command gnome session amp You can also make some modifications to xinitrc in order to run the GNOME desktop at login Adding the
5. 0 cee een tent n ene e nena ens 65 Xcode Installation 0 00 0 0 c cece cece nee aes 66 An Overview of the Xcode Tool Set 00 200 eee 70 Online Linux Tools 2 0 nunnan nnana neeaaea 71 MAG PORTS k cco doscn sess ienncn arnt ae helen smgcnltacboga aon Scontae need 71 Saeed Ne E 75 CHAPTER 5 CHAPTER 6 CONTENTS Using the Many Apple and Linux Tools 81 A Brief Overview of Graphics and Multimedia on the Mac 81 Core GraphicS 0 0 0 cc ccc cece eee n eee e nes 82 GORE VIGGO ios 4 scot renren e ataree wand E a dation sta a 84 Quartz COMpOSer 6 cece ence nea 86 Built in Mac OS X Multimedia Tools 00 ceca eee 86 IPHOTO ar 86 iMovie and iDVD 0 cece cece eee eens 89 Weberni ana ee ane maaan neigh nai ean nt aitiot a newnce ee 92 GarageBand ccc ccc cnet e een e nes 94 Third Party Multimedia Tools 00 cc ccc cece eee eee 98 The Adobe Multimedia Tools 0 c cece cece eee 99 Mac OS X Third Party Multimedia Summary 103 Open Source Multimedia Tools 00 0 ccc cece eens 104 Graphics Editing with GIMP 0 c cece eee eee 104 Audio Editing with Audacity 0 cece eee eee 106 Open Source Multimedia Summary 05 108 Office and Productivity Tools in Mac OS X 0 00 05 108 Microsoft Offi
6. een Print amp Fax HP Officejet 5600 series Officejet 5600 s cae s gt E l Share this printer Location Cerebellum Kind HP Officejet 5600 series Status Idle Default Open Print Queue Options amp Supplies BE Default Printer HP Officejet 5600 series he Default Paper Size in Page Setup US Letter B l a Click the lock to prevent further changes Figure 6 22 The Print amp Fax window in System Preferences A combination printer fax machine is displayed in the left pane as two separate devices If you have not added a printer to the system the left pane will be empty You can add a printer by clicking the plus sign at the bottom of the printer pane and following the directions that appear The example in Figure 6 22 shows that I m using an HP printer fax combo an HP Office Jet 5610 This particular printer is a printer fax scanner combination The printer and fax machine show up as separate items in the pane to facilitate providing separate configurations for these two devices However the printer itself is the default as noted in the caption under the printer in the printer pane reading Idle Default Both are currently connected and operational as indicated by the green light to the left of the status message for both the printer and the fax As you can see from Figure 6 22 sharing a printer with other Mac or Linux computers on the network is very easy Sele
7. gt By loading this page in your browser as shown in Figure 8 25 you ll test the PHP configu ration as well as display all the pertinent configuration information SSS Sen pe Rae Ul Figure 8 25 The phpinfo php page displayed in Safari 216 CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE Note PHP development can be greatly enhanced by the use of PEAR modules available at http pear php net Like CPAN and RubyGems PEAR modules are prebuilt code chunks written to accomplish a specific task These can be easily rolled into your PHP development Full documentation to acquire and use PEAR modules is available on the PEAR site at http pear php net manual The inclusion of PHP in the base Mac OS X installation rounds out the remarkably com plete set of development tools built into the Mac operating system You ve seen that the Mac OS X platform includes the most current programming and scripting languages all of which are available some with minor additional configuration from within the Xcode interface Scripting Aside from the built in programming languages Mac OS X supplies a great environment for scripting and scripting solutions The UNIX basis of the operating system provides all the tools necessary for shell scripting As with a Linux system you can create scripts on the fly to accomplish any number of administrative tasks Scripts can also provide some functionality in other application development Bash Python Perl and R
8. As noted Time Machine creates incremental backups but these aren t your typical backups as you ll see if you take a look inside the backup directories A complete backup of the system appears to live within each instance of a backup as shown in Figure 7 8 It doesn t seem pos sible that a full backup could be completed every hour without filling up the available space on a backup drive within a matter of days But as noted Time Machine isn t really doing full backups it s doing incremental backups And it s doing them in a way that makes full use of UNIX file structure and permissions CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION 161 a A0stcators BS Developer a Uteay mete we ets a ot B mer Ge Vier Corte forrunon ASALETE a ven Figure 7 8 A look inside the Time Machine backup directories Time Machine uses hard links in its backups Hard links and symbolic links are integral in UNIX filesystems A symbolic link or symlink is a pointer to another file A symlink returned in a command line ls 1 command is shown with an 1 in the file type slot of the file description which is the first position Symlinks don t contain the file data They only point to the location of the data At their simplest symlinks can be thought of as shortcuts They re files that point to the loca tion of other files Symlinks can be moved within a filesystem structure and will still work as shortcuts to the origina
9. efficient and usable for all who choose it If a computing system is so complex as to be acces sible only to geeks it s unlikely that those goals will ever be accomplished Almost without exception I ve found the Mac OS X experience to be rewarding The tools work The hardware is stable and robust And like the proverbial icing on the cake the GUI is pretty intuitive and very functional There s a reason Macs have gained their reputation in the world of multimedia All those elements are critical in an operating system that will spend many many hours churning out beautiful graphics editing video and making music Not coincidentally those uses tend to put a complete computing system to its full test Processor intensive applications shine on the Mac That s a function of known hardware for which developers can write code with relative ease Most certainly that s one of many reasons why open source code runs so well and so easily on the Mac too It s also a function of acommon set of development tools included with every Mac OS X operating system disc A well executed operating system based on BSD a known hardware platform a view toward design and ease of use these are the leading reasons for my personal migration to the Macintosh and Mac OS X and the reasons I ve chosen to present you with this book I ll say it right up front Mac OS X just works It has the power the tools and the stability to rival any operating sy
10. None wf Cancel GoBack Finish Figure 3 10 Selecting the installation source for the virtual Linux installation After completing the virtual machine installation VMware displays a library of virtual machines as shown in Figure 3 11 and starts the virtual machine in which your Linux distri bution will be installed Virtual Machine Library Virtual Machines Ubuntu VMware Fusion Download Settings g Run Figure 3 11 The library of installed virtual machines CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION The installation of Ubuntu in VMware looks and performs much the same as a stand alone installation on any computer as shown in Figure 3 12 The Live CD will run within the virtual machine just as it would on a system with any other operating system installed You can choose to run Ubuntu from the CD itself run Ubuntu within VMware or install Ubuntu within the virtual machine To install it double click the Install icon on the desktop 000 Ubuntu O Live session user u Fri Aug 1 8 26 PM i VMware Tools is not installed Choose the Virtual Machine gt Install VMware Tools menu t t Ogoe ci z Figure 3 12 The Ubuntu Live CD running within VMware The partitioning tool in Ubuntu will see the virtual drive created by VMware as a normal drive It s acceptable to use the guided Ubuntu partitioning tool as shown in Figure 3 13 creating a large ext3 partition a
11. System programs and administration utilities fundamental to both single user and multiuser environments Temporary files The majority of user utilities and applications Common utilities programming tools and applications Standard C include files CHAPTER 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS MAC OS X 25 Directory Contents usr lib Archive libraries usr libdata Miscellaneous utility data files usr libexec System daemons and system utilities executed by other programs usr local Local executables libraries etc and also used as the default destination for the FreeBSD ports framework usr obj Architecture specific target tree produced by building the usr src tree usr ports The FreeBSD ports collection optional usr sbin System daemons and system utilities executed by users usr share Architecture independent files usr src BSD and or local source files usr X11R6 X11R6 distribution executables libraries etc optional var Multipurpose log temporary transient and spool files var log Miscellaneous system log files var mail User mailbox files var spool Miscellaneous printer and mail system spooling directories var tmp Temporary files var yp Network Information Service NIS maps The contents of tmp are usually not preserved across a system reboot A memory based filesystem is often mounted at tmp This can be automated using the tmpmfs related variables of rc conf 5 or with an entry in etc fs
12. lt string gt com UserTony CopyDocs lt string gt lt key gt OnDemand lt key gt 144 CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION lt true gt lt key gt ProgramArguments lt key gt lt array gt lt string gt Users tony scripts copy_ files lt string gt lt array gt lt key gt WatchPaths lt key gt lt array gt lt string gt Users tony Documents lt string gt lt array gt lt dict gt lt plist gt This file instructs the launchd service to execute the script you just created when a file is found in the WatchPath User tony Documents As you can see the file provides keys and action strings These guide the launchct1 application You can run this new task using the launchct1 application launchctl load Library LaunchAgents com UserTony CopyDocs plist This will load the plist file into launchd When something in the Users tony Documents changes the Volumes ThumbDrive Documents directory will contain new txt files All cor rectly coded plist files in the Library LaunchAgents Library LaunchAgents and System Library LaunchdAgents directories are loaded by launchd when a user logs in at the console The plist files in Library LaunchDaemons and System Library LaunchDaemons are loaded at system startup To stop the launchct1 application use the following command launchctl unload w Library LaunchAgents com UserTony CopyDocs plist The w option will guarantee that the plist file isn t loade
13. ronments GNOME and KDE Both are available via the MacPorts and Fink systems While it may take a considerable amount of time to download and install all the necessary packages installing your choice of Linux desktop environment will allow you to use many of the Linux tools you ve become familiar with in their native environment You might easily consider that the ultimate system hybridization Index Special Characters MREGS column 133 PRTS column 133 TH column 133 PATH variable 238 A AAC Advanced Audio Coding 82 Access control lists ACLs 21 168 Accounts tool 136 137 ACLs Access control lists 21 168 Acrobat Professional Adobe 99 Action drop down arrow 202 activate_process command 7 Activate Deactivate button 206 Activity Monitor 129 132 adaptive hot file clustering 21 add command 188 231 Address Book application 198 administrative access Mac OS X 31 32 Adobe Acrobat Professional 99 Adobe Creative Suite packages 100 Adobe Illustrator 98 99 Adobe Photoshop 99 100 101 104 105 Adobe Premiere 99 101 102 103 Adobe Systems 98 Advanced Audio Coding AAC 82 Advanced compositing 101 Advanced Options 126 After Effects Adobe 99 Air Share application 187 all mode 70 allocation blocks 19 alpha value 83 altgraph package 209 Amarok 253 Amelio Gil 10 13 Animation cues 103 Apache 147 208 213 API 220 App Store 242 AppController m file 200 AppKit class 21
14. sheet Those data sources are placed in a sidebar within the main window and a summary page is presented as the top page Note the similarity in look and feel to the iTunes applica tion This has been a strategy of Apple with Mac OS X native applications since 2006 Like Pages Numbers is an easy to use application although it s somewhat more light weight in functionality than Excel Again while Numbers will meet most of the needs ofa casual user it may be lacking in features for a spreadsheet power user Keynote Perhaps the most venerable application in the iWork suite is the masterful presentation pack age Keynote You may have already seen a Keynote presentation It was the presentation tool used by Al Gore in the Academy Award winning 2006 film An Inconvenient Truth It s also the tool used in every presentation by Steve Jobs since its introduction Consistent with the other iWork tools Keynote opens with template options to create a new presentation or the capability to open an existing presentation as shown in Figure 5 30 Figure 5 31 shows an example of editing a slide in Keynote 116 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS Choose a theme for your presentation ci shai ME ma Portfolio Leather Book Modern Portfolio Showcase A VINTAGE Showcase Vintage oie q ee Paper P Ser a Formal Formal Graph Paper Imagine SS z Slide Size 1024 x 768 Don t show this dialog again Open an Exist
15. sudo usr sbin diskutil mount disk1is3 The script simply uses diskutil to mount as in Linux disk1s3 the Backups disk that I m prevented from mounting at bootup with the modification of etc fstab This script has executable permissions and is written to Users tony scripts mount_backup sh 166 CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION Finally a second script will unmount the drive when CCC has completed its cloning operations bin sh sudo usr sbin diskutil umount disk1s3 Again I m simply using diskutil to unmount the volume to which I ve just written the backup With executable permissions this file is written to Users tony scripts umount_ backup sh Finally I add these scripts to the advanced options window of CCC as shown in Figure 7 13 With these pieces in place CCC will mount the Backups drive execute the backup and unmount the Backups drive when the backup is complete If further logging is required the logging script code can be added to the umount script Clone to this subfolder on the target volume Run this shell script before the clone begins Users tony scripts mount_backups sh Run this shell script when the clone finishes successfully Users tony scripts umount_backups sh This option only works with the Copy selected Rems tioning method Close Figure 7 13 Adding the scripts to the Carbon Copy Cloner advanced options window Overall CCC is a strong backup tool with a
16. www rubyinside com the ultimate list of rubycocoa tutorials tips and tools 728 html It s clear that the UNIX underpinnings of Mac OS X provide much the same flexibility for Python and Ruby development as that found in most Linux distributions While a few extra steps may be required to configure a Mac OS X system for Cocoa development with Python or Ruby the basic functionality of both exists in the standard installation CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE 213 eves New Project Choose a template for your new project Me mo A A D Audio Units Automator Action Cocoa Python Cocoa Python Core Data Document based Application 0 Bundle Document based Application Command Line Utility a Dynamic Library 7 7 Framework va Description This project builds a Cocoa based application written Kernel Extension in Ruby Standard Apple Plug ins Static Library Other Cancel Choose Figure 8 22 Creating a new RubyCocoa application project with Xcode Xcode and PHP Given the inclusion of Java Python and Ruby in the standard Mac OS X installation it should come as no surprise that PHP is also included in Mac OS X Mac OS X 10 5 Leopard installs PHP 5 by default with built in support for the SQLite database The inclusion of PHP and SQLite in combination with the default Apache installation makes Mac OS X a strong web application development environment requiring little additional configuration PHP configu
17. 39 45 50 52 164 distributions 234 dist upgrade command 79 dmg files 148 251 DNS Domain Name System 36 62 DNS Server 36 dnssd package 212 DocumentRoot directory 147 Documents directory 27 Domain Name System DNS 36 62 domains 25 downloading rEFTIt 43 Dreamweaver 99 drives 38 39 accessing from command line 39 accessing through GUI 38 39 overview 38 dselect command 77 DTrace 71 dual booting Boot Camp 45 50 overview 41 42 partitioning from command line 50 51 rEFTIt 42 45 removing Linux partitions 51 53 dump subcommand 222 DV Digital Video format 101 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP 36 Dynamic Rules 189 dynamiclib flag 248 E e2fsprogs tool 28 EBC EFI Byte Code 42 edit command 144 editing features 89 editing interface 88 EDITOR variable 74 editor cmd CMD option 221 EFI Extensible Firmware Interface 42 EFI boot loader 42 EFI Byte Code EBC 42 efi directory 43 53 enable command 188 Enable Root User 31 Encore 99 Entourage 110 env command 33 EnvironmentVariable key 34 enx command 34 Ethernet interfaces configuring from command line 34 35 using GUI to configure 35 36 exclude from option 180 exclude from rsync option 180 exec command 128 exit command 236 exposing filesystem layouts 27 ext2 ext3 filesystem vs HFS 29 30 in Linux 28 29 Extended metadata 21 Extensible Firmware Interface EFI 42 Extension attribute records 22 F
18. C12A7328 F81F 11D2 BA gt 4B 00A0C93EC93B 409640 4742016 2 GPT part 48465300 0000 11AA AA gt 11 00306543ECAC 135151656 262144 135413800 20887648 3 GPT part EBDOAOA2 B9E5 4433 87 CO 68B6B72699C7 156301448 7 156301455 32 Sec GPT table 156301487 1 Sec GPT header The important elements of this return listing are the indices As this is disko the specific partitions to be modified will be addressed as disk0s2 and disk0s3 In particular disk0s3 is the Linux partition To remove the partition use gpt as follows CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION 53 gpt remove i 3 disko As you might guess this instructs gpt to remove the third partition on disko the partition created to install Linux in this example When gpt has successfully removed the partition run the gpt show command once again to get a view of the current state of the partition table on the drive gpt show disko The gpt command returns a description of disko start size index contents 0 1 MBR 1 1 Pri GPT header 2 32 Pri GPT table 34 6 40 409600 1 GPT part C12A7328 F81F 11D2 BA gt 4B 00A0C93EC93B 409640 134742016 2 GPT part 48465300 0000 11AA AAs 11 00306543ECAC 135151656 262144 135413800 20887648 3 MBR Part 131 156301448 156301455 32 Sec GPT table 156301487 1 Sec GPT header disk0s3 is gone successfully deleted by gpt Now you need only to use the resizeVolume verb for diskutil to enlarge the current Mac OS X volu
19. F file FILENAME option 221 fdisk command 27 Features 29 Fedora 32 Ferret 212 fetch command 79 231 fetch all command 79 fetch missing command 79 file F FILENAME option 221 file permissions Mac OS X 30 31 file record 18 filesystems Apple 17 22 ext2 ext3 in Linux 28 29 HFS vs ext2 ext3 29 30 layouts 22 28 overview 17 FileVault 184 Final Cut Studio 98 Fink 75 79 105 106 installing 75 77 overview 75 using 77 79 Firewall Logs 189 firewalls ipfw as 186 188 Fireworks Adobe 99 Fix button 206 Flash Adobe 99 flat_namespace flag 248 flush command 188 force option 221 Fork data attribute records 22 FOSS free and open source software 12 Foundation class 210 Foundations of Mac OS X Leopard Security Edge Barker and Smith 183 frames Core Video 85 86 free and open source software FOSS 12 INDEX 263 Free Software Foundation 71 FreeBSD 12 14 17 24 25 71 fs_usage command 28 fsaclctl command 27 fsck tool 28 29 G Gamma 85 GarageBand 86 94 98 GCC GNU Compiler Collection 65 GECOS General Electric Comprehensive Operating System 1 gem files 212 General Electric Comprehensive Operating System GECOS 1 General option 176 General security tab 183 GetFileInfo command 28 GIF Graphics Interchange Format 82 GIMP GNU Image Manipulation Program 104 106 209 editing features 106 installing 105 106 overview 104 105 Git managing changes with 230 231 g
20. However because you ll be working with gpt on the system volume the boot drive you ll need to exit the current Mac OS X session and restart using the installation disc This will allow you to unmount the system volume in order to view or make the changes To begin removing a partition insert the Mac OS X installation disc in the drive reboot the system and hold down the C key as it reboots until you hear the disc spinning up in the disc drive At the installation prompt select your language of choice Then select Utilities and Disk Utility from the menu bar Highlight the boot drive by clicking its icon in the left pane of Disk Utility right click and select Unmount Now you ll be able to use gpt to remove the Linux partition and diskutil to resize the Mac OS X partition Alternatively open Terminal app from the Utilities menu and eject the volume from the command line disktuil eject Volumes volume name To remove a partition using gpt you ll first want to look at the names of the existing parti tions gpt show disko This command will display all the partitions on the system From this list you ll cull the name of the partition you would like to remove on the boot drive With this command unlike the diskutil command the partition number is displayed as the index on the drive distinct from the drive itself start size index contents 0 1 MBR 1 1 Pri GPT header 2 32 Pri GPT table 34 6 40 409600 1 GPT part
21. Permissions in Mac OS X 0 0 ccc ccc eee een eens 30 File PermisSiONS 000 0 cece cece cent e cence nee n ee 30 Root and Administrative Access 0 ccc cece eee eee 31 Terminal Access in Mac OSX 2 occ cece eens 32 Starting Bashi s2s26 scr cerit kinnene pinet Eneee a teieni 32 Setting Linux System Variables in Mac OS X 33 Interfaces in Mac OS X 0 cece nee eens 34 Configuring Ethernet Interfaces from the Command Line 34 Using the GUI to Configure Ethernet Interfaces 35 Devices and Drives 0 ccc ccc cence ence tenes 38 Accessing Devices and Drives Through the GUI 38 Accessing Devices and Drives from the Command Line 39 SUMMAN o onae iadaa i a a aaah a heonedd oti dps duals 39 Dual Booting and Virtualization 41 Dual Booting Linux and Mac OS X 0 cece eee 41 Loading Linux with rEFIt n on 42 Installing Linux Using Boot Camp 0 eee 45 Partitioning from the Command Line 00 50 Removing a Linux Partition 00 c cece eee ee eee 51 Virtual LINUX oonan eect ene e een e nes 54 Using VMWAle 0 ccc cnet n eee e nes 54 USING VIMUAIBOX es 0ic4 ect eeduhemsnitiates aed ahendeiwianenad 63 SUMMA vanaca ch ntuatanan dase E dom aerskdathuat ans dansen 63 Building Out the Linux Environment 65 Xcode TOOIS
22. Routine Mac OS X System Administration you ve administered UNIX or Linux systems in the past or if you re making a living doing that now you ll find many similarities between the administrative tools on those computers and those included with Mac OS X The lineup is not a perfect match but it s close enough in many cases Apple has made some modifications to Mac OS X tools for its own purposes but many of these changes will be noticeable only to the hard core Linux and UNIX faithful Let s start this chapter with the similarities Using the Shell The default user shell for Mac OS X is bash the Bourne Again SHell Bash has been ported almost entirely intact from BSD Prior to the introduction of bash in Mac OS X 10 3 Panther the default shell for Mac OS X was tcsh the TENEX C SHell While tcsh is a flexible and popular shell bash has become more widely implemented With strong similarities to the csh the C SHell bash offers much more flexibility in programming and scripting than its C predecessors or the tcsh shell A strong understanding of the shell and its scripting power is a modern prerequisite for most UNIX BSD Mac OS X administrators Increasingly the powerful shell of choice for administrators is bash Programming in bash isn t as complete or as powerful as full blown programming in other languages This programming is generally accomplished via small scripts although bash provides the power to create very la
23. To test whether these steps properly created the new user let s use the GUI tool to check all the users on the system As shown in Figure 6 17 a new user Test Y User has been created successfully from the command line in Mac OS X Note that although this example was per formed one line at a time it s easy to script this command line user creation routine een Accounts Ors orm My Account Tony Steidler Den Admin Y Other Accounts Guest Account Disabled Laurie Steidler D Standard ce Test Y User MobileMe User Name i Standard Reset Password User Name Test Y User l Allow user to administer this computer C Enable Parental Controls Open Parental Controls fay Login Options N Click the lock to prevent further changes Figure 6 17 The new system user created using the command line tool dscl 140 CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION Log Review and Maintenance Another fundamental system administration task is review and maintenance of system logs Much of the maintenance is performed automatically by launchd the cron like Mac OS X tool But it s still the responsibility of the system administrator to regularly review the critical logs for security or system performance issues It s also important to understand where those logs are located though it you re currently an administrator on a UNIX BSD or Linux system the locations won
24. all mountable volumes repairVolume Repair the file system data structure of a volume verifyDisk Synonym for verifyVolume resizeVolume Resize a volume increasing or decreasing its size diskutil lt verb gt with no options will provide help on that verb Of particular interest to the task at hand is the resizeVolume verb This is what you ll use to shrink the current boot volume freeing space for the new Linux partition diskutil clearly already knows the format of the current boot partition So if the only change you re making to that partition is its size you won t need to tell diskutil how the par tition should be formatted However you will need to let diskutil know the new size of the partition This is the option to the command You also need to know how the system currently sees and labels the boot volume To see this information use the list verb of the diskutil command diskutil list This returns the following output TYPE NAME SIZE IDENTIFIER 0 GUID_partition_scheme 74 5 Gi disko CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION 51 1 EFI 200 0 Mi disk0Os1 2 Apple _HFS OSX 74 1 Gi disk0Os2 This listing displays the partition number on the drive as well as the partition type name size and system identifier In the case of my hard drive the partition named OSX is the partition I would like to shrink That s just the common name In fact the system sees the drive as disk0s2 This denotes the second
25. and then identify any further action to be taken The system kernel configuration determines the default rule whether the system will allow or deny all packets In all ipfw will allow up to 65 535 unique rules and therefore unique actions on packets The only rule that is not configurable is the rule numbered 65535 That s the default rule upon which all others must be based Given the large number of pos sible rules ipfw is an extremely flexible tool for packet filtering and traffic shaping ipfw utilizes a rich command set that s laid out in great detail in the man page man ipfw Your best guide for ipfw use is to study and become familiar with the man page However some examples are useful to demonstrate the capabilities and power of ipfw ipfw looks at a packet and then compares that packet to the ruleset searching for condi tional matches If one is found ipfw acts on the packet based on the instructions provided by the individual matching rule It s much like the subprocess of driving known as stopping at a stop sign As long as there are no stop signs in sight you continue driving As soon as you reach a stop sign a rule of the road says to step on the brake stop even with the stop sign wait for traffic with the right of way processing a completely different subset of rules and when it s your turn to go accelerate smoothly away from the sign So your actions are determined by the stop sign conditions or rules ip
26. are a few configuration options that will interest nearly any administrator 146 CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION The first thing you ll want to do for a MAMP system is to enable PHP 5 This is disabled by default in the Mac OS X installation To enable it open the etc apache2 httpd conf file ina text editor and uncomment the line containing the following LoadModule php5_ module libexec apache2 libphp5 so Then start or restart the server with the following command sudo apachectl re start It s also possible to create virtual sites with Apache in Mac OS X This allows deep custom ization by web site while maintaining a configuration file structure that s easy to follow and maintain Several virtual sites can run from the same MAMP installed machine with a simple configuration Here s how to create a virtual site 1 Create a new file named _sites conf in the Users your user Sites directory 2 Add the following to the sites conf file to enable virtual hosts in your Apache installa tion and to create a test site for development Enable named virtual hosts NameVirtualHost 80 Override the default httpd conf directives Make sure to use Allow from all to prevent 403 Forbidden message lt Directory gt Options ExecCGI FollowSymLinks AllowOverride all Allow from all lt Directory gt A basic virtual host config lt VirtualHost 80 gt Add yoursite to your etc hosts file so
27. as shown in Figure 4 6 Double click the pkg file to begin the installation process as shown in Figure 4 7 000 g MacPorts 1 6 0 Y DEVICES a l Media E osx W MacPorts 1 6 0 MacPorts 1 6 0 pkg Y PLACES Desktop fX tony i Documents Downloads a Movies fa Music gj Pictures A Applications Y SEARCH FOR Today Yesterday Past Week Figure 4 6 Accessing the MacPorts installer package You ll be provided with some background information about MacPorts including bug fixes in the current version You ll also be prompted to accept the license agreement When the installation begins you ll be required to enter your administrative password By default MacPorts installs in the opt local directory on your system with the applica tions available in opt local bin CHAPTER 4 BUILDING OUT THE LINUX ENVIRONMENT Welcome to the MacPorts 1 6 0 Installer Welcome to the MacPorts for Mac OS X Installer Introduction MacPorts provides the infrastructure that allows easy installation and management of freely available software on Mac OS X 10 5 systems Read Me http www macports org License This installer guides you through the steps necessary to install MacPorts Destination Select 1 6 0 for Mac OS X To get started click Continue Installation Type Installation Summary This package was made with Mac QIB http Awww macports org a TE aN fanai a To t
28. etc xml home lib media mnt opt proc root sbin srv tmp usr usr bin usr include usr lib usx sbin usr share usr src usr X11R6 usr local var var lib var lock var log Contents Top level root directory of the filesystem hierarchy Command binaries for all users Boot loader files can be installed on a different partition System devices Host system configuration files Configuration files for the opt directory Configuration files for the X11 windowing system SGML configuration files XML configuration files User home directories Libraries for bin and sbin binaries Mount points for removable media Mount point for temporarily mounted filesystems Optional software packages Virtual filesystem tracking processes and kernel activities Home directory for the root user System binaries Site specific data served by the system Temporary files Top level directory for the user data User command binaries Include files Libraries for binaries in usr bin and usr sbin User binaries Data independent from the system architecture Source code X Window System Host specific local data Variable files logs spools etc System state information Lock files System log files MAC OS X Continued 23 24 CHAPTER 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS MAC OS X Table 2 1 Continued Directory var mail var run var spool var spool mail var tmp Co
29. it s difficult to find any multimedia tools for Mac OS X that come close to the power and flexibility of the Adobe products A strong case could be made that Adobe is slowly moving away from any emphasis at all on consumer level multimedia production In a sense that niche is already being filled by the Apple iLife tools included at no additional cost with new Macs and at minimal cost as a stand alone package While not nearly as powerful nor as flexible as the Adobe tools the iLife suite provides all the capabilities required by the average person to edit save manage and distrib ute multimedia files So while ongoing rumors that Apple is creating several Adobe killers may not be perfectly accurate Apple has already in an indirect but no less real sense created simi lar tools to fill a niche that Adobe would probably rather be out of anyway 103 104 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS Open Source Multimedia Tools With the tight tool integration and the full resources of large software groups behind them it s tough to make a completely fair comparison of open source multimedia tools to those of either Adobe or Apple It s a simple statement of fact that no single suite of tools like the Adobe pack ages or the iLife set exists in the open source world Then again these large tool packages are almost antithetical to the open source philosophy of combining small tools that do one thing right Yes Photoshop is an i
30. lists deletes or verifies a tag object signed with GnuPG Summary Right out of the box Mac OS X provides a complete environment for developers It starts with the inclusion of several programming languages focused both on object oriented program ming and on scripting From C to Objective C to Perl Python and Java developers will find those language choices to be nearly complete Mac OS X also provides a rich development and debugging environment in Xcode It s powerful and flexible with all the features developers have come to expect in a modern IDE And as the tool used in the development of Mac OS X itself Xcode is put to the test every day by Apple Finally Mac OS X provides several great options for source control While Mac OS X developers may install nearly any open source revision control tool the system includes Sub version currently one of the most popular code control tools And if you re looking to make full use of Subversion without the learning curve required for the command line tool several GUI options are available Versions and RapidSVN are two of those options for GUI based source and code control with Subversion In short if you ve cut your programming teeth in the open source world you ll find a lot of familiar ground in Mac OS X and most of the tools provided require no further modification of your system CHAPTER 9 Hybridizing Your System Weve spent quite a bit of time trying to raise the comfo
31. ported from FreeBSD It also includes some code derived from NetBSD Aside from the Apple documentation the BSD documentation is likely to be your best source of information and troubleshooting tips as you begin to port UNIX applications to Mac OS X Mac OS X also relies heavily on the general design philosophy used to create the Mach microkernel and the original design efforts of Carnegie Mellon Unversity While Apple has moved the Mach kernel a considerable distance from its roots Carnegie Mellon s underly ing theories regarding microkernels and their implementation still hold true This is good background information to have when moving applications from another UNIX platform to Mac OSX The look and feel of Mac OS X is in no small measure indebted to NeXTStep Mac OS X has grown considerably since the acquisition of NeXT by Apple in 1997 but the core technolo gies that came with the purchase still drive its development In particular the Cocoa APIs some significant advances in how Apple views the kernel space and filesystem advances are directly attributable to the work done at NeXT Those ancestral roots of Mac OS X aside from providing interesting insight into the oper ating system also supply the starting point for the evolution of many of the hallmark Mac OS X functions and features It s also important to bear in mind that Mac OS X is not an open source operating system While it relies on Darwin an open source project much
32. profile file in the same way as you would edit the bash_profile file The effect will be the same a customized shell environment It s also useful to add the EDITOR variable to the profile or bash_profile file For exam ple if you use the vi editor you can add the following line to the profile or bash_profile file export EDITOR usr bin vi The loose Linux analogy for MacPorts is the apt system originally found in Debian and since implemented in many other Linux distributions Like the apt system or Red Hat Fedora s similar up2date the command set is fairly simple while providing the user with plenty of installation and uninstallation power Unlike the apt system which installs binaries MacPorts downloads source code and then builds and installs the software Any package in the Mac Ports system is available to install with the following command sudo port install application Table 4 1 lists the commands available to MacPorts and shows examples of their use Table 4 1 MacPorts Commands Command Description Use port The basic command for the MacPorts system sudo port install libmad install The installation command for the ports system sudo port install libmad uninstall Uninstalls a port sudo port uninstall libmad selfupdate Synchronizes the local ports tree with the sudo port selfupdate global MacPorts repository This sync includes updates to the MacPorts base system upgrade Upgrades an installed port and
33. s just my roots showing If you re looking to optimize and hybridize the system for your needs kernel configuration could be an important task 233 234 CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM In order to make the most of your Mac OS X system in the same way you ve made the most of your Linux system you will probably also need to add some Linux and BSD tools That may present a challenge or two but it s a challenge you can meet We ll spend a bit of time in this chapter walking through the process of porting Linux and BSD applications to Mac OS X With some effort that should fill some of the cross operating system potholes you may run over in the transition from Linux to Mac OS X Remember that Mac OS X like Linux has a full complement of development tools which will aid in porting and compiling Linux apps Finally we ll look at how to run those desktop environments in Mac OS X that you ve come to know and love in Linux We ll walk through the process of installing and configuring both GNOME and KDE in Mac OS X How BSD and Linux Differ In order to hybridize your Mac OS X system it s important to understand the differences between BSD and Linux One of the primary differences is in how each type of system starts up In this regard Mac OS X is similar to BSD while Linux employs a method that relies on runlevels Another difference is in the licensing for BSD and Linux But before we get to those issues we need to look a
34. yrvrvvrvrrvyyvyvyvyvrvrvr vy Conia Navies E movies Music JJ Music Pictures Ea Pictures Podcasts A Applications Public scripts v pa FOR sits LJ ilocay E sshfs Y Yesterday Tools 5 d Past Week Figure 2 2 The typical contents of a user home directory in Mac OS X Local The Local domain contains resources that are available to all local users on the system These are noncritical applications utilities startup items and global application settings Apple installed applications and utilities are located in the Local domain Applications and Applications Utilities directories These resources are available to the current user on the local system but are unavailable to users on networked com puters Network The Network domain contains resources shared by all system users on a local area network LAN These items are typically located on a network share and placed under the control of a network administrator Table 2 4 describes the filesystem contents of the Network domain on a Mac OS X system System The System domain contains Apple installed system critical software This domain contains a single directory Library which holds the core services applications and frameworks that make up Mac OS X This directory is inaccessible to individual users Table 2 3 Contents of the User Domain on a Mac OS X System Directory Description Denotes the top level of the user s home direc
35. 10 3 ensured that all changes to the filesystem were recorded The scheme in Mac OS X follows a simple rule either all changes are made or none will be made The journal stores a record of all pending data changes to the system Each set of changes is referred to as a transaction When the journal file is written to disk the transactions are made following the all or nothing rule When all the changes have been made and the transaction has been removed from the journal the changes have been committed A special block exists in the root directory of the volume exclusively for the use of the journal journal_info_block This block contains the journal header and buffer file journal which is hidden from all users except the system user The journal buffer contains all of the transactions that have yet to be written to media as a circular linked list which means that transactions may wrap around to the beginning of the buffer The journal header describes which part of the journal buffer is currently in use If the journal is not empty that is not all transactions have been completed the journal must be replayed to complete the transac tions in accordance with the all or nothing rule In Mac OS X 10 3 a variant of HFS HFSX was introduced This version added support for case sensitivity for file and folder names Mac OS X 10 3 also added adaptive hot file clustering Volume metadata items allocation bitmap extents overflow file c
36. 151 nice command 132 268 INDEX nondestructive editing 100 nonlinear editing 101 normalize package 78 notation method 31 Numbers application 114 115 Numbers spreadsheet 111 NumPy package 209 Nyquist 108 0 octal method 31 Office for Mac Microsoft 109 111 off site backup and recovery 170 178 online Linux tools 71 79 Fink 75 79 MacPorts 71 75 OpenOffice Aqua 117 overview 71 OnLocation 99 102 On Off control 159 Open Scripting Architecture OSA 216 Open Source Edition OSE 63 open source tools multimedia 104 108 Audacity 106 108 GIMP 104 106 overview 104 productivity 117 122 NeoOffice 118 122 OpenOffice org 117 overview 117 OpenBSD 71 OpenGL 82 85 OpenID 212 OpenInGitGUI command 231 OpenOffice org 117 OpenStep 12 OSA Open Scripting Architecture 216 OSE Open Source Edition 63 OSServices 14 OSX partition 51 OSXLG_Chap_5_DRAFT txt file 224 outdated command 74 output file 179 Output formats 102 P page layout 112 Pages application 112 113 painter s model 83 Painting and drawing tools 101 Partition Magic 42 partitioning boot drives 45 from command line 50 51 removing Linux partitions 51 53 password PASS option 221 PATH variable 33 34 73 paths 83 patterns 83 Pause Continue button 206 pdb debugging module 210 pdb functions 210 PDF Portable Document Format 82 Performance Tools subdirectory 70 Perl 145 permissions Mac OS X 30 32
37. 188 727 Number of Files 983 670 4 Figure 2 8 Disk Utility in Mac OS X CHAPTER 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS MAC OS X 39 Read only GUI access to the Mac OS X devices and drives can be found in System Profiler available in the Applications Utilities folder This is an informational tool only An equivalent tool exists in Linux Figure 2 9 shows the network configuration tool in the GNOME desktop environment in Ubuntu Network Connections Figure 2 9 The Network Connections window in Ubuntu Accessing Devices and Drives from the Command Line Mac OS X also offers command line access to the diskutil tool This allows the user com mand line access to all the options offered in the Disk Utility tool described in the previous section These options include mounting umounting drives verifying disks and permissions repairing disks and permissions erasing and reformatting disks and configuring RAID Summary This chapter reviewed the similarities and differences between Mac OS X and UNIX and BSD You saw that the Mac OS X filesystem HFS and ext2 ext3 filesystem common on many Linux distributions are similar although there are some differences We then covered Mac OS X permissions terminal access interface configuration and device and drive access In the next chapter we ll move on to a way to ease the transition from Linux to Mac OS X via dual booting or running virtual Linux CHAPTER 3
38. 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS MAC OS X PATH by adding a file to etc paths d describing the path addition or by adding a new line to etc paths Environment variables can also be set by editing the MacOSX environment plist file lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt DOCTYPE plist SYSTEM file localhost System Library DIDs PropertyList dtd gt lt plist version 0 9 gt lt dict gt lt key gt EnvironmentVariable lt key gt lt string gt new path lt string gt lt dict gt lt plist gt This edit adds the new path value to the EnvironmentVariable key creating a system wide addition to the environment variable The PATH variable can be set temporarily as well with a life of only a single terminal ses sion The following command will append the current PATH variable with usr local bin export PATH PATH usr local bin Again this reflects the BSD underpinnings of Mac OS X Modifying system variables in Mac OS X is identical to the process in BSD and Linux systems All system variables can be set in Mac OS X using either method Interfaces in Mac OS X Ethernet interfaces follow the BSD naming scheme Ethernet interfaces in Mac OS X are named using the convention enx where x is the number of the Ethernet interface The interfaces can be configured through the command line or through an easy to access GUI tool in the Mac OS X System Preferences pane Configuring Ethernet Interfaces from the Command Line
39. 209 PyObjcC 210 212 Python 207 209 210 216 Python Cocoa 209 Q Qt framework 106 Quartz 82 Quartz 2D Programming Guide 83 Quartz Composer 86 QuickTime 82 quiet option 221 quota command 28 INDEX 269 R r revision REV option 221 Radioshift 171 RAID 38 Rails package 212 rake package 212 RAM random access memory 8 RapidSVN 228 230 Raw image processing 101 RBAC Role based access control 22 rc command 235 read only memory ROM 7 Ready Rule Sets 189 rebase command 231 reboot command 236 rebuild command 79 recovery See backup and recovery Red Green Blue RGB 83 reduced instruction set computing RISC 12 rEFIt 42 rEFIt 0 11 dmg image 45 rEFItBlesser folder 43 53 refit conf file 43 44 rEFIt mpkg file 43 rEFTIt 42 45 bootable CDs 45 configuring 43 44 customizing 43 44 downloading 43 installing 43 overview 42 updating 44 regit conf file 43 reinstall command 79 RELEASE kernel 237 240 RELEASE_TRACE kernel configuration 237 relpath binary 238 remove command 79 rescue directory 24 reset command 231 resizeVolume verb 50 53 Resource fork 19 resource identifiers 19 Resources folder 200 Restart button 206 Restart option 50 270 INDEX revision r REV option 221 RGB Red Green Blue 83 RISC reduced instruction set computing 12 Ritchie Dennis 1 2 rm command 232 Role based access control RBAC 22 Rollbacks 44 ROM read
40. 231 overview 218 219 Subversion 219 220 using Subversion from command line 221 using Subversion GUI front ends 222 230 overview 195 196 scripting 216 218 AppleScript 216 overview 216 with Script Editor 217 218 scripting languages 218 tools 65 71 196 installing 66 70 overview 65 71 uninstalling 70 working in main Xcode window 200 203 Xcode Unleashed 207 XcodeTools mpkg file 67 68 Xerox PARC system 7 xinetd command 143 xnu kernel 240 xnu version directory 240 Z ZFS filesystem 22 Zope package 209
41. 5 6 Select External Target from the list and then follow the prompts to name that target When completed a target icon with the name you just gave it appears in the Targets pane of the open Xcode window 7 Double click the new target You ll see a new window with the build information for this target similar to Figure 9 6 CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM Choose a template for your new target Beco oe Carbon Dynamic Library Object File Shell Tool Cocoa Kernel Extension fae Description Target for building a dynamic library that uses BSD APIs 4 Figure 9 5 Creating a new target An Qs String Matching Detail Project Find SCMResults Build Te a CD a C Display Results in Find Smart Group M ignore case Groups amp Files v rhythmbox gt Classes w 0 Other Sources actocal m4 E AUTHORS E autogen sh gt backends gt bindings ChangeLog config guess 8 config h in D config log E config sub COPYING gt corelib Prg gt i daa 4 eonfigure l lt No selected symbol gt EAA EE cepcomp 1 bin sh E gt doc Generated by GNU Autoconf 2 61 Copyright C 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1998 1999 2000 2001 DOCUMENTERS Guess values for system dependent variables and create Mokefiles gnome doc utils m P gtk doc make 2002 2003 2004 2005 2086 Free Software Foundat
42. 7 lt string gt lt key gt CFBundleVersion lt key gt lt string gt 1 0 lt string gt lt key gt NSMa1nNidF 1 Le lt key gt lt string gt MainMenu lt st ring gt lt keyoNSPrincipalClass lt key gt lt string gt NSApplication lt string gt Sa Filesystem Browser lt dict gt lt plist gt a 4 Find in Files Terminal Figure 9 12 Kate the KDE text editor in Mac OS X CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM 257 The other basic applications include KWrite from the KOffice suite Konsole the KDE con sole application and many others Additional packages can be installed using the port system These include the full KOffice package among others Figure 9 13 shows KSpread the KOffice spreadsheet application running in Mac OS X A list of KDE application ports is available on the MacPorts site at http macports org AAA X KSpread File Settings Help Use This Template Always use this template Open Existing Document Figure 9 13 KSpread the KOffice spreadsheet application in Mac OS X Summary In this chapter we looked at some of the ways to utilize the best of the Linux BSD and Mac OS X worlds combining them into a hybridized system that takes full advantage of the strengths of each system They re all robust systems with great strengths and some weaknesses By better understanding those strengths and weaknesses it s possible to customize and use Mac OS X
43. Capistrano 212 Carbon Copy Cloner CCC 162 166 cat command 128 catalog file 18 CCC Carbon Copy Cloner 162 166 cctools package 239 cctools version directory 239 cd command 27 CD ROM drive 46 CFNetwork 14 Change Disk button 157 checkout command 221 231 chsh tool 127 Civilization IV 209 Clean aperture 85 clean command 75 clone command 231 Cloning options menu 163 CMYK Cyan Magenta Yellow Black 83 codedir mode 70 CollabNet 219 color spaces 83 85 COMMAND column 133 134 commit command 221 231 Common UNIX Printing System CUPS 148 Compare Diff tool 225 Compare Diff window 226 Computer Systems Research Group CSRG 4 Concurrent Versions System CVS 219 220 Configuration Wizard 189 configure command 79 Console application 174 log review and maintenance 140 143 Console button 207 contents command 74 context 83 Continue button 205 Contribute tool 99 conv sync noerror option 179 Copland project 10 INDEX 261 copying data with dd utility 179 copy modify merge model Subversion 220 Core Audio 82 Core Data 196 Core Graphics framework 82 84 Core Image 82 Core Video 82 84 86 buffers 85 frames 85 86 overview 84 85 cortex directory 30 CPU column 131 CrashPlan 170 create subcomman4d 222 Creative Suite Adobe packages 99 100 cron command 140 143 156 crontab e command 144 182 crontab file 144 Cryptographic history au
44. Documents Folder 1 104 V Firefox Bookmarks 1 ll GarageBand 1 ical 1 106 iTunes Library 5 349 EA Keychains 5 f Keynote Presemtations i Minemente Comat Carandina ec oo There are 4 244 files 371 4 MB selected im Backup Sets Size 7 3 MB 5 1 GB 17 9 ME 2 0 G8 343 7 MB 7OKB 623 7 MB 2 1 MB 1 6 GB 302 9 KB 08 DAut Total 4 650 files 489 0 MB pei Figure 7 18 The main Mozy configuration window BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION Mozy provides some common backup directories in the initial backup set including the Address Book calendars iTunes library keychains pictures folder Apple mail and others These provide a useful starting point for critical backups To add more backup sets to the main set simply click the plus sign in the lower left of the main Mozy configuration window The new group can be named in a way that makes sense to you Add files to the set by clicking the Browse button under the search box In Figure 7 19 I m adding a new backup set named Radioshift Recordings to include a directory from Radioshift an automatic streaming audio recorder on my Mac Figure 7 20 shows the completed new set selected for backup 171 172 CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION POA Edit Backup Set e JB Sackup Sets let you search for files Backup Set Name Radioshift Recordings Q Searchin Users tomy Music Radioshift Toese hiename Sere Location Raven amp The Blues 53 6 M8 _ R
45. GUI tools actually help improve the efficiency of their administration tasks One such tool is Carbon Copy Cloner CCC from Bombich Software http www bombich com software ccc html As the name implies CCC is intended as a tool to copy drives or clone them Its main interface is shown in Figure 7 9 CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION 163 ewire har emote machine Dack disk image te ckup t have 3 7 y peace of mind To learn more about how to use CCC choose CCC Help from the Help menu Source Disk Target Disk bo Gm items 10 be copied Cloning options Backup everything g Erase the target volume What is going to happen Please select a source and target volume tm Click the lock to make changes Figure 7 9 The main interface of Bombich s Carbon Copy Cloner CCC is analogous to the UNIX tool dd copying everything from a designated source to a destination bit by bit The end result is an exact copy a clone residing on the destination These backups can be blessed by the system to be bootable They can also be scripted within launchd or etc crontab to perform on a regular schedule without further intervention You can configure the backups as either incremental or full although the hard linking capabilities of Time Machine are not present As with any other backup tool it s necessary to select the source files and the target the volume to which the backup will be written as shown in Figu
46. Growl GrowlHelperApp 4944 Tue Sep 16 15 46 21 Cerebellum local GrowlHelperApp 4944 lt frror gt doClip empty path Sep 16 15 46 55 Cerebellum iLike 40694 Cookie update thread woke Sep 16 15 46 55 Cerebellum iLike 40694 Setting browser cookies Sep 16 15 46 55 Cerebellum tLike 40694 Cookie Ok Sep 16 15 48 14 Cerebellum Butler 4945 updated applications cache 18 Cerebellum Butler 4945 updated abbreviations cache enabled 227 Cerebellum SCPLuginUIDaemon 8932 Got 8 versioned unversioned 8 versioned Figure 6 20 Marking where a real time log review begins using the Insert Marker button It s also possible to hide the sidebar that lists all the logs Clicking the Hide Log List but ton on the menu bar provides a full window of log messages for the current log as shown in Figure 6 21 When clicked the Hide Log List button changes to Show Log List allowing the user to redisplay the list of logs at any time Q gt String Matching Sep 16 15 43 69 Cerebellum mds 24 Volumes Media Spot light V100 Store V1 Stores 49F59FD9 5C46 4A58 A3B4 2FACFCS28A14 Error IndexSDB in db_f lush_datastore Volumes Media Spot ight 188 Store V1 Stores 49F59FD9 5C48 4A50 A3B4 2F ACFCS826A14 store db db_sync_datastore WARNING prior write errors invalidate sync Sep 16 15 43 42 Cerebellum 8x Gxda2da2 com apple iTunes 48692 Created child to sync device with pid 43888 Sep 16 15 44 29 Cerebellum GrowlHelperApp 4944 do
47. I ll leave the heft of that discussion for another time The point here is that Mac hardware is a known quantity unlike any number of other computer brands and models on which folks run open source software Software developed specifically for use in Mac OS X is developed for a known hardware set That eliminates many of the problems encountered when install ing and using open source software on less well defined or understood hardware platforms Open source multimedia software ported for use in Mac OS X is no exception Simply put that known hardware configuration is one of the most compelling reasons for moving from a generic open source hardware platform to the Mac platform Here we ll look at two popular open source multimedia tools GIMP for image editing and Audacity for audio editing Graphics Editing with GIMP At the top of the heap for open source image creation and manipulation is the GNU Image Manipulation Program known as GIMP as shown in Figure 5 19 In effect it s the Photoshop of open source image creation and editing Its full feature set and ease of use make it the pre ferred tool for any open source user in need of a complete graphics solution CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS Starting Extensions fu m Figure 5 19 The GNU Image Manipulation Program GIMP Taa o GIMP is similar to Photoshop in several ways including appearance and functionality Also the full range of supported for
48. MB 991 24 MB Intel 36176 pmTool root 1 7 1 1 40 MB 595 68 MB Intel 0 kernel_task root 1 2 57 153 21 MB 1 09 GB Intel 4969 SystemUIServer tony 1 2 9 10 91 MB 935 31 MB Intel 145 hpdot4d root 1 1 3 508 00 KB 587 93 MB Intel 137 HPIO Trap Monito root 0 3 4 1 14 MB 589 12 MB Intel 34967 Dropbox tony 0 3 14 53 84 MB 987 38 MB Intel 4920 ATSServer tony 0 3 2 7 68 MB 654 00 MB Intel 4932 HP Event Handler tony 0 2 4 1 98 MB 851 27 MB Intel 4941 Quicksiiver tony 0 2 5 49 77 MB 1 04 GB Intel lro 4942 MagiCal tony 0 1 1 6 41 MB 948 80 MB Intel t PU System Memory Disk Activity Disk Usage Network b at CPU Usage User 13 64 a Threads 390 Ne ee a System 8 08 i Processes 95 4 ii P a idle 78 28 LJ 4 Figure 6 3 The Mac OS X Activity Monitor main window As shown in Figure 6 4 Activity Monitor provides a number of ways to view the data available through a drop down menu in the main interface These options include the ability to view processes by users process type or status All Processes All Processes Hierarchically My Processes Administrator Processes 4 Other User Processes Virtual Memory Kind Active Processes 1 30 GB Intel Inactive Processes 1 001 58 MB Intel Windowed Processes 1 04 GB Intel selected Prac 588 59 MB Intel an Figure 6 4 Selecting Activity Monitor view options from the drop down menu In addition to using the drop down menu options to access views admin
49. Mac users have made the case that Windows installations on Intel Macs are in fact the best Windows installations they have used In other words Mac developers know what hardware will be used to run their applications Unlike the ad hoc nature of Windows hardware developers can make full use of the Mac hardware The other enabling event in the history of the Mac was the transition from Motorola to Intel processors in 2006 That transition brought to bear the full weight of the existing BSD codebase It also unleashed the full power of BSD on the Macintosh platform In combination the powerful capabilities of BSD on a known and native hardware platform pushed Mac OS X and the Macintosh well into the mainstream for serious developers My transition to the Mac has been for all intents and purposes seamless Much like the move from Windows to Linux in 1996 the change in platform has breathed new life into both my recreational and vocational computer experiences I ve come the closest yet to that long time goal of complete computing efficiency I didn t need to relearn tools I relied upon in my Linux work While I did need small adjustments to the structure of Mac OS X the core func tionality of the tools was virtually the same as I had spent years learning and using in Linux Nestled within the clean and friendly designs of both hardware and software the common UNIX codebase of Mac OS X made it possible to move overnight from one platform to
50. Personal File Sharing service 156 Photoshop Adobe 99 100 101 104 105 PHP 145 installing 147 148 Xcode and 213 216 phpinfo php file 215 PHPMyAdmin application 148 Pictures directory 27 PID column 131 133 134 pipes 2 3 pkg files 72 252 plist files 143 144 198 200 PNG Portable Network Graphics 82 port command 74 Portable Document Format PDF 82 Portable Network Graphics PNG 82 porting UNIX apps to Mac 241 248 good practice 243 244 installing development environment 244 245 makefiles 246 248 overview 241 reasons for 241 243 POSIX shell features 125 PostScript 82 PowerPoint Microsoft 117 Preferences window 178 preferred clean aperture 85 Premiere Adobe 99 101 102 103 Preview application 84 printers shared 148 151 connecting Mac client to 150 connecting Windows client to 150 151 Mac connected 149 overview 148 Process Name column 131 process status ps command 129 132 134 Production Premium package Adobe Creative Suite 100 productivity tools 108 123 iWork 111 117 Keynote 115 117 Numbers 114 115 overview 111 Pages 112 113 Microsoft Office for Mac 109 111 open source 117 122 NeoOffice 118 122 OpenOffice org 117 overview 117 overview 81 108 profile file 73 PROFILE option 240 Project Builder IDE 66 Project settings 202 ps process status command 129 132 134 Public directory 27 pull command 231 push command 231 PWD variable 33 py2app package
51. Sar tiaa pw omen ma Pe come m ret A Lamas bana tet boana ane oema Orama cart te tow tar VI er Ayos art Det on Nee Becky Bem mates meee Doct te heen tomes whet ee onet wn e ekaa gt P eee tone iese uer taza ma I nanan yuman ta ro emery i le m frie OS omaat te come psm irt Osna KYM Tet anomer typereact D Sn ree nn s pea tot od one tapae eee re hime Baaai Pomet para me om Pw Liman Cee target tow eg Kan ewe a ater ngh Ing on oume he komen fone K Sate Carter UE E RAG ARTES AEA CT ED arene Went A boreme AN et ran a A memes Figure 5 24 Viewing e mail in Entourage Calendaring in Entourage is far less intuitive than in iCal Mac OS X s native calendaring application Entourage is not integrated with iCal by default To see Entourage calendar items in iCal it s necessary to create an Entourage calendar in iCal Items created in iCal will not be seen at all in the Entourage calendar While the other Office applications for Mac share most of the same functionality as their Windows counterparts Entourage feels out of place on the Mac It s not exactly a replacement for Outlook nor does it play well with the native Mac applications Although it supports all modern e mail technologies the shortcomings of the calendar application leave it incomplete The Mac iWork Tools Unless you absolutely must rely on Microsoft there are some considerably stronger options for Mac productivity tools One of those options is iW
52. Select Installation Type Installation Install KDE Installing KDE Installing Qt Writing files 10 complete Figure 9 9 Installing the underlying Qt libraries for KDE 254 CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM At the time of this writing two issues existed with this package installation e Areboot is required in order for KDE to use D Bus Most of the KDE applications will not work without this piece e A postinstallation error that prevents a good installation can be avoided by issuing a command line instruction Change into the directory to which the KDE packages have been downloaded and unzipped and then enter the following command from the command line chmod a x pkg Contents Resources postflight It s not readily apparent when KDE is running short of opening an application A quick check from the command line will show something like the following Cerebellum opt tony ps xa grep kde 392 S 0 00 62 opt kde4 deps bin dbus daemon nofork session 18252 Ss 0 00 21 kdeinit4 kdeinit4 Running 18253 S 0 00 25 opt kde4 lib kde4 libexec klauncher 18277 S 0 00 07 kdeinit4 kdeinit4 kio file file local Users tony Library Preferences KDE socket Cerebellum local klauncherJ18253 slave socket local Users tony Library Preferences KDE socket Cerebellum local akregatorR18227 slave socket 18570 s000 R 0 00 01 grep kde As shown in Figure 9 10 the KDE applications installed by the mac kde o
53. The current interface configuration can be read using the ifconfig command from the terminal ifconfig eno end flags 8863 lt UP BROADCAST SMART RUNNING SIMPLEX MULTICAST gt mtu 1500 inet 192 168 1 110 netmask Oxffffff00 broadcast 192 168 1 255 ether 00 16 cb a7 74 a4 media autoselect 100baseTX lt full duplex flow control gt status active supported media autoselect 10baseT UTP lt half duplex gt 10baseT UTP lt full duplex gt 10baseT UTP lt full duplex hw loopback gt 10baseT UTP lt full duplex flow control gt 100baseTX lt half duplex gt 100baseTX lt full duplex gt 100baseTX lt full duplex hw loopback gt 100baseTX lt full duplex flow control gt 1000baseT lt full duplex gt 1000baseT lt full duplex hw loopback gt 1000baseT lt full duplex flow control gt none You can also configure the interfaces using the same ifconfig command ifconfig enO 192 168 1 100 netmask 255 255 255 0 up CHAPTER 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS MAC OS X 35 This command returns the following a configuration very similar to that seen in the preceding bare ifconfig command end flags 8863 lt UP BROADCAST SMART RUNNING SIMPLEX MULTICAST gt mtu 1500 inet 192 168 1 100 netmask Oxffffff00 broadcast 192 168 1 255 ether 00 16 cb a7 74 a4 media autoselect 100baseTX lt full duplex flow control gt status active supported media autoselect 10baseT UTP lt half duplex gt 10baseT UTP lt full duplex gt 10baseT UTP lt full duplex h
54. You can also customize the installation as necessary for your use Synchronizing the MBR and GPT Tables After Linux is installed reboot the system You ll be greeted with a rEFIt menu complete with icons and graphical representations of both the Mac OS X and Linux installations on the drive To complete the installation choose the Start Partitioning Tool option by using the arrow keys as shown in Figure 3 5 This will provide you with the option to commit the new Linux installation to the MBR CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION 49 asooo Start Partitioning Tool Figure 3 5 Altering the MBR with rEFIt As shown in Figure 3 6 when the partitioning is complete the MBR and GPT tables will be in sync allowing rEFIt to boot from either system rEFIt Partitioning Tool Starting gptsync efi Current GPT partition table Start LBA End LBA Type 1 40 409639 EFI System FAT 2 409640 135151655 Mac OS X HFS 3 135413800 156301447 Basic Data rent MBR partition table 1 409639 EE EFI Protective 409640 135151655 AF Mac OS X HFS Cur A Start LBA End LBA Type 1 2 J 135413800 156301447 83 Linux Status Tables are synchronized no need to sync Hit any key to continue _ Figure 3 6 Synchronizing MBR and GPT tables in rEFIt 50 CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION With the boot tables in sync select the Restart option in rEFIt to reboot the system This time select the Linux installatio
55. adjust ment curve small with no missing functionality for the power users Of course Apple has created its own smaller set of productivity tools iWork Unlike iLife iWork is not included in Mac OS X Nor is it as feature dense as the Microsoft Office for Mac package However like the iLife tools the tools provided by iWork are efficient powerful and perfectly suited to the average consumer And yes they have that distinctive Mac look and feel On the open source side of the productivity world two packages stand out In reality they re very nearly the same Both are based on OpenOffice org which was originally the Ger man package StarOffice The differences between NeoOffice and OpenOffice org are primarily under the hood The tool functions are the same The individual tool names are the same And the look and feel of the packages are almost identical The single biggest difference between CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS 123 the two packages may be that NeoOffice was created natively for the Mac Licensing separates the productivity tools as well with NeoOffice released under the GPL and OpenOffice org released under the LGPL However OpenOffice org has begun to move closer to the Mac native model releasing new versions that no longer require a stand alone X server Now that we ve covered multimedia and productivity tools in the next chapter we ll take a look at Mac OS X system administration CHAPTER 6
56. amp man_nerwork_config png 67 Jul 22 2008 3 30 PM tony Figure 8 31 The contents of the repository accessed by clicking the bookmark in Versions By highlighting a file in the Browse tab you can select from any of the tools in the toolbar in the main window Figure 8 32 shows the result of selecting the History tool when highlight ing the OSXLG_Chap_5_DRAFT txt file As you can see the default view is the HEAD view which reads the commit metadata including revision date author and messages Using drop down menus in the window you can further refine your view by broadening or narrowing the num ber of viewable entries You can also view the revisions by date or other Subversion command CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE 225 OSXLG_Chap_S_DRAFT txt sapaincey waa T oispa ennes Before 1B Ferson 1 Rev Date Author Log Message 166 2008 09 07 09 29 55 tony Working through the key features of Premiere r 165 2008 09 07 07 06 37 tony Continuing on the Adobe stuff Filling out the details in the introd 164 2008 09 07 06 50 03 tony Finished the iLife stuff and started on Adobe 163 2008 09 06 19 58 06 tony Through much of the iLife tools iPhoto iMovie iDVD iWeb Inclu 162 2008 09 06 18 48 44 tony Rework on the multimedia tools section a Start the section with 161 2008 09 06 09 09 58 tony Started photoshop section but got hung up What do really want 159 2008 09 05 17 41 45 tony Created headings and p
57. attached to the system whether or not they are mounted It also provides tools to repair filesystems repair permissions and erase and reformat drives Figure 2 8 shows the Disk Utility tool with the boot volume 0SX highlighted Highlighting a volume opens the options in Disk Utility in the right pane These options include First Aid verifying and repairing filesystems and permissions Erase to erase and reformat a drive RAID for RAID configuration and Restore to restore a full image to a drive 000 osx E 74 5 GB ST98823AS Media E FIrSUAdB Erase RAID l Restore If you re having trouble with the selected disk a diskOs3 e Click Repair Disk If the repair fails back up and erase the disk 4 If Repair Disk is unavailable click Verify Disk If the disk needs repairs start up from E Linux Swap your Mac OS X installation disc and then choose Utilities gt Disk Utility E 931 5 GB WD 5 If you have a permissions problem with a file installed by the Mac OS X installer click E Media Repair Permissions L 1 9 GB Flash Drive AU_U L NO NAME M Show details Clear History MATSHITA DVD R UJ 846 Verify Disk Permissions Verify Disk Repair Disk Permissions Repair Disk Mount Point Capacity 65 9 GB 70 732 742 656 Bytes is Format Mac OS Extended Journaled Available 23 6 GB 25 311 432 704 Bytes Owners Enabled Yes Used 42 3 GB 45 421 309 952 Bytes Number of Folders
58. built in audio to create a Magic GarageBand project with minimal effort Figure 5 13 shows GarageBand s opening window which offers access to these features Figure 5 14 shows the main GarageBand editing window CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS 95 GarageBand 08 Create New Music Project g Open An Existing Project Create New Podcast Episode XK Magic GarageBand 2 _Video Tutorials _ Quit Figure 5 13 Creating a new audio project with GarageBand _ Special Olympics Stare Bowling Championship E Last 12 Months Last import 15 pinso bives MANIN COBEIEES ct Figure 5 14 The main GarageBand editing window 96 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS GarageBand provides access to additional assets including music from iTunes and graph ics from iPhoto You can add existing audio or record new audio live as shown in Figure 5 15 Software Instrument Track For Instrument sounds created by GarageBand and ree tr Try playable using a USB MIDI or onscreen keyboard O Real Instrument Track For audio recordings such as voice guitar bass or any instrument that can be captured by a microphone Cancel Create Figure 5 15 Adding a new track to a GarageBand project GarageBand also provides a rich set of sound effects and sample sounds The library includes loops that can be used to construct songs in GarageBand a
59. ccc ccc cece cen e een ence eens 5 Apple TO lisades ci 25h other diwadne nih retier reien eaae 7 And Finally the Mac 2 00 cece ccc cece eee 8 The Convergence Mac OS X 2 0 0 ccc ccc ccc cence eee nee 9 19 SS 210 Rn ee me GE RAE E T 9 Back at Apple n nnnn nanan ccc cece eect n eee enenns 10 Why BSD in Mac OS X 0 ccc ccc een e ene 11 MISUONY seroren arn aA A ES 11 PortaDilty sesocrisrerrieo riset nerra beet ooe Vet 12 Open Source BaSe 0 ccc ccc ene e nee 12 ECONOMICS 03 54ac 28 che drn Lebias dee ehanet LETA NI es 13 Extensibility sc ici 22d Sneath 8s huh rn eae dd oe Shand aoe ede 13 How Is BSD Implemented in Mac OS X 0 cece ee eee eee 14 Why Switch from Linux to Mac 0 0 ccc eee 14 Hardware Control 0 0 ccc cece cece e eee nee es 15 Common Code 0 0 ccc ccc cece cece nent eens 15 Release Stability 0 2 0 e ees 15 DUMMALY sais acatuastacana cst hon teeatanina sath tosatanine coho 15 vii viii CONTENTS CHAPTER 2 CHAPTER 3 CHAPTER 4 The Comparison Linux vs Mac OS X 17 Mac OS X and Linux Filesystems 0 0 00 ccc cece eee es 17 The Apple Filesystem 00 c ccc cece cece e nee eae 17 Filesystem LAYOUTS oriec rsoreseresipisopeseres tesoreron 22 The ext2 ext3 Filesystem in Linux 0 00 0 c eee 28 Comparison of HFS and ext2 ext3 6 cee eee 29
60. consider moving to another computing platform Some might also believe that the increasing market share is the result of crafty and intelli gent marketing Apple s 1984 Think Different and I m a Mac campaigns are universally recognized for their power in branding the Mac platform and the resulting ability to draw new users into the Apple fold Still others take a more pragmatic view of Apple s success crediting the overall stability of the platform to Apple s complete control over both hardware and its core software Apple developers have a known hardware platform to which they develop There are no surprises in the field where other companies creating operating systems find the bulk of their problems There are no third party graphics cards or the necessary drivers for example to stir into the development mix I O operations of all types are determined by a known hardware base an approach that makes the Macintosh platform extremely reliable and predictable All these things may be true All certainly have something to do with the increasing market share of the Apple platform But what in the end does that increase have to do with porting applications from a UNIX platform to the Mac If you re a commercial developer it means a new and growing avenue for income In general creating applications for Mac OS X will open even more opportunities as the market share of the platform continues to grow Whether those a
61. daemon Upstart starts and stops services based on events Services can be respawned if they die unexpectedly or separate from their parent processes Upstart was designed by Canonical specifically for use in Ubuntu 236 CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM In short SysV systems including Linux define and launch groups of processes and ser vices known as runlevels as defined in the etc inittab file This is not the case with BSD systems BSD doesn t use the etc inittab file to determine runlevels Instead BSD systems use etc ttys to boot the system into multiuser command line mode or multiuser graphical mode The etc ttys file generally establishes nine virtual terminals with the GUI residing on tty8 accessible by pressing Alt F8 Rather than using telinit to move the system to runlevel 6 reboot as is the case in SysV systems BSD systems simply use the reboot or shutdown r command Entering shutdown and pressing Enter when prompted will move the system into single user mode Typing exit in single user mode will return the system to multiuser mode While these commands are indica tive of a BSD system they do work on Linux systems as well However unlike BSD they work with telinit to move the system between runlevels Linux system startup varies from startup in BSD systems as well In Linux systems the various runlevels are supported by an associated subdirectory on the system etc init d con tains a full complement of s
62. developers Xcode is available on the installation disc but it s not installed by default on a new system The Xcode tools package includes an IDE a tool for GUI development Interface Builder the GNU Compiler Collection GCC and support for many popular and powerful program ming languages such as C C Objective C Java Python and Ruby The package also includes make tools for both GNU and BSD autoconf automake and other tools necessary for compiling and installing open source applications Additionally the Xcode package contains 65 66 CHAPTER 4 BUILDING OUT THE LINUX ENVIRONMENT the complete set of reference documentation necessary to learn and use the tools These tools will create the base environment on which the Linux environment will be built within Mac OSX Note Prior to Xcode Apple provided the Project Builder IDE with its operating systems Project Builder was another legacy tool of the NeXT operating system that in many ways served as the foundation for Mac OS X It contained earlier versions of many of the same tools as Xcode Xcode is an update to Project Builder and has been further extended by third parties to include support for Pascal Ada Perl and other program ming languages and environments The open source analog for Xcode is Eclipse These two tools take very similar approaches to providing a rich IDE Both provide support for many of the same development models and languages and they create sim
63. e codedir Removes only the Xcode directory Uninstalling these tools is a simple matter of opening the Terminal application Applications Utilities Terminal and executing the uninstall devltools script with the appropriate mode For example the following command removes all the tools sudo boot volume Developer Library uninstall devtools mode all You ll be prompted for your administrative password and then the Xcode tools will be uninstalled An Overview of the Xcode Tool Set Xcode is in fact a generic reference to the full set of development tools provided by Apple That set includes a rich IDE for development code debugging and optimization on the Mac The IDE is built around a text editor a build system and the GCC compiler modified to com pile for both the Intel and PowerPC platforms both 32 and 64 bit with one invocation Here s a quick overview of the other main components of the Xcode tool set Interface Builder A powerful Apple tool for designing and testing UIs Developers can cre ate interfaces for both Carbon and Cocoa based applications Most Apple GUI elements are available from the Interface Builder tool so your applications can have a look and feel common to other Apple applications WebObjects A development framework for creating scalable object oriented web appli cations Based in Java these applications can be easily deployed on nearly any platform The WebObjects package is installed by de
64. extensible The basis of NexTStep was BSD s native C The power of C had already been proven and could be extended easily as the operating system grew to meet new demands With additional Objective C frameworks the extensibility of BSD and the NeXT tools brought efficiency in both process and economics 14 CHAPTER 1 THE BACKSTORY How Is BSD Implemented in Mac OS X The full set of UNIX user space tools available in FreeBSD is available in Mac OS X natively While there are some core differences between UNIX and Linux there are enough similarities between BSD and Linux that many common tasks in Mac OS X will seem familiar to Linux users If your preference is to use the command line as often as possible for example you can do so in Mac OS X With the bash shell in place it s possible to port administrative and other scripts from a Linux system to Mac OS X As the minimal UNIX filesystem structure is intact in Mac OS X moving and implementing these scripts can be nearly seamless though some modification may be required to adjust the path of some system binaries called by the script As already noted the core of Mac OS X is based on FreeBSD and is a true UNIX Mac OS X 10 5 in fact has been certified by the Open Group as UNIX 03 compliant In the Mac OS X implementation FreeBSD is paired with the XNU kernel a hybrid Mach microkernel containing additional Apple modifications The kernel fully supports the following e Preemptive
65. fetch qt xll free 3 3 8 tar bz2 from ftp ftp trolltech com qt source Attempting to fetch qt upstream patches 0004 tar bz2 from http ranger be funk com fink Verifying checksum s for qt3 Extracting qt3 Configuring qt3 Building qt3 with target all Figure 9 1 Mac OS X Terminal application CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM 245 In order to port your application from UNIX to Mac OS X you ll also need to install the Mac OS X developer tools on the system if you haven t already done so Instructions for installing these tools are provided in Chapter 4 Among those tools are Xcode the Apple IDE Interface Builder the Apple tool for creating the GUI for your application see Figure 9 2 FileMerge to compare and merge files and directories see Figure 9 3 and PackageMaker for building Mac OS X packages see Figure 9 4 These tools are provided on the Mac OS X instal lation DVD You ll find them on your system at Boot Volume Developer Applications Xcode and Interface Builder or Boot Volume Developer Applications Utilities FileMerge and PackageMaker ALOE Choose a Template Choose a template for your new document Application Dialog Empty Cocoa oe T _ 3 Main Menu Window Vv A Carbon Application Template A A An Interface Builder document suitable for creating a Carbon le Kit 2 application including a main menu and win y Open an Existing Document Close Choose Figure 9
66. focused mission It s easy to configure and use for most home users SuperDuper for Simple Backups Another simplified backup tool of great use to home users is SuperDuper from Shirt Pocket Software http www shirt pocket com SuperDuper SuperDuperDescription html The folks at Shirt Pocket have worked to simplify the SuperDuper interface down to only the tools that are essential for creating robust backups There s a lot to be said for the elegance of Super Duper even if to some the application may appear too simple SuperDuper presents most of its options in a main window These include the selection of source and destination drives as well as the choice of one of a number of scripted options as shown in Figure 7 14 SuperDuper takes a unique approach in two of its backup options in particular These options known as sandboxes allow you to create subsets of a normal full backup The idea is to facilitate system recovery without downtime according to a MacZealots review by Justin Williams at http maczealots com reviews superduper CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION 167 a A SuperDuper Copy 3 osx to E Backup rs using Backup all files a What s going to happen Pressing Copy Now will first erase Backup The Time Machine backups on Backup will be erased as well To preserve your Time Machine backups choose Smart Update Backup all files will then be used to copy OS
67. following line will start the GNOME desktop at login exec gnome session Adding this line directs GNOME to use the D Bus interprocess communication system exec dbus launch gnome session CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM Note Originally developed by Red Hat Desktop Bus or D Bus is a daemon designed to facilitate com munication between running processes Applications taking advantage of D Bus register with the service and are provided with a facility to look up the other services registered with the daemon Users can run several D Bus instances or channels These channels will always include a system channel intended to commu nicate between inquiring processes and the Hardware Abstraction Layer HAL and a private channel for each user logged in to the system D Bus works with a low latency low overhead protocol It s also easy for developers to implement and is easily wrapped by other systems For those reasons D Bus is quickly being adopted across the computing world Installing KDE K Desktop Environment KDE is an increasingly popular environment for Linux users Several Linux distributions install KDE as the default desktop environment Based on the Qt toolkit KDE is also an umbrella project for other applications intended to fit easily within the KDE environment These projects include KOffice K3b Amarok and others These tools are so closely tied to the KDE libraries that they would be nonfunctional without them In other
68. have a working network connection If you need help see your network administrator To create an HTML webpage in Microsoft Word all you have to do it choose Save as HTML from the File menu Word will save your work as an 3 Open System Preferences and click HTML page ready for publishing on the Internet Sharing Seloct Personal Web Sharing and Personal Web Sharing Off click Start In AppleWorks 6 choose Save As from the File menu then choose HTML C sun from the pop up menu Next just type in the name you want to save the 4 Note the address for your website page with and click the Save button and it s like boom instant HTML under the services list in Sharing preferences Be sure to copy the address exactly as it appears X Apache web server e u a Re ne eel Figure 8 24 The default user home page in Mac OS X CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE 215 While the Apache server is configured out of the box configuring PHP requires a few addi tional steps To load the PHP module in Apache at startup uncomment the following line in etc apache2 httpd conf LoadModule php5_module libexec apache2 libphp5 so Then restart the Apache server with the following command sudo usr sbin apachectl restart This will restart the server loading the PHP 5 module You can check the PHP installation by creating a file in the server directory Simply create a file named phpinfo php in the document root containing the following lt php phpinfo
69. in a way that best suits your particular computing tasks and style To make the mental adjustment from Linux to the BSD based Mac OS X we first looked at the differences between Linux and BSD Some real differences exist in the implementa tion of runlevels between the two systems In fact longtime users of either system might not recognize the concept of runlevels that exists on the other system Linux uses rc scripts init and telinit to establish runlevels 0 through 6 These runlevels are sets of services if you will 258 CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM that determine the functionality of the system Unlike Linux BSD simply uses the reboot and shutdown commands to change the running state of the system Significant differences also exist in the licensing of Linux and BSD Linux licensed under the GPL focuses sharply on source code requiring the inclusion of source code with any sys tem or application released under the GPL This is a model that can be difficult for business especially those businesses in highly competitive spaces Many corporate legal departments find GPL licensed code and the source code requirements to be too great a risk for their com panies The companies may have thousands of hours invested in a product effort that may provide a competitive edge and could be seen as at risk if licensing requires that the source code is released with the final product The BSD license on the other hand focuses much mor
70. in UNIX ese It lists information about all of the current processes that have controlling terminals Figure 6 10 displays the output from the ps command in Mac OS X with the additional xa option This option expands the standard output from ps to show processes that do not include a controlling terminal x and current processes belonging to other or all users a The output from ps breaks down as shown in Table 6 4 MeT h 80x24 Terminal Cerebellum local tony ps xa PID TT STAT COMMAND 1 Ss 2 4 sbin Launchd 12 Ss usr 1Libexec kextd a E i 98 otifyd 14 i Ss 45 logd 16 Tr S5 28 4 ntpd n g p var run ntpd pid 7 Ss 0 00 i cron r i a 2 35 update Ss 06 sbin SystemStarter Ss 9 bin securityd i i Ss 48 05 tem Lib ameworks C rvices framework Fr qi 5s z sbin mDNSResponder launchd Ss 0 00 sbin KernelEventAgent 2 00 Libexec hidd 7 S 25 meworks Cor rvices framework 7 s D Og ynamic r 7 yar wapfile 7 7 Ss 7 usr yService D S 1 50 sbin configd 2 0 00 autofsd 7 usr 1Libexec AppLicationFirewall socketfilterfw 7 2 1 Applications Mozy app Contents Resources MozyBackup 2 a Library Application Support AppCleaner AppCleaner D Figure 6 10 Output from the Mac OS X ps command Table 6 4 The ps Command Output Columns Column Head Contents PID Process ID TT The identification of the controlling terminal
71. is destroyed when the guest user logs out of the system e Library randomization This feature is intended to address vulnerabilities that corrupt program memory based on known memory addresses Randomizing the memory loca tion of libraries can prevent these types of system attacks e Role based access control RBAC RBAC creates a system by which permissions can be granted based on operations rather than or in addition to the traditional user or file based permissions e Read only support for the ZFS filesystem ZFS was designed by Sun Microsystems for the Solaris operating system ZFS supports large storage capacities continuous integ rity checking automatic repair and snapshots Filesystem Layouts Although there are many similarities between the filesystems of Mac OS X and most UNIX based systems the filesystem layout can be a bit baffling to new Mac OS X users In short Mac OS X hides much of the filesystem from users displaying only those filesystem elements that can be written to and read from by the currently logged in user Here we ll take a look at the Linux FreeBSD and Mac OS X filesystem layouts Linux Filesystems Table 2 1 describes the standard Linux filesystem hierarchy as described by the Linux Standard Base LSB CHAPTER 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS Table 2 1 Linux Filesystem Layout As Defined by the Linux Standard Base Directory bin boot dev etc etc opt etc X11 etc sgml
72. make this possible However if I wanted to have the Linux installation on the Mac as the default boot instal lation I would just need to make a simple change to the refit conf file remove the comment hash from the legacyfirst directive in the file As is noted in the file this command lists the Windows or Linux installations first in the boot menu both use the legacy or MBR boot method The default option will boot without further interaction at the expiration of the timeout number listed in the refit conf file So if your preference is to boot immediately into Linux set the timeout to a very small number setting it to 0 will disable the automatic boot alto gether not prevent a user from choosing another option and uncomment the legacyfirst directive Updating rEFIt Updates to rEFIt are easily supported and installed If you choose the automatic installer option when first installing rEFIt the installer for subsequent versions will replace the updated files seamlessly If you chose the manual installation option simply replace the older files with the updated files from the newer version of rEFIt CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION 45 Creating a Bootable rEFit CD You can also create a bootable rEFIt CD using the downloaded dmg image To do so follow these steps 1 Right click the rEFIt 0 11 dmg image in the Finder and select Open With gt Disk Utility from the context menu 2 Select rEFIt 0 11 dmg in t
73. model created by Apple is that these tools should work closely with one another creating a tool set that s stronger as a whole than the sum of its individual pieces This approach recognizes that handling media is often more than just a stand alone task When software makes it easy to move between several related tools the time required for creation and editing is reduced Adobe Systems has in the past few years recognized the value of integration between its set of multimedia tools Based in San Jose California Adobe has a long history with Apple and Mac It s a relationship that extends back to the mid 1980s with the release of Adobe Illustrator As a partial result of that long relationship Adobe has nearly captured the market for third party multimedia applications on the Mac Few companies understand the Mac OS X graphics and multimedia APIs as intimately as Adobe Apple and Adobe continue to closely coordinate efforts across product releases as well With a single exception at the introduction of the Intel based Mac OS X Apple version releases have been followed seamlessly by Adobe version releases The Adobe suite of tools remains the premiere multimedia editing suite for the Mac and Mac OS X and those are the tools we ll look at here Note While rumors seem to constantly suggest that Apple is on the verge of buying Adobe or that Apple has its own Adobe killer applications under in house development these rumors have yet to play o
74. multitasking e Protected memory e Interrupt management Kernel debugging support e Console input output I O e Real time support Mac OS X also implements a suite of core services which include system services such as the following e CFNetwork a user level networking API e OSServices a collection of system APIs e WebServicesCore APIs for using web services with SOAP and XML RPC e SearchKit a framework for multilingual searches and indexing Additionally Mac OS X implements application services and application environments The application services include graphics and windowing services printing services launch services event services and so on The application environments include execution environ ments such as those for BSD Cocoa the object oriented application development API and Java Why Switch from Linux to Mac Finally we get to a question central to the rest of this book why bother to switch from a Linux based system to Mac OS X There are three main reasons hardware control common code and release stability CHAPTER 1 THE BACKSTORY 15 Hardware Control Apple unlike its primary competitors is in the business of both software and hardware While the hardware for Apple s machines is chosen in part for profitability it s also chosen for reli ability and stability Hardware components are selected only after rigorous testing using the latest iteration of Mac OS X While that sounds almost intu
75. network you ll need some additional configuration to share the printer attached to the Mac via SMB Here are the steps 1 Open the Mac System Preferences window and select Sharing 2 Check the File Sharing and Printer Sharing options in the left pane 3 Highlight the Printer Sharing option and select the printer to be shared by checking the check box 4 Highlight the File Sharing option and click Options 5 Select the user who will be allowed to connect to the printer by checking the appropri ate check box 6 7 8 9 CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION 151 Enter the user s password in the pop up window Check the Share files and folders using SMB option Close the Sharing window Set up the Windows printing client from the Windows machine SMB File Sharing Setting up SMB file sharing on the Mac is as simple as setting up printer sharing In fact if you ve set up printer sharing from a Windows machine you ve already accomplished much of the process Here are the steps 1 a A N ez Open the Mac System Preferences window and select Sharing Check the File Sharing option in the left pane Highlight the File Sharing option and click Options Select the Share files and folders using SMB option Select the user account that will be used to access the shared files and folders and then click Done Check the list of shared folders in the small Shared Folders s
76. of drawing as the painter s model based on the analogy of adding paint to a canvas Context The output of these drawing operations can take any number of forms such as a page of paper passed through a printer a PDF based virtual page or a file This is referred to as the context of the drawing Mac OS X recognizes five contexts window PDF bitmap layer and printer Any of these five contexts can serve as the destination for a drawing in Mac OSX Paths In Quartz 2D paths are defined as the shapes created by a graphics application These can be simple lines and curves or more complex shapes incorporating many simple shapes Color spaces These provide a reference for the interpretation of color information in Mac OS X Wikipedia describes a color space as an abstract mathematical model describing the way colors can be represented as tuples of numbers typically as three or four values or color components http en wikipedia org wiki Color_space Several color spaces can be used including Blue Green Red BGR Red Green Blue RGB Cyan Magenta Yellow Black CMYK and Hue Saturation Brightness HSB In practice these color schemes create a 3D representation of colors along x y and z axes When a 3D color model is created using these schemes any point in any of the three axes will be assigned a unique color value As the starting points the color models vary a value in the RGB model may differ greatly from the sa
77. of launchd beginning with Mac OS X 10 4 Tiger is the first step in the consolidation of several BSD tools into a single utility CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION 153 Finally Mac OS X is a complete system for printer and file sharing SMB and NFS com prise the primary means to share printers and files with Mac OS X again providing both GUI and command line tools for configuration In the next chapter we ll continue with the important system administration tasks of handling backups and security CHAPTER 7 Backup Security and Automation Anong all the tasks performed by system administrators few are more important or more mundane than those pertaining to backup security and automation Protecting data both from catastrophic crashes and from unfriendly intruders is more critical than ever As storage capacities have increased more data is stored on single drives vulnerable to hardware failure As more computer users maintain full time network connections more computers are vulner able to attack Implementing measures to prevent or mitigate the damage from these events is the task of every system administrator whether administering a small home network or a mas sive corporate network Backup tasks can be created thoroughly tested and scheduled requiring only minimal additional human intervention Security measures can be implemented and monitored with little further effort In other words the ability to auto
78. of these packages have found their way into the Fink and MacPorts sys tems introduced in Chapter 4 Office and Productivity Tools in Mac OS X Aside from the widely respected multimedia capabilities of Mac OS X it also serves as a strong platform for office and productivity tools Several office tools came to Apple Computer early in its life Among them was VisiCalc the first computer spreadsheet program VisiCalc was released in 1979 for the Apple II computer It quickly became one of the first staples of office software pulling the Apple II squarely into its first serious use in business Although the focus of Apple computers has changed periodically since the Apple I and despite being over whelmed by the PC in the business community in the early and mid 1990s business software has remained a priority at Apple CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS 109 Microsoft Office for Mac The primary commercial business and productivity software for Mac OS X includes the ubiquitous Microsoft Office suite of Word Excel and PowerPoint Entourage provides the Outlook equivalent e mail and calendaring application for Mac OS X in the Office for Mac suite Microsoft Office for Mac will set you back 150 US for the Home and Student license The Office applications work much the same on the Mac as they do in Microsoft Windows with some additional look and feel tweaks for consistency with the Apple Human Interface Guidelines When designed ba
79. on server com apple Pre Users to 0 00 00 00000 840 6 Kbit P com apple Pu Users to 0 00 00 00000 245 9 Kbit Figure 7 23 Viewing the Mozy backup history If a quick summary of the backup history via the history window isn t thorough enough for you the Mozy logs can also be viewed via the Console application introduced in Chapter 6 Clicking the Mozy menu bar icon and selecting View Log Files will bring up the log in Con sole as shown in Figure 7 24 The log file provides a complete view of all Mozy backup activity CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION 175 V LOG DATABASE QUERES 2283 09 27 08 19 43 270 NozyBockn S7 6043 send Getting files P All Messages troa queue Console Messages 2208 09 27 06 19 49 271 MozySackup 5726043 send Finishing Y LOC FILES 2208 09 27 08 19 48 205 MozySockup 57 4987 bockup Cleaning up finishing system log 2208 09 27 08 19 50 013 MozyBockup 5726987 bockup Finished gt Library Logs bockup Success Y Ubrary togs 2008 09 27 00 19 59 014 MoryBockup 5726907 bockup Backing up gt Adobe nistory 2008 92 27 00 19 50 402 Mozyfockup 7 6987 bockup Ending bockup CCC log 2203 09 27 08 19 50 438 MozySockup 57 2000 service Scheduled CCC stats bockups are active CoreRAID log 2208 09 27 00 19 50 499 Mozy ockup 57 btb service Scheduling next backup for 2008 09 28 83 15 28 0509 gt CrashReporter 2808 09 27 06 19 50 953 nozySeckup 5726987 dockup Disconnecting gt Oirec
80. open a terminal window and enter this command sudo port install gimp GIMP Editing Features In its default configuration the GIMP Toolbox floats on the left side of the screen It includes many brushes fills pens stamps fonts and other graphics editing tools By default the GIMP Layers dialog box floats just to the right of the Toolbox This dialog box provides the tools for creating and manipulating layers channels and paths It also pro vides a visual undo history The composition window in GIMP is layerable and is created from any GIMP window containing the File menu option GIMP includes the following advanced graphics editing features e Layer and channel support e Undo redo capabilities limited only by available disk space e Transformation tool set e Path tools that perform advanced selection including polygons e Masking support e Subpixel sampling e Custom brushes and patterns e Extensibility to implement scripts plug ins and other external programs In short GIMP provides a rich feature set for users of all skill and needs levels Audio Editing with Audacity Among the open source audio tools for Mac OS X there s little doubt which is the strongest Audacity is a near professional grade audio editor with a full feature set Audacity is available for Mac Windows and Linux all under the GPL at http audacity sourceforge net While many well known cross platform open source applications including Op
81. peers Wozniak built a micropro cessor into the terminal creating in essence a complete computer In 1976 MOS Technology introduced a new central processing unit CPU The 20 6502 chip was a close relative to Motorola s 170 6800 which was the chip Wozniak preferred in his computer designs Wozniak modified an earlier 6800 based computer design to incorporate the 6502 chip and took the machine to demonstrate to his peers in the Homebrew club Based on this design Jobs convinced a local computer shop to purchase 50 of the machines Jobs also managed to secure the necessary parts on credit paying on net 30 terms when the machines were delivered on time Eventually 200 of these machines dubbed the Apple I would be built With the considerable profits on that initial sale Jobs and Wozniak formed Apple Computer on April 1 1976 Wozniak left Hewlett Packard to focus full time on the Apple II as Vice President of Research and Development in the new company Jobs focused his attention on marketing sales and fund raising Unlike the histories of UNIX and BSD which were primarily technical achievements the story of Apple Computer is equal parts technical wizardry and marketing savvy It s almost impossible to tell the story of one without telling the story of the other CHAPTER 1 THE BACKSTORY Apple I to Lisa During the early years both the Apple I and Apple II computers utilized a tape based version of Wozniak s Apple BASIC A 2
82. primary goal They knew that for many years an acceptable level of efficiency and stability were possible only with Linux And while they may have scratched their heads at the suddenness of my conversion that conversion really wasn t as it appeared a transient overnight revelation It had been a long time coming and was capped by the BSD base of Mac OS X It was only after purchasing the Mac mini that I realized the two pieces of Macintosh his tory that made this easy transition possible The first was the introduction of Mac OS X It was the first version of the Macintosh operating system to fully utilize BSD at its core While Apple has added much to BSD for its version of Mac OS X the full functionality of the renowned UNIX operating system remains The classic set of UNIX tools is readily accessible and is also fully extensible via the MacPorts and Fink utilities These utilities are similar to the apt tool in Debian based Linux distributions The MacPorts repositories in particular continue to add new tools both for the command line and the GUI desktop It s possible to accomplish many tasks on the Mac with either for pay tools created specifically for the Mac OS X platform or open source tools And with a known hardware profile developers of either application type can focus on a single platform removing most of the obstacles found in Windows develop ment and eliminating the instability of unknown hardware and peripherals Many
83. processing and output perhaps to yet another tool if necessary In effect the concept created system glue capable of tying many tools to many others as required Ritchie and Kernighan called this glue pipes In practice pipes were revolutionary Pipes gave users power and flexibility that simply could not be achieved with mere macros They also had an interesting side effect on subse quent UNIX development they narrowed the scope of new tools to single tasks What would CHAPTER 1 THE BACKSTORY become the hallmark philosophy of UNIX systems was born in that reduced scope Do one thing and do it well The implementation of pipes allowed developers to write programs that performed a single task well and then to tie those applications as necessary to others created under the same philosophy At the highest level the use of pipes encouraged developers to create system and user tools that worked well together Many would later make the case that this single concept was the genesis of the legendary flexibility stability and reliability of over all UNIX system performance User Manuals One more significant internal milestone lay ahead in the steady progression of UNIX from eso terica to mainstream use Engineer Doug Mcllroy took on the task of creating a manual that would fully expose the operation of the system to those on the other side of the development and engineering fence the users Mcllroy appreciated the shortcomin
84. ranges Trash Y DEVICE Wd Prone W Wattcapers E Prone Watpecers E mawr Bin Gandy Graney E Prane Conacn v suocsnows MoareCore siges LtLe i Ss jj Figure 5 3 Viewing and editing images in iPhoto 2508 of 682 photos Peet D c 88 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS The editing interface in iPhoto is easy to use and includes a basic set of editing tools within the main interface iPhoto also provides tools to adjust most elements of a photo including exposure saturation and contrast as shown in Figure 5 4 In addition to the other tools iPhoto includes some preset stock photographic effects including sepia tones color boosting color fading and matte as shown in Figure 5 5 Exposure Contrast C Highlights Shadows Saturation W Temperature Sharpne Reduce Reset Paste Effects Fade Color Original Boost Color Vignette Edge Blur Figure 5 5 Image effects in iPhoto CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS 89 Note The editing features in iPhoto are perfect examples of Core Image image units which are graphics packages that contain the architecture for accessing effects and image filters These image units are avail able to all Mac OS X developers iMovie and iDVD iMovie shown in Figure 5 6 is the video editing application included in the Mac iLife suite Videos can be imported from a camera or a file and edited nonlinearly As
85. set of subcommands Table 8 5 Common Subversion sun Subcommands Subcommand Shortcut Description add Adds a new file or directory to an existing Subversion repository checkout co Gets a local copy of a file or directory from a Subversion repository commit ci Adds a changed local file back into an existing repository diff di Provides a list of differences between two file versions merge Incorporates changes made after the file was checked out into the current version or displays conflicts update up Checks out the most current version of a file or directory Options for the Subversion commands are a bit more esoteric Subversion options are global in that each option has the same effect regardless of the subcommand used Some of these option argument pairs include those listed in Table 8 6 Table 8 6 Common Subversion sun Options Option Description diff cmd CMD Uses an external tool CMD for diffs editor cmd CMD Uses an external tool CMD for editing file F FILENAME Uses the contents of FILENAME to execute subcommands force Forces the subcommand to run help Displays the svn help information password PASS Provides an authentication password on the command line quiet Prints only essential information when completing an operation revision r REV Manually provides a revision number for the operation can include a number keywords or dates verbose v Instructs the client to print as much infor
86. simply open a Console window and enter the command which tool If the tool is in the path its location will be returned in the command line To find the Diff and Merge tools for RapidSVN for example executed the which command which showed that both tools were located in usr bin O00 Preferences General Programs Authentication Standard Editor Standard Explorer Diff Tool Merge Tool usr bin diff Browse Program arguments 1 filel 2 file2 OK Cancel Figure 8 38 Configuring the RapidSVN preferences Like Versions RapidSVN provides the full set of Subversion tools for version control How ever one of the primary differences between the Versions and RapidSVN applications is the location of these tools Versions places the most commonly used tools on the toolbar in the main window RapidSVN places those tools in a context menu launched by right clicking a file Managing Changes with Git Subversion has the current buzz but it s not the only version control system for Mac OS X Git is a scalable distributed version control system for Linux that installs easily in Mac OS X While Git is a powerful version control tool its real power is in a distributed environment serving many developers Within the open source community Git is used in projects as diverse as Linux kernel development Wine and X Org Like Subversion Git uses the copy modify merge versioning model allowi
87. sound editing and customization Audio recording Soundbooth isn t limited to editing existing audio files New audio can be recorded directly into Soundbooth either in mono or stereo Audio cleanup Some types of audio problems are common from one recording to another Rumbling hissing and pops can invade and significantly reduce the quality of an audio recording Soundbooth contains tools to detect and deal with these common prob lems automatically Animation cues Soundbooth can create markers in an audio file that will later be rec ognized by Flash By using ActionScript in Flash to read these cues sound events can trigger visual events in Flash animations Those events can even include actions based captioning Adobe Premiere integration Audio can be sent directly from Premiere to Soundbooth via an Edit in Soundbooth button When edits are complete and saved they re automatically imported back into the Premiere timeline and assets windows Mac OS X Third Party Multimedia Summary While smaller applications exist for multimedia editing and production in Mac OS X none have the Apple history the power or the full capabilities of the Adobe tools The recent Adobe move to more tightly integrate these tools into bundled packages has had mixed results While that bundling has more closely integrated the various tasks of producing and editing sound and video it s also impacted the pricing of the individual tools Aside from price
88. t come as much ofa surprise Log Location and Naming Conventions At the top of the log hierarchy in Mac OS X is the system log file The system log is created and maintained by the Apple System Logger an Apple replacement for the BSD syslogd tool The system log can be accessed quickly from a terminal window or like other Mac OS X tools can be reviewed using a GUI application The system log file resides in the var log directory The var log directory also includes logs for installations security firewall mail rsync requests connections and the window server Other logs exist in both the user and system Library directories Note The var 1og logs are not actually located in var log var is a symbolic link to private var In other words the true path to var log is private var 1log though that fact is completely trans parent to a user And in fact var isn t the only symbolic link in private It also includes etc tmp and cores a directory dedicated to storing data from system core dumps Library logs whether system or user are logs created by applications on the system Library logs also include logs for Crash Reporter devices RAID directory services Java and sync activities These library logs are located in Library Logs or Library Logs Mac OS X archives logs automatically using bzip2 compression system log is archived daily by Mac OS X with seven archived daily logs maintained in the system The
89. that statement makes it Clear that not all tools for the Mac will be based in a GUI On the other hand applications that utilize a GUI will of course provide a bit more of a challenge to port from UNIX to Mac OS X Differences in libraries will clearly stand as the largest issue in porting from UNIX to Mac OS X That alone makes another good case for understanding the lineage of Mac OS X Depending on the basis of the original application moving its basic functionality into the graphical framework of Mac OS X may be a challenge although not an insurmountable one With the preceding in mind here are two general good practice guidelines for porting UNIX apps 244 CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM Command line then GUI As a general rule Apple recommends that users porting appli cations from UNIX to Mac OS X port first to the command line then to the GUL In other words understanding and separating the underlying functionality from the user facing tools will provide the shortest path to a successful port Don t reinvent the wheel As always it s important to avoid reinventing the wheel Before you start down the path to port an application make sure a similar application hasn t already been ported for Mac OS X Investigating the Fink MacPorts and Darwin software libraries can save developers from the potentially expensive and exhausting process of duplicating an existing port Installing the Development Environme
90. the editor opens in the lower pane of the main window CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE m AppController m Test Application ee A a i LQ String Matching Groups amp Files v ES Test Application a _ Detail Project Find SCM Results Build bjese _ File Name 4 Code a Of gt L Other Sources En eas Sarees gt Gal Resources gt Frameworks gt Products gt Targets gt J Executables gt 08 Errors and Warnings gt A Find Results gt LZ Bookmarks gt EI SCM Project Symbols gt Implementation Files gt j NIE Files PI Breakpoints ream mS a lt gt AppControllerm 26 M implementation AppController Co Ba incort ApoControl ler h a Ging lerentat ion AppControl ler void avckeFromiib if geView LoacComposit ionFronFile NSBundle mainBundle pathForResource Introduction of Types qte NSLog 4 Could not toad composition F void windowWt LiClose NSNot ification motif ication NSAop terminate seif an exonple of programatically setting the value of irput ports Notice that the QCPatchPoraneterView is cutcactically updated by setting the OCView inputs 1BAction changecolorToB tus id sender a Colors 2 qcView setVolus NSTolor biueColor forInputkey 8 Top_Color z Jar a Figure 8 8 An expanded view of the Xcode interface At the top left of the Xcode IDE window are options for configuring both the target en
91. the following commands configure make sudo make install Installing MySQL from Source MySQL source code is available from the MySQL downloads page at http dev mysql com downloads mysql 5 1 html downloads Unlike Apache and PHP MySQL is available for down load as both a dmg image file and as a source file In either case you may need to register in order to download the files The dmg file contains an installer file With the image mounted double click the installer and follow the directions for installation As with the Apache and PHP source the source files can be unpacked built and installed with the following commands tar zxvf mysql version number tar gz cd mysql version number configure prefix PREFIX make sudo make install Configuring the Apache MySQL and PHP setup on the Mac is in most other ways identical to the process in Linux For a more detailed view of building configuring and admin istering your server please refer to Beginning PHP and MySQL From Novice to Professional Third Edition by W Jason Gilmore Apress 2008 Using the MAMP Application Another option exists for building and installing a web server on your Mac OS X machine Developed by Living e the MAMP application is a single binary file containing Apache PHP and MySQL for the Mac It also contains the PHPMyAdmin application for creating and main taining MySQL databases The download from Living e is d
92. this book it s more likely than not that your days with our old pal Linux are numbered CHAPTER 1 The Backstory The focus of this book is migrating from Linux based systems to Mac OS X To lay the foun dation for the information to come a little history is in order This chapter provides a brief history of UNIX BSD and Mac OS X Of Macros and Manuals UNIX The creation of Mac OS X really starts with the creation of UNIX That story is well known especially among Linux geeks a group that owes a great debt of gratitude to the work of Dennis Ritchie Ken Thompson and a team of Bell Labs engineers In the summer and early fall of 1969 these engineers cobbled together a rough operating system based on the Multi plexed Information and Computing Service MULTICS operating system MULTICS was a project taken on jointly in 1966 by Bell General Electric and Massachusetts Institute of Technology MIT but dropped in 1969 Although MULTICS would continue as a commer cial venture until 2000 its life in the labs was limited However its contribution to the world of computing cannot be overestimated It produced the team of engineers that during those heady days of 1969 would create the UNIX operating system Like so many technical projects work on the UNIX system began with an informal discus sion Ritchie Thompson and fellow Bell Labs engineer Rudd Canaday met to talk about the project in the summer of 1969 The notes from that br
93. to 4BSD Thompson focused his teaching at UCB on UNIX He found the students to be more than capable of making system improvements and upgrades Interest in the system ran so high during Thompson s time at the school that students continued to develop the system after Thompson s departure One graduate student Bill Joy took particular interest in the system Shortly after the end of Thompson s sabbatical Joy released the first Berkeley Software Dis tribution or 1BSD Rather than a complete system 1BSD was an add on to UNIX System 6 including a Pascal compiler and Joy s text editor ex Further upgrades and releases followed including 2BSD with the C shell and the vi text editor in 1978 In the meantime UCB purchased and installed a Virtual Address eXtension VAX com puter on the campus Built by Digital Electronics Corporation DEC the VAX was a significant upgrade to the PDP 11 system including a full step up from 16 bit to 32 bit memory address ing In order to utilize the larger address space of the VAX students began what would amount to a full rewrite of the UNIX code Incorporating rewritten kernel code the 2BSD utilities and other operating system tools 3BSD was released in 1979 The release was a critical milestone in the development of Berke ley s UNIX based operating system It was the first to contain a complete kernel rather than merely providing a set of add on tools for UNIX In reality 3BSD was the first st
94. to be the highest level security options addressing passwords logins and logouts and the security of remote controls Interestingly the window also allows you to use secure virtual memory an option not seen or mentioned in other operating systems This option can be important for the security of passwords or other sensitive items that may be swapped in and out of virtual memory By securing the virtual memory it s also possible to secure those sensitive items that have been swapped into virtual memory 184 CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION General FileVault Firewall C Require password to wake this computer from sleep or screen saver For all accounts on this computer M Disable automatic login M Require password to unlock each System Preferences pane C Log out after 60 gt minutes of inactivity m Use secure virtual memory M Disable remote control infrared receiver This computer will work with any available remote N Click the lock to prevent further changes Figure 7 31 The General options window of the Mac OS X security configuration Mac OS X also provides a security tool known as FileVault configured through the window shown in Figure 7 32 FileVault encrypts the user home directories mounting and unmounting them as users log in to the system The directories are decrypted when mounted in the system AAA Security General FileVault Firewall FileVault secures your home folder
95. using easy interfaces and built in automation Services such as IBackup http www ibackup com Mac Backup http www macbackups com and CrashPlan http crashplan com make the off site backup process quick and easy Another recent entry to the off site backup pool of sites is Mozy http mozy com which provides 2GB of online storage for free unlimited backups are 4 95 per month Users can sign up for a monthly plan an annual plan or a two year plan with additional pricing incentives available for the longer plans For critical data and documents the free Mozy account can be very useful The backups are transmitted using 128 bit Secure Sockets Layer SSL encryption and stored with 448 bit Blowfish encryption These backups are block level incremental backups pushing only changed or new files to the server The Mac Mozy software is well designed and very easy to use Backups are configured using the main configuration window as shown in Figure 7 18 Mozy creates backup sets which are groups of files and folders from your drives that will be backed up as a single unit This is a convenient and efficient way to group together your most critical files and to orga nize your backup structure CHAPTER 7 AOO Account storage limit 2 0 CB Select the files you want to back up I Backup Sets Files and Folders Bachup Set a Files Address Book 784 11 Apple Mail 86 541 V Application Preferences 1 243 1 Desktop 450 M
96. ve chosen E ne 2 vowntu Try Ubuntu without any change to your computer Install Ubuntu Check CD for defects Test memory Boot from first hard disk Figure 3 2 The main Ubuntu installation screen CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION 47 Many current Linux distributions will make some recommendation for partitioning based in part on any free space on the drive Figure 3 3 shows the partitioning recommenda tions in Ubuntu Install ete h UNUR re Cale ate eA ow do you want to partition the di K Guided resize SCSI3 0 1 0 partition 3 ind use freed space O Manual Figure 3 3 Partitioning and formatting for Linux When provided the partitioning options during your Linux installation choose the manual partitioning option offered by your chosen distribution You ll find an MS DOS FAT32 partition in the listed partition table You ll need to reformat this partition to a Linux friendly filesystem such as ext3 ext4 ReiserFS ZFS or some other system You ll also need to create the mount point Figure 3 4 shows the manual partition screen in Ubuntu for the free space Icreated with Boot Camp 48 CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION Install Edit parition tes 10000 Use as Format the pari Mount point Figure 3 4 Creating the mount point and formatting the new partition in Ubuntu In most cases all of the other default options will be acceptable in the installation
97. well including existing bugs The scope accessibility and practicality of the UNIX manual made it possible for near novices to learn the system quickly True to the business goal UNIX adoption in business and academia sectors began to escalate at a rate unseen in previous UNIX versions or in rival oper ating systems By 1976 just seven short years removed from the ad hoc meeting that created its concept of operations UNIX had become the operating system of choice for many companies and schools around the world Licensing fees for the system reached an all time high and contin ued to grow Through constant revision the system had reached a previously unsurpassed level of reliability a key factor in its adoption by increasingly computing intensive businesses and schools And it also proved to be highly portable allowing its adoption on a widening range of hardware platforms 3 CHAPTER 1 THE BACKSTORY The Fork BSD In a sign of the broad acceptance of UNIX engineer Ken Thompson was invited by University of California Berkeley UCB to take a yearlong sabbatical from Bell Labs to teach computing at the school It would serve as a much needed break from the daily rigors of operating system development Unknown to the principal players that sabbatical would mark the beginning of another critical milestone in the history of UNIX Indirectly it would also serve as the first real seed for Apple s Mac OS X operating system 1BSD
98. with the Time Machine option System gy A u QQ U Accounts Date amp Time Parental Software Speech Startup Disk Time Machine Universal Controls Update Access Figure 7 1 The Time Machine option in the System Preferences window CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION 157 Configuring Backups By design the Time Machine setup window is clean and simple as shown in Figure 7 2 As the window states by default Time Machine creates hourly incremental backups for the past 24 hours daily backups for the past month and weekly backups for anything older than a month ee Time Machine a gt show an fof O Name Backup m Available 102 4 G8 of 181 6 GB Oldest Backup August 24 2008 Change Disk Latest Backup Today 4 34 PM Options Next Backup Today 5 33 PM Time Machine tme macine keeps Hourly backups for the past 24 hours Daily backups for the past month OFF m ON Weekly backups until your backup disk is full F Show Time Machine status in the menu bar rT Click the lock to prevent further changes Figure 7 2 The Time Machine setup window When clicked the Change Disk button reveals all the drives the system can use to store backups as shown in Figure 7 3 It also provides an option to set up Time Capsule Time Cap sule is Mac hardware purchased separately and created specifically for use as a networked Time Machine backup drive 102 4 GB set Up Ti
99. 0 Apple Computer 5 9 Apple I 7 Homebrew Computer Club 5 6 Lisa 7 Mac 8 9 Mac OS X 10 11 NeXTStep 9 10 overview 5 Apple Developer Connection 66 67 237 Apple filesystems 17 22 HFS 20 22 29 30 Hierarchical File System HFS 18 19 overview 17 18 Apple Human Interface Guidelines 109 113 Apple Public Source License 71 Apple script creation tool 218 Apple Worldwide Developers Conference 10 AppleScript 113 216 Applet Launcher 208 application development tools Xcode 207 216 Java 208 overview 207 PHP 213 216 Python 209 210 Ruby 211 212 Application layer firewall 22 applications creating with Xcode 197 200 Applications directory 26 107 159 222 254 Applications file 167 apt system 74 77 78 Atomic commits 219 attachments 85 259 260 INDEX Audacity 106 108 editing features 108 installing 107 overview 106 Audio cleanup 103 Audio filters 103 Audio recording 103 Audio subdirectory 69 autoconf command 65 automake command 65 Automator tool 218 awk command 128 B B language 2 B tree 18 B tree structure 18 backup and recovery Linux approach to 178 182 dd utility 179 overview 178 rsync utility 180 182 Mac approach to 156 178 Carbon Copy Cloner CCC 162 166 off site options 170 178 overview 156 SuperDuper 166 170 Time Machine 156 162 overview 155 156 Bandwidth Manager 189 Bandwidth option 177 bash Bourne Again SHell 14 32 125 bash_profi
100. 2 Xcode Interface Builder OOO Compare Files Left Right Right gt Figure 9 3 Xcode FileMerge 246 CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM OO Untitled A A Yt Build Build and Run Edit Interface we Untitled Package Contents Configuration Requirements Actions Title gt User Sees Easy Install Only Install Destination V Volume selected by user System volume l User home directory Certificate Description O REET Edit Interface Figure 9 4 Xcode PackageMaker Creating Makefiles If you re a Linux or UNIX developer you re familiar with the makefile build process It s the time honored path of all good UNIX and Linux developers In order to ease the process of porting applications to Mac OS X and to avoid an increased learning curve you ll probably want to continue that tradition with your own applications Fortunately Xcode plays well with makefiles Here s the procedure for creating makefiles 1 Launch Xcode and choose File gt New Project 2 Select the targeted project type For example if your end project is an application you might select Cocoa Application If you re building a command line utility select Stan dard Tool 3 Follow the prompts to name and save your project 4 Open the disclosure triangle beside the Targets folder and delete any default targets that may exist 5 Select Project gt New Target to open the window shown in Figure 9
101. 2dec 0 7 4 2 0 7 4 1 sound ATSC A 52 st a52dec dev 0 7 4 2 0 7 4 1 sound ATSC A 52 st a52dec shlibs 0 7 4 2 0 7 4 1 sound ATSC A 52 st aalib 1 4rc5 1024 1 4rc5 1024 libs Ascii art libra aalib bin 1 4rc5 1024 1 4rc5 1024 libs Ascii art libra current aalib shlibs 1 4rc5 1024 1 4rcS 1024 1 4rc5 1024 libs Ascii art libra abcde 2 2 6 1 sound A Better CD abcm2ps 3 7 21 1 text Converts abc abiword 2 4 6 3 editors Open source abook 0 5 6 1002 0 5 6 1001 utils Text based 2 abs 0 908 13 0 908 13 sci Opensource acct 6 3 5 6 6 3 5 4 utils GNU Account acetoneiso2 1 96 1003 utils CD DVD ima ack 1 80 1 utils Grep like tex acme 2 4 2 1002 gnome GNOME multi acoc 0 7 1 1 text Arbitrary cor acqua graphite 3 2 1022 kde KDE Aqua Done P Figure 4 12 Available packages displayed in Fink The apt system in Fink attempts to download and install binary packages for Darwin In fact that s possible in many cases However if you prefer source installations rather than binary installations Fink provides this capability as well fink install normalize In this case Fink will find the source and then compile and install the normalize package Fink has a small but powerful command set The commands are constructed and used in a fashion similar to what you ve already seen with MacPorts Table 4 2 lists the commands and shows examples of their use Several of the commands are aliases to similar commands in the Debian package management system dpk
102. 3 They work as follows Allow all incoming connections This option does exactly as it notes it doesn t lock down or otherwise prevent traffic on any system port In reality the system is wide open when this option is selected This allows your system to accept requests for applications and ser vices from other computers on the network Allow only essential services This option blocks connections from other computers as well as all requests for shared services and applications Apple notes that in this mode the system blocks all connections except a limited list of services essential to the operation of your computer Incoming connections will still be allowed for DHCP services provided by configd mDNSResponder and the dependent Bonjour services as well as Internet Protocol Security IPsec services provided by racoon So this setting blocks the requests of other computers for all other services on your machine while allowing your computer to find those critical services on other computers on the network This is a fairly conserva tive mode that will likely work well for your home connected system Set access for specific services and applications The final option for Mac OS X firewall con figuration is the most flexible and probably the most useful for more experienced Mac OS X users This option allows you to choose whether to accept or deny connections on an application by application basis General FileVault Firewall
103. 56 byte firmware resident system monitor served as the oper ating system providing users with a command line for running programs Shortly after the introduction of the Apple II in 1977 Wozniak produced yet another striking hardware design in the floppy disk drive This made it possible to move the operating system from read only memory ROM to disk and further spurred the creation and introduction of Apple Disk Oper ating System DOS to the Apple II in 1978 In 1980 Apple Computer launched an initial public offering IPO of stock That IPO is legendary in tech business circles as it created more than 300 millionaires on its first day 1981 brought a shocking turn of events for the small Apple family In February Wozniak crashed his airplane in Santa Cruz California causing retrograde amnesia He didn t remem ber the crash and often had trouble with his short term memory Though his memory was restored by late in the year Wozniak didn t return to Apple until 1983 By that time his primary interest in the Apple line of products was in product development Although he continued with the company until 1987 his full time employment and influence within the company were effectively ended by the crash The enthusiast who had almost single handedly created a computing revolution was hardly more than another employee in a quickly growing corporation Even without Wozniak Apple computers would undergo a near constant series of revi sions th
104. 78 182 dd utility 179 overview 178 rsync utility 180 182 vs BSD 234 236 distribution vs operating system 234 licensing 236 266 INDEX overview 234 runlevels and system startup 234 236 ext2 ext3 filesystem 28 29 filesystem layout 22 24 vs Mac OS X 17 30 39 reasons to switch to Mac OS X 14 15 virtualization 41 54 63 Linux Audio Developers Simple Plugin API LADSPA 108 Linux Desktop Environments on Mac in stalling 249 257 GNOME 249 251 K Desktop Environment KDE 251 257 overview 249 Linux GParted 42 Linux Standard Base LSB 22 Linux system variables setting in Mac OS X 33 34 Lisa 7 list command 74 79 188 list verb 50 livecheck command 74 load subcommand 222 local area network LAN 26 Local domain 26 lock modify unlock model 220 log command 231 log review and maintenance 140 144 Console application 140 143 launchd command 143 144 location and naming conventions 140 overview 140 logical blocks 19 Login Shell drop down list 126 LOGNAME variable 33 Logs Statistics 189 LPD LPR Line Printer Daemon Line Printer Remote 148 ls command 27 129 161 ls l command 30 161 162 LSB Linux Standard Base 22 lsof command 129 Mac 8 9 See also Mac OS X backup and recovery 156 178 Carbon Copy Cloner CCC 162 166 off site options 170 178 overview 156 SuperDuper 166 170 Time Machine 156 162 development tools 15 using Subversion GUI front ends 222 228 Mac Backu
105. 8 Cerebellum SCPluginUIDaeron 8932 Got versioned unversioned versioned dirs 6 2088 1 Cerebellum iLike 40694 Cookie update thread woke Cerebellum iLike 49694 Setting browser cookies Cerebellum iLike 48694 Cookie OK 4 Figure 6 21 The Mac OS X Console display with the list of logs hidden CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION 143 As mentioned the Console application provides quick access to all Mac OS X logs These include logs in both the user and system Library directories and of course var log Any of the logs can be shown in the Finder by right clicking the log name in Console and selecting Reveal in Finder Console also displays any logs that have been archived by the system including those in var 1log Although the archived files are compressed they re fully readable in Console Of course all logs can also be viewed using your favorite text editor such as vi or emacs and UNIX tools including less tail and head Managing Tasks with launchd Beginning with Mac OS X 10 4 Tiger Mac OS X officially implemented launchd as a single replacement for both xinetd and cron As implemented in Mac OS X 10 4 launchd completely replaces the functionality of init The launchd system is actually composed of two primary working pieces launchd and launchct1 launchd runs at bootup after the boot ROM and BootX boot efi complete their ini tial tasks It scans through System Library L
106. 9 160 timebase 85 timeout number 44 timestamp 85 Toolbox 106 top command 129 132 133 Torvalds Linus 12 transforms 83 Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol TCP IP 4 transparency layer 84 True versioning 220 trunks 18 TT column 134 Twisted package 209 txt extension 143 U Ubuntu 32 56 58 128 UCB University of California Berkeley 4 umount script 166 Unicode 20 uninstall command 74 uninstalling VMware 63 Xcode tools 70 uniq command 128 University of California Berkeley UCB 4 UNIX 1 3 10 administration tools and commands 128 129 C language 2 file structure 160 macros 2 3 overview 1 pipes 2 3 user manuals 3 UNIX apps porting to Mac 241 248 good practice 243 244 installing development environment 244 245 makefiles 246 248 overview 241 reasons for 241 243 UNIX System Laboratory USL 5 unixdev mode 70 update command 79 update subcommand 221 update all command 79 updating rEFTIt 44 upgrade command 74 79 User column 131 user maintenance 135 139 from command line 138 139 overview 135 from System Preferences 135 138 user manuals 3 USER variable 33 USL UNIX System Laboratory 5 Vv v verbose option 221 variants command 75 VAX Virtual Address eXtension 4 VCRs video cassette recorders 86 verbose v option 221 verify subcommand 222 Versioned metadata 219 video cassette recorders VCRs 86 Video effects 102
107. APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS Numbers The iWork equivalent to Microsoft Excel is Numbers the native Mac OS X spreadsheet applica tion Like its word processing counterpart in the iWork package Numbers opens with a choice of spreadsheet templates as shown in Figure 5 28 The top level spreadsheet types include the categories Blank Personal Business and Education with several task specific templates nested within those groups Figure 5 29 shows an example of a spreadsheet created with a Numbers template Choose a template for your document All Bank ces rsonal ps ages Business H EE antitill Education 4 x F Don t show this dialog again Open an Existing File Choose Figure 5 28 Selecting a template for Numbers CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS 115 Pee men oe Lene bee nee me ee i eet basae toe tan oraaa Tees P eteo Cent a Meme d unim a Dane aatan mee gt mgo 0 aaaea tp iee ieue ms me ee tam aaee bee rtn e we theme marme wte wa atenen eee mee e a n a6 ery a nase tee or om tina aee emm u tasna n ee ar nau n tame we eee coe anm matenee ad a g t a is E oere tage bame ee i ke O O O U e i en _ ee ees te am ter i Sen a ee w _ neem martama Figure 5 29 A completed spreadsheet created with a Numbers template Numbers takes an interesting approach to multiple data sources within a single spread
108. B Mozy accounts will more than accommodate your requirements Even for those users who need more space the pricing of the paid accounts is reasonable given that one price covers unlim ited backup storage and bandwidth In the event of a catastrophe backups are easily restored from an interface that doesn t overwhelm And there s quite a lot to be said for the peace of mind that comes with knowing your computer could be destroyed in a disaster but your criti cal data would survive to find its way onto the replacement The Linux Approach to Backup and Recovery Old Linux hands might look at the GUI backup tools available for Mac OS X with some dis dain They re pretty yes but who needs all that overhead when the terminal will do quite well for configuring backups Being an old Linux hand myself I understand that view whether or not I find it practical In some ways and in some cases it s absolutely right In others the ease with which the GUI tools allow configuration really makes more sense I don t tend to fall completely into one camp or the other I like to keep my options open for the highest level of convenience and efficiency In other words l ll use whichever approach makes the most sense for the current need That means I need to be at least conversant in both the GUI tools and the command line alternatives There s no doubt that Linux provides a rich set of tools for system backup and recovery It is after all a need t
109. CC 4 Most Linux and UNIX users will be familiar with GCC 4 Your makefile can contain the flags shown in Table 9 2 Unlike most other compiler flags which are added to CFLAGS these should be added to LDFLAGS Table 9 2 Makefile Flags Added to LDFLAGS Flag Description bundle Produces a Mach O bundle format file used for creating load able plug ins bundle_ loader executable Specifies which executable will load a plug in dynamiclib Produces a Mach O dynamic shared library flat_namespace Creates a single level namespace contrary to the normal Mac convention of two level namespaces not recommended framework framework Links the executable being built against the listed framework mmacosx version min version Specifies the targeted Mac operating system version Note Mac OS X uses linked libraries like any other UNIX based operating system CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM 249 Installing Linux Desktop Environments on the Mac If you ve been a Linux user for a while you ve probably landed on a preferred desktop envi ronment The desktop wars in Linux can be almost as vociferous as those between vi and emacs users It s a good thing really that users feel strongly about their own preferences Both major desktop environments GNOME and KDE have some real advantages depending on your style of work And though the native look and feel of Mac OS X is one of the primary reasons many come to the platform it s possible
110. Clip empty path Sep 16 15 44 29 Cerebellum 8x8 0x298298 com Grow GrowlHe lperApp 4944 Tue Sep 16 15 44 29 Cerebellum local GrowlHelperApp 4944 lt Error gt doClip empty path Sep 16 15 45 14 Cerebellum 8x8 Oxda2da2 com apple iTunes 48692 Sending final status from child helper tool back to parent Sep 16 15 45 22 Cerebellum SafariSyncClient 43824 IPC call returned ipc rcv timed out 11 268451843 Mach error 18004083 Sep 16 15 45 22 Cerebellum SafariSyncCl tent 43824 Foundation NetException ipe rey timed out 11 268451643 caught in BOOL PSClient startSync objc_object objc_selector Sep 16 15 45 48 Cerebellum Quicksilver 4941 An error ocurred while scanning User Accounts launch path not accessible Sep 16 15 46 19 Cerebellum 8x8 Oxfe5fe5 com apple systemevents 43834 com apple FolderActions enabled Already loaded Sep 16 15 46 21 Cerebellum GrowlHelperApp 4944 doClip empty path Sep 16 15 46 21 Cerebellum 8x 0x298296 com Grow Grow He lperApp 4944 Tue Sep 16 15 46 21 Cerebellum local GrowlHelperApp 4944 lt Error gt doClip empty path Sep 16 15 46 55 Cerebellum tLike 4 694 Cookie update thread woke Sep 16 15 46 55 Cerebellum iLike 48694 Setting browser cookies Sep 16 15 46 55 Cerebellum iLike 48694 Cookie OK Sep 16 15 48 14 Cerebellum Butler 4945 updated applications cache Sep 16 15 48 18 Cerebellum Butler 4945 updated abbreviations cache enabled Sep 16 15 4
111. D and Linux From there you ll be able to bridge any gap in your knowledge as a Linux geek regarding BSD the basis of Mac OS X Then we ll move on to the details to sharpen the resolution of your mental picture of Mac OS X as it relates to both other operating systems In other words we ll start the final chapter of this book with a definitive picture of all three sys tems and how they can coexist to best meet your needs Beyond that initial detailed comparison we ll dig into some of the serious nuts and bolts of Mac OS X spending some time on the task that a true Linux geek loves kernel customiza tion and compilation It is possible to do Darwin is BSD as you know and kernel building is as cherished a rite of passage for most hard core BSD users as it is for Linux geeks Personally I would make the case that BSD users are doing kernel customization at a higher rate than Linux users these days or that maybe neither are doing as much as used to be necessary Most popu lar Linux distributions have become popular because of their ease of use most stuff works most of the time And many of the kernel tools are more deeply submerged in the systems than they ve ever been Short of the thrill of the chase there s little incentive to expend the sweat when the effort might not measurably improve the system The kernel building skills that used to be necessary with Linux have been pushed aside by increasingly slick distributions But maybe that
112. DSL 640Kbit s fast ADSL HOSL 20000 Kbit s or more Ethernet 10 100 badwidth is 100000 Kbit s Firewall ation wizard Step 3 C Web sites I want to limit maximum available bandwidth for Mail p p Bandwidth 512 Kbit s _ a a 1 Kbit s 1 Mbit s Add thisrule Figure 7 41 Traffic control in the WaterRoof Wizard After you ve created the rules using the WaterRoof Wizard you ll be prompted for your administrative password to add the rules to ipfw In short WaterRoof provides a comprehensive set of GUI tools to establish your own security and bandwidth control rules for ipfw Summary This chapter covered the tools for handling Mac OS X backups and security We started with some GUI backup and recovery tools including Mac OS X s Time Machine CCC SuperDuper and Mozy Then we looked at two common command line tools that are handy for backups dd and rsync CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION 193 In the security discussion we kept it simple and stuck to the built in Apple firewall tools You learned about the options available through Mac OS X preferences the ipfw firewall and WaterRoof a front end for ipfw In the next chapter we ll turn our attention to coding in Mac OS X CHAPTER 8 Mac OS X and Code U to this point we ve spent quite a bit of time buried in the weeds with user tools To a large extent we ve ignored the fact that aside from providing beautiful and functional user appl
113. Debolski Distributed to the book trade worldwide by Springer Verlag New York Inc 233 Spring Street 6th Floor New York NY 10013 Phone 1 800 SPRINGER fax 201 348 4505 e mail orders ny springer sbm com or visit http www springeronline com For information on translations please contact Apress directly at 2855 Telegraph Avenue Suite 600 Berkeley CA 94705 Phone 510 549 5930 fax 510 549 5939 e mail info apress com or visit http www apress com Apress and friends of ED books may be purchased in bulk for academic corporate or promotional use eBook versions and licenses are also available for most titles For more information reference our Special Bulk Sales eBook Licensing web page at http www apress com info bulksales The information in this book is distributed on an as is basis without warranty Although every precau tion has been taken in the preparation of this work neither the author s nor Apress shall have any liability to any person or entity with respect to any loss or damage caused or alleged to be caused directly or indi rectly by the information contained in this work Contents at a Glance About the AUO 2 5 0 5 424 on boven Sd oe eh aon Sa eben Adare Shaun E Ene signe xiii About the Technical Reviewer 00 000 cc ccc cece een en een errr XV Prefaco 4 ccc ised dies Gaede aaa deel Heda db boat cad Ghd eds ja ndadeat oa abed xvii CHAPTER 1 WG BaGKStOY oie ctcdne ty ciatrvevatuinriimteesede
114. Dual Booting and Virtualization ae it s easiest to make the transition from Linux to the Mac in a dual boot configu ration Or maybe you would prefer to start with a virtual machine running Linux within Mac OS X Either is possible and reasonably easy to configure on the Mac Creating a dual boot configuration is the job of Boot Camp although it s intended for dual booting with Windows a built in component of Mac OS X For virtual Linux installa tions VMware or its free counterpart VirtualBox make short work of creating a virtual machine and installing Linux within it Your preferences will certainly be personal and based on your own use of the machine This chapter details the process for each of these options leaving the choice of which is best up to you Dual Booting Linux and Mac OS X Dual booting Linux on the Mac has some distinct advantages including the following e Speed e Full use of the hardware capabilities without an additional abstraction layer between the hardware and the software e Full read and write capabilities If you re not bothered by rebooting the machine to get to your Linux installation the speed and storage made possible by dual booting make it an attractive option Note Interestingly Apple Mac OS X 10 5 Leopard was released in late 2007 with dual booting in mind Boot Camp a Mac OS X partitioning tool was included in the release Boot Camp had been in beta use since 2006 and included on nearly
115. Eo Figure 8 15 The Xcode mini debugger 206 CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE The mini debugger offers many of the same tools as the text editor debugger including the debugger strip and the gutter However unlike the text editor the mini debugger doesn t allow changes to the source files Using the Debugger Window Xcode provides another interface for debugging to accompany the text editor and the mini debugger The debugger window shown in Figure 8 17 is the full debugging interface in Xcode AEA m AppController m Test Application a E 0 5 Debug i386 B e c oeo aa H Page Overview Build and Go Tasks Restart Continue Step Over Stepinto Step Out Deactivate Thread 1 gt Variable Value Summary AppController awakeFromNib Y Arguments NSSet makeObjectsPerformSelect gt self 0x18f8f0 0 1 2 NSIBObjectData nibinstantiateWithOwner topLevelObject _cmd 0x949578c8 3 loadNib gt Globals 4 N NSA j in T 5 gt Registers 5 bLoading adNibFile externalNameT gt Vector Registers 6 a x87 Registers 7 X P AppController m 15 awakefromNib i iC Bia All rights reserved ion AppControl ler GDB Stopped at breakpoint 1 hit count 1 awakeFromNib Line 15 Succeeded Figure 8 17 The Xcode debugger window The debugger window includes the full set of debugging tools available in Xcode as listed in Table 8 2 and shown in Figure 8 18 Table 8 2 X
116. Exporting a finished project from GarageBand 98 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS APPLE S PROFESSIONAL TOOLS The iLife suite for all its strengths is a consumer grade package Professional video audio and image editing present a much more complex set of problems The software to solve those problems must provide granular control and a wide range of options for the final processed product Apple s Final Cut Studio meets the needs of professional video and audio editing It s in wide use in television film and video production as well as live sporting event broadcasts Aperture is Apple s profes sional grade image management tool It also provides some light editing functions Compared with the Adobe tools discussed in this chapter these tools are relatively new to the market They are however gaining a strong foothold in a market previously dominated by Adobe Third Party Multimedia Tools With its strong APIs Apple has created a platform on which any dedicated company can build multimedia capture and editing tools Many third party tools are dedicated to specific tasks within the multimedia realm Audio editing video editing and graphics creation are all cov ered to one degree or another by smaller tools The difficulty lies in creating a full suite of multimedia editing tools in which the tools are closely integrated as they are in the Mac iLife suite Although the individual tools stand well on their own the
117. FreeBSD and Mac OS X e The Linux ext2 filesystem with its modern ext3 journaling layer e A comparison of some critical features of HFS and ext2 ext3 The Apple Filesystem In 1985 computers were moving toward a new model for data storage Hard drive manufac turing costs while still very high by today s standards were beginning to fall Designers and manufacturers were packing more data onto smaller drives and gaining quicker access to that data from the other computer systems Hard drive technology promised considerably more data storage capacity These new technologies also provided a much more stable and reliable means for storage than the sometimes fragile floppy disks and mini disks of the day However the increasing size of hard drives brought its own set of problems 17 18 CHAPTER 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS MAC OS X By 1984 Apple had rolled the Macintosh File System MFS into its newest computers MFS was designed to overcome some of the inefficiencies inherent in the floppy and mini disk storage of the day To speed access times all the filesystem metadata the data about the data was stored in a single file This helped to speed access times on these external disks but did little to protect that data from corruption With virtually no redundancy data stored on these disks was at a high risk of loss If the single metadata file were corrupted it would be nearly impossible to retrieve any data from the disk With tho
118. HFS filesystem contained seven e The boot blocks as in HFS are contained in logical blocks 0 and 1 e The MDB is contained in logical block 2 This is much the same as the HFS implemen tation e Logical block 3 contains the volume bitmap This is again relatively unchanged from HES e The startup file is used to boot operating systems without HFS or HFS support The alternate volume header is a copy of the volume header located in the next to last logical block This provides redundant storage of filesystem critical data This was also part of HFS The final logical block is reserved for Apple s use during the manufacturing process HFS Evolution HFS would continue to evolve from the Mac OS 8 1 version of 1998 to the Mac OS X ver sion of 2001 By the time of the release of Mac OS X 10 0 Cheetah on March 24 2001 Apple had officially moved the core operating system to Darwin the first release version of Mac OS based on FreeBSD Darwin made use of the XNU kernel an Apple modification of the Mach kernel and large chunks of FreeBSD In fact Mac OS X also used pieces from projects such as MkLinux NetBSD and OpenBSD CHAPTER 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS MAC OS X 21 Significantly Apple added optional support for journaling in Mac OS X 10 2 2 With the following full point release Mac OS X 10 3 Panther Mac volumes supported journaling by default Like journaling on other systems the new system in Mac OS X
119. I contains both architecture specific and processor independent device drivers for use in booting the system The processor independent environment is referred to as the EFI Byte Code EBC Because the EFI contains an interpreter for EBC images that reside in the environment the EFI boot loader is almost completely hardware independent EFI can also make use of its own graphics capabilities prior to loading the architecture specific graphics drivers The EFI boot loader is an application that s part and parcel of EFI This means that there s no longer a need for a dedicated boot loading mechanism e EFI also supports both the BIOS standard master boot record MBR and the GUID partition table GPT used by the Mac In fact this support of both standards is the pri mary reason you ll need to install rEFIt on the Mac in order to dual boot Linux rEFIt will read and take advantage of the MBR records created by Linux EFI provides a shell environment much like the Grub boot loader in Linux Like Grub the EFI shell can be used to further tailor and customize the EFI boot process rEFIt handles all these options helping to translate from the GPT boot scheme to the MBR boot scheme of Linux Note that rEFIt isn t necessary to boot Linux from the Mac The Mac volume chooser activated by holding the Option key at bootup will recognize all blessed bootable drives However if the installation was created with Boot Camp the Linux op
120. If the noted process does not include a controlling terminal the output of ps will include in this column STAT The current state of the process These codes can include D for uninterrupt ible sleep N for nice low priority R for runnable S for sleeping T for traced or stopped and Z for defunct or zombie TIME The total running CPU time of the process in MM SS fractions COMMAND The command used to initiate the process CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION 135 User Maintenance One of the most common jobs of system administrators is user maintenance adding delet ing and modifying users on the system Administrators or individual system users may also customize the list of applications to start when logging in or may choose to change their login password As with so many of the other elements of Mac OS X most of these user maintenance tasks can be performed using either GUI tools or the command line Let s look first at the GUI tools and how to use them for creating and deleting users in Mac OS X Managing User Accounts Using System Preferences User accounts in Mac OS X are maintained in System Preferences Figure 6 11 shows an Account window locked from modification as indicated by the lock icon in the lower left corner Users with system administrator privileges can unlock the editing functions by clicking the lock and then entering their login password e200 Accounts Account Password Login Ite
121. Insert Marker button on the menu bar and results in a marked start time like that shown in Figure 6 20 142 CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION String Matching Sep 16 15 43 42 Cerebellum x8 8xda2da2 com apple iTunes 48692 Created child to sync device with pid 43888 w LOG DATABASE QUERIES Conn egy Sep 16 15 44 29 Cerebellum Grow lHelperApp 4944 doClip empty path Console Messages Sep 16 15 44 29 Cerebellum x0 0x298290 com Growl GrowlHelperApp 4944 Tue Sep 16 15 44 29 LOG FILES Cerebellum local Grow HelperApp 4944 lt frror gt doClip empty path system log Sep 16 15 45 14 Cerebellum x8 xda2da2 com apple iTunes 48692 Sending final status from gt Library Logs child helper tool back to parent Sep 16 15 45 22 Cerebellum SafariSyncClient 43824 IPC call returned ipc rcv timed out gt Library Logs 11 268451843 Mach error 10884883 gt var log Sep 16 15 45 22 Cerebellum SafariSyneC ient 43624 Foundation NetException ipe rev timed out 11 268451843 caught in BOOL PSClient startSyncj objc_object objc_selector Sep 16 15 45 48 Cerebellum Quicksilver 4941 An error ocurred while scanning User Accounts launch path not accessible Sep 16 15 46 19 Cerebellum x8 Bxfedfe5 com apple systemevents 43834 com apple FolderActions enabled Already loaded Sep 16 15 46 21 Cerebellum GrowlHelperApp 4944 doClip empty path Sep 16 15 46 21 Cerebellum x8 8x298298 com
122. M mainframe never trust a computer you can t lift Obviously I can talk but right now Id like to sit back and listen So it is with consider able pride that I introduce a man who has been like a father to me Steve Jobs The applause in the Cupertino theater continued unabated for more than five minutes Although the Macintosh was by all accounts a huge success Apple had difficulty compet ing with an increasing number of IBM clone personal computers CEO John Sculley intent on driving the company to profit instituted tighter engineering procedures and reviews predevelopment marketability studies and engineering staff reductions With control of the company he had started now all but ceded to Sculley Jobs found himself in almost constant conflict with the CEO By 1985 both Sculley and the board of directors had had enough Jobs was stripped of his duties as head of Apple s Macintosh division Nine years after the com pany s formation his time and influence had ended The Convergence Mac OS X Financially buoyed by his time at Apple Jobs purchased Pixar a visual effects studio for 10 million in 1986 and then founded a new company NeXT Inc NeXT would produce the NeXTStep operating system a UNIX like system and the hardware on which it would run NeXTStep would eventually serve as one basis of the rebirth of Apple and the Macintosh However the convergence of the Macintosh and UNIX actually began in the early 1990s wi
123. Mac for Linux Geeks Tony Steidler Dennison Apress Mac for Linux Geeks Copyright 2009 by Tony Steidler Dennison All rights reserved No part of this work may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or by any information storage or retrieval system without the prior written permission of the copyright owner and the publisher ISBN 13 pbk 978 1 4302 1650 6 ISBN 13 electronic 978 1 4302 1651 3 Printed and bound in the United States of America 9 87654321 Trademarked names may appear in this book Rather than use a trademark symbol with every occurrence of a trademarked name we use the names only in an editorial fashion and to the benefit of the trademark owner with no intention of infringement of the trademark Lead Editors Frank Pohlmann and Michelle Lowman Technical Reviewer Peter O Gorman Editorial Board Clay Andres Steve Anglin Mark Beckner Ewan Buckingham Tony Campbell Gary Cornell Jonathan Gennick Michelle Lowman Matthew Moodie Jeffrey Pepper Frank Pohlmann Ben Renow Clarke Dominic Shakeshaft Matt Wade Tom Welsh Project Manager Sofia Marchant Copy Editor Marilyn Smith Associate Production Director Kari Brooks Copony Production Editor Liz Berry Compositor Dina Quan Proofreader Lisa Hamilton Indexer Broccoli Information Management Artist April Milne Cover Designer Kurt Krames Manufacturing Director Tom
124. Mach 3 kernel moved the processes of permissioning and security to the applications it performed its tasks in only one quarter the time required by a system with a monolithic ker nel Mach was also designed from the ground up with multitasking and multiple processor support built in NeXTStep was quickly accepted by many in the computing community as the next generation operating system NeXTStep was also renowned at the time for its use of the Objective C language Objective C is an extension to the C language that adds object oriented programming Unlike other C extensions C for example Objective C uses a small footprint runtime As a result Objective C programs while powerful are generally relatively small Additionally these pro grams can be compiled with the GNU Compiler Collection GCC compiler included in all implementations of BSD The NeXT computer hardware was equally advanced The initial machines released in 1989 were composed of the 25 MHz Motorola 68030 processor up to 64MB RAM a 10 Base 2 Ethernet port a 40MB to 660MB hard drive and an 1120 X 832 17 inch grayscale display The cube form factor was also unique carrying a feel of the forward thinking design principles required by Jobs at Apple The machines were widely accepted among the computing cogno scenti Among their users was Tim Berners Lee who used the NeXT computer to create the first web browser and web server in 1991 While the NeXT computer was acce
125. OpenBSD or FreeBSD As mentioned Mac OS X is based on the latter FreeBSD Because BSD is a true operating system the BSD engineers can view the system as a whole decreasing the possibility of incompatibilities among parts of the system Runlevels and System Startup Think back to Chapter 1 s initial discussion of the origins of UNIX and its place in the roots of BSD and Mac OS X You ll recall that BSD is a direct fork of UNIX created by students at UCB That fork took shape beginning in the late 1970s with BSD development proceeding in a path CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM parallel to that of UNIX As BSD development continued through version 4 2 UNIX develop ment moved into System V SysV Later in the early 1990s Linux would take on the SysV model in many ways One of those ways was its implementation of runlevels an important feature of both SysV and BSD Briefly the general concept of runlevels goes something like this a runlevel determines the processes that are started In most SysV systems runlevel 0 shuts down the system that is it devolves to a state where no processes are running On the other hand runlevel 5 depending on the Linux distribution is full multiuser mode with an X based login and a graphical environment Clearly runlevel 5 requires many more processes than runlevel 0 or runlevel 1 which is single user mode In a SysV system the runlevel related instructions for init the mother of all process
126. Release Notes Rae Figure 8 2 The online documentation libraries for the Xcode tools Creating an Application with Xcode When starting a new project Xcode provides a number of templates As shown in Figure 8 3 these are grouped into several project types including applications Automator actions kernel extensions and several others These templates provide the basic files for your projects Select a template category and then select a specific template for your project Xcode prompts you for the location where all project files will be stored as shown in Figure 8 4 198 CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE ees New Project Choose a template for your new project K Mac OS X g g m 0 Anoo Units Cocoa Cocoa Core Data Automator Action Application Document based Application Bundle Application Command Line Utility n Dynamic Library a gt Framework 3 Java Description This project builds a Cocoa based application written Kernel Extension in Objective C Standard Apple Plug ins Static Library Other Cancel Choose Figure 8 3 Choosing a template for a new Xcode project Save As Test Application fy Where e Development BR Cancel Save Figure 8 4 Saving a new Xcode project As shown in Figure 8 5 the Xcode tool creates a basic library of files for the new applica tion These include header files app files necessary frameworks and plist files as well as several others These are
127. TOOLS Standard packages At the top of the Adobe food chain are the Production Premium and Mas ter Collection bundles The Production Premium package provides all the necessary pieces for high end video production and postproduction The Master Collection package contains all the Adobe tools in a single bundle These bundles are clearly targeted at folks who make a living in multimedia Ranging from 999 US to 2 500 US the pricing of these packages is well beyond the means of the average user Table 5 2 lists the various Creative Suite packages avail able from Adobe and the applications included in each Table 5 2 Adobe Creative Suite Packages Bundle Tools Approximate Cost USD Design Premium Photoshop Illustrator InDesign 1 800 Acrobat Professional Flash Dreamweaver Fireworks Design Standard Photoshop Illustrator InDesign 1 200 Acrobat Professional Web Premium Photoshop Illustrator Acrobat Professional 1 600 Flash Dreamweaver Fireworks Web Standard Flash Dreamweaver Contribute Fireworks 1 000 Production Premium Photoshop Illustrator Flash After Effects 1 700 Premiere Soundbooth Encore Master Collection Photoshop Illustrator InDesign Acrobat 2 500 Flash Dreamweaver Fireworks Contribute After Effects Premiere Soundbooth Encore Let s look at some of the critical features of the three primary pieces of the Adobe package graphics manipulation in Photoshop video editing in Premiere and audio ed
128. Video editing tools 101 Virtual Address eXtension VAX 4 Virtual Machine Assistant 54 56 Virtual Memory column 131 Virtual Studio Technology VST 108 VirtualBox 41 63 virtualization 54 63 overview 41 54 VirtualBox 63 VMware 54 61 63 VisiCalc 108 vm_stat tool 129 VMware 41 54 63 configuring Linux installation 62 63 installing 54 61 overview 54 uninstalling 63 vmware install pl script 61 vmware tools distrib directory 61 VSIZE column 133 VST Virtual Studio Technology 108 w WaterRoof 188 192 Web Premium package Adobe Creative Suite 100 web servers 145 148 installing Apache from source 147 default 145 147 MySQL from source 148 PHP from source 147 148 MAMP application 148 overview 145 Web Sharing check box 213 Web Standard package Adobe Creative Suite 100 WebObjects 70 WebsServicesCore 14 which command 230 Wi Fi 187 WIMP paradigm 7 Wind River Systems 12 WINS Windows Internet Name Service 36 Word Processing 112 workflows 218 wxPython package 209 wxWidgets 106 X xa option 134 xargs command 128 xattr package 209 Xcode application development tools 207 216 Java 208 overview 207 INDEX 273 PHP 213 216 Python 209 210 Ruby 211 212 creating application with 197 200 debugging with 203 207 debugger window 206 207 mini debugger 205 206 overview 203 text editor 203 205 maintenance and revision control 218 232 managing changes with Git 230
129. Work 111 117 Keynote 115 117 Numbers 114 115 overview 111 Pages 112 113 J J2SE 5 Java 2 Standard Edition 5 208 Java Plug in 208 Java Preferences 208 Java Web Start 208 Java Xcode and 208 journal file 21 journal_info_block block 21 journaling 21 JPEG Joint Photographic Experts Group 82 JUnit 208 K KDE K Desktop Environment installing 251 257 from mac kde org 251 254 overview 251 using MacPorts 255 257 KDE Education 253 KDE Games 253 KDE PIM 253 KDE Toys 253 KDE WebDev 253 kde mac folder 252 kde mpkg file 252 kde pkg file 252 INDEX 265 KDevelop 253 kernel customization 237 240 building 240 overview 237 setting up build environment 237 240 extensions 197 KERNEL_CONFIGS option 240 kextsymboltool tool 239 Keynote application 115 117 Keynote presentation tool 111 kill_process command 7 Kind column 131 KOffice 253 KTorrent 253 L la option 30 LADSPA Linux Audio Developers Simple Plugin API 108 LAN local area network 26 LaunchAgents directory 182 launchctl application 144 launchd command 140 143 144 156 163 181 leaves 18 legacyfirst directive 44 Leopard 31 41 Lesser GNU Public License LGPL 117 Library directories 140 Library randomization 22 Libstreams tool 238 libxml ruby package 212 licensing 4 5 236 limits option 53 Line Printer Daemon Line Printer Remote LPD LPR 148 linked list 18 Linux backup and recovery 1
130. X to Backup All files on OSX will be copied to Backup except the temporary and system specific files that Apple recommends excluding ON ee ee eee ae CONE WNN Options Schedule Copy Now E passwort authentcaton Unregistered copy Figure 7 14 The main SuperDuper interface Creation of a sandbox backup utilizes one of two scripts One script allows both ver sions of the system the sandbox and the current version to share the current Users and Applications files The other shares only the Users directory In other words you can create a full backup in a sandbox or a backup that doesn t contain the Applications directory That can make for a much smaller backup that allows for quicker recovery Note While creation of the sandbox backups relies initially on one of two provided scripts SuperDuper does provide options that allow you to copy and edit all backup scripts So while the sandbox scripts provide the initial basis for backups SuperDuper scripts are in fact fully customizable The backup options provided in the using drop down menu of the main window include the following e Sandbox shared users a sandbox with only the Users files e Backup all files full system backup e Backup user files a backup of only the user files e Restore user files e Restore all files e Sandbox shared users and applications full backup The options menu in SuperDuper provides additional backup customization
131. a secure Shell SSH tunnel across a wide network Binary text parity Both binary and text files can be committed and tracked using Sub version The algorithm implemented to recognize and express the differences between versions is identical in both text and binary files This results in a much more seamless work flow in which all files are handled in the same way Branching and tagging Subversion creates branches in a manner similar to hard linking See the How Does Time Machine Do That section of Chapter 7 for a description of hard linking Both branches and tags are created and maintained using this mechanism 219 220 CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE True versioning One significant drawback of CVS was its inability to distinguish files with the same name If for example a file in a CVS repository was replaced with a new file of the same name the versioning history of the predecessor file attached to the new file Though that old versioning history may have literally no relevance to the new file it was attached Subversion creates a new version history with each file added to the repository regardless of a similarity in names Furthermore file copies and renames are fully sup ported in Subversion unlike CVS Open API Subversion is implemented as a collection of shared C libraries The APIs for these libraries are well known and well defined As a result Subversion can be custom ized modified and extended to more clos
132. a job as a technician at Atari Jobs and Wozniak became regular attendees and contributors at the Homebrew meetings During their time in the Homebrew Computer Club Wozniak and Jobs achieved several milestones that reinforced their shared view that computers could be built in a size that would fit on desktops In the first Jobs enlisted Wozniak s assistance in collecting a bonus initiated by his employer Atari instituted a program to reduce the number of chips used in its game consoles offering employees 100 per eliminated chip Jobs turned to Wozniak for the hard ware design offering a 50 50 split of the bonus Wozniak quickly reduced the number of chips in the system by 50 Though Atari later paid out only 600 for the reduction of 50 chips the effort further honed Wozniak s uncanny ability to design for maximum power with minimal hardware resources The second was a purely personal milestone for Wozniak In early 1975 Wozniak read an article in Popular Mechanics describing how to build a video computer terminal At the time video terminals were rare most computers were paper based teletypes Following the con cepts of that article Wozniak designed and built a 24 line 40 character width video terminal from off the shelf parts The terminal was capable of producing 60 characters per second more than six times the number of printed characters from the existing teletype terminals Later to foster his growing reputation among his Homebrew
133. ac OS X graphics and multimedia technolo gies in their own ways the basics are the same Mac OS X can also take advantage of X11 and X Org the open source X windowing systems The reputation of the Macintosh as an outstanding graphics platform extends back almost to its beginnings And while Apple has consistently improved the graphics performance of the Macintosh few improvements were as striking or as strong as those made with the introduc tion of Mac OS X With roots in the NeXT developed Display PostScript Mac OS X now makes 81 82 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS full use of a powerful set of PostScript style display tools These include Portable Document Format PDF primitives to cache window graphics as bitmaps These primitives are easily leveraged by the application frameworks and provide the foundation for the strong graphics performance of Mac OS X But graphics in Mac OS X don t end with PostScript and PDF primitives The system adds an even more complex and powerful set of graphics tools for maximum performance All rep resent the state of the art in graphics creation and manipulation These tools include OpenGL and QuickTime OpenGL provides an industry standard tool set for 3D image creation and manipulation The OpenGL standard also defines required hardware features and support This guarantees consistent performance on all platforms that implement the OpenGL standard QuickTime provides a tool set for
134. ack Figure 4 7 Running the MacPorts installer Using MacPorts Currently MacPorts provides nearly 5 000 ports or software packages from more than 80 different software categories These packages include all the common UNIX tools and utili ties They also include GUI applications for graphics multimedia security and development among other categories We ll look at graphics and multimedia applications in Chapter 5 security in Chapter 7 and development in Chapter 8 When using the MacPorts installation script the postflight process creates a profile file in your home directory Users username This file exports the MacPorts path opt local to the shell adding it to the existing PATH variable It s very similar in function to the profile bash_profile or bashrc file in Linux If you ve already created a bash_profile file in your Mac OS X home directory you can simply add the contents of the profile file to bash_ profile cd cat profile gt gt bash_ profile rm profile Note At the time of publication a known bug existed in the MacPorts binary installer The 1 6 0 MacPorts package required a command line fix for the installation to work properly You can find all such reported problems and fixes on the MacPorts wiki at http trac macports org wiki ProblemHotlist 73 74 CHAPTER 4 BUILDING OUT THE LINUX ENVIRONMENT If you have not created a bash_profile file you can modify the
135. ailable for these tasks Fink Another option for using open source tools in tandem with Darwin is Fink Like MacPorts Fink is designed to allow users to install and update software from online code repositories Unlike MacPorts Fink is based on the Debian model of dselect and apt Because of that Fink has a much more Linux like feel Additionally the Fink project lists more than 9 000 packages avail able in 24 categories Installing Fink To install Fink first download the package from http finkproject org You can choose either the binary distribution or the source file The binary distribution will mount and open an installation image as shown in Fig ure 4 8 Double click the Fink Installer package to start the installation program as shown in Figure 4 9 Next you ll be prompted with an information window as shown in Figure 4 10 followed by a license agreement DEVICES The 30 a i osx A E Media amp faq FAQ htm E Backup W Fink 0 9 0 intel installer Y PLACES Desktop tony yi Documents Downloads H Movies fa Music Gj Pictures A Applications ov Fink 0 9 0 Intel Fink ReadMe rtf Installer pkg Fink Web Site url FinkCommander ar SEARCH FOR vq D Today License rtf pathsetup Figure 4 8 Accessing the Fink installer package 76 CHAPTER 4 BUILDING OUT THE LINUX ENVIRONMENT Welcome to the Fink Installer Introduct
136. ainstorming session were phoned to the Bell Labs dictation system transcribed and sent to the engineers These informal notes would become the working concept of operations for the initial version of UNIX Over four months following that meeting work on the UNIX system rolled forward A rough filesystem was created on the PDP 7 a system that at its creation was state of the art The engineers primarily Thompson created the operating system shell assembler and editor in just four weeks They also developed a set of tools that would be accessible to users on the system including tools to copy print and delete files This core tool set was created with the General Electric Comprehensive Operating System GECOS a system still in limited use on servers and mainframes today The tools were then transferred to the PDP 7 using paper tape With the assembler the final piece of the original system successfully transferred to the PDP 7 the fledgling UNIX system was no longer reliant on GECOS UNIX was completely self contained with the full capabilities to develop and build new tools for the system included as part of the system itself CHAPTER 1 THE BACKSTORY From Assembly to C The year 1970 would prove to be one of high activity for the UNIX team at Bell Labs Concur rent to the development of the early UNIX framework on the PDP 7 Bell Labs had acquired an upgrade to the PDP 7 system the PDP 11 As components of the PDP 11 rolled int
137. al Date Line west g Create account Figure 8 35 Setting up a free online repository with Versions Setting up an online repository is a pretty painless process requiring only that you estab lish an online account with Beanstalk and follow the simple instructions provided once the account is created Taking advantage of the Beanstalk account provides an additional measure of code security since the files are stored off site Committing checking out and viewing files in a Beanstalk repository with Versions is no different from taking those same actions on locally stored files The drawbacks to the free Beanstalk accounts are the limits of 20MB stor age and three developers Versions provides access to the full set of Subversion subcommands and options With the additional bonus of an online Beanstalk repository it s a tool you ll certainly want to consider when looking at GUI front ends for your Subversion installation RapidSVN Another GUI Subversion tool for Mac OS X is RapidSVN It s available in dmg image form at http rapidsvn tigris org Like Versions RapidSVN uses bookmarks to create a new repository or to connect to an existing repository As shown in Figure 8 36 creating a bookmark to a repository in RapidSVN requires only that you configure the URL for the repository This can be an online repository or a local version OO eee Repost UE cea URL umes Media repos LinuxToMac S f l Ignore external
138. all Intel based Macs since their introduction allowing new Mac users to also install Windows on their new machines While the Mac is complete with software suitable for substitution for nearly any Windows application it s still difficult to pull some users away from the tools they understand best Looking at the recent market share numbers Boot Camp may have helped achieve the goal of moving Windows users to the Mac 4 42 CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION Critical to the process of installing a new partition on the Mac is the concept of nonde structive partitioning In a sense that s the most important piece of Boot Camp the ability to resize existing partitions without destroying the existing data In Windows this has long been possible with Partition Magic In Linux GParted has recently risen to prominence for its nondestructive partitioning features These applications are for the most part easy to use and very robust That s what you ll find with Boot Camp as well In order to load Linux on the Mac however you ll probably want to download and install a copy of rEFIt on the Mac so we ll look at how to do that first Loading Linux with rEFIt Macs make use of the Extensible Firmware Interface EFI This is a replacement for the older and less efficient Basic Input Output System BIOS of Intel based computers EFI developed by Intel in the mid 1990s has some distinct advantages over the older BIOS system e EF
139. ally enabled with the following command showmount e If the configuration is successful the output from the showmount command will display the shared directory and the network on which it s shared And with that simple configuration other machines on the network can now connect to the shared directory on the Mac using NFS Summary In this chapter we ve covered the fundamentals of system administration on the Mac In gen eral you ll find that Mac OS X provides the common UNIX BSD Linux command line tools for system administration Beyond those tools Mac OS X also offers a robust set of GUI based system administration tools Mac OS X provides a full range of shells including bash tcsh csh ksh and zsh Although bash is the default shell for Mac OS X you can easily configure the system to make any of the other provided shells the default A number of commands are available in Mac OS X that are commonly used for system administration These commands are common to most UNIX BSD systems and provide a near seamless administrative experience for those most familiar with UNIX BSD and Linux These and other system tools can be fully explored using the installed man page system As with so many of the other tasks Mac OS X offers both graphical and command line options to monitor the system The Mac OS X Activity Monitor tool provides a wealth of information about the current state of the system within a single window This includes i
140. and alone BSD operating system and the first fork of UNIX 3BSD also represented an important win for UCB The Defense Advanced Research Proj ects Agency DARPA was so impressed with the 3BSD release that it agreed to fund efforts at UCB s Computer Systems Research Group CSRG to create a standard UNIX platform for future DARPA research projects BSD releases into the 1980s continued to refine and add new tools to the system Major releases occurred in 1980 4BSD and 1981 4 1BSD The 4 2BSD version took two years to release in total including several incremental releases during that period Of significant interest the 4 1a release included a complete rewrite of the Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol TCP IP stack originally developed by Cambridge Massachusetts acoustic analysis firm Bolt Beranek and Newman BBN Again one of the foundational pieces of BSD s success was the result of the efforts of Bill Joy Reportedly disappointed by BBN s TCP IP implementation Joy completely rewrote the stack Later when questioned in a meeting with BBN about how he accomplished the mammoth rewrite Joy reportedly responded that the task was simple You read the protocol and write the code Licensing Issues By the time of the 4 2BSD release in 1983 significant portions of the BSD code had been completely rewritten or created from scratch What remained was still licensed by Bell Labs CHAPTER 1 THE BACKSTORY under the c
141. any number of factors Core Video synchronizes the media refresh rate with the display refresh rate using a display link Based on display type and latencies this special timer makes intelligent choices about when a frame should be output This largely solves older video synchronization and rendering issues Core Video Buffers Core Video also implements several buffer types These buffers store video images on the system for display or compression The buffer types provided by Core Video include the following e Pixel buffers for storing images in main memory e Image buffers that store video frames e Core Video OpenGL buffers that provide a wrapper around a standard OpenGL buffer e Core Video OpenGL textures that provide a wrapper around a standard OpenGL texture These buffers provide quick memory access for an application Core Video creates a buffer pool that allocates the number of usable buffers Buffers are used as needed and then released back to the pool rather than allocating and deallocating memory on each request And these pools can exist in either main memory or video memory Core Video Frames Core Video frames are the single images that compose a video Video frames in Core Video can contain additional information that s useful for rendering These additional properties are referred to as attachments and include the following Clean aperture and preferred clean aperture To avoid artifacts at the edge of the image caused
142. any physical errors on the destination drive e Fill in any gaps in the data with zeros These two options will ensure that the new image on the original drive will work to bring up your system While dd is an outstanding and time tried tool for copying data from raw devices it s really not a good tool for copying from one directory tree to another As dd sees devices rather than the abstractions of mount points it also doesn t see the additional abstractions of directories dd is perfectly capable of copying one partition to another but not of copying one directory tree to another So while dd has some very strong backup functionality it s really more analo gous to a hammer where your specific backup needs require a screwdriver 180 CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION Using rsync to Synchronize Files For all the utility of dd dump and restore my favorite backup tool is still rsync As the name indicates rsync synchronizes files between directories Ultimately that s exactly what you re looking for in a backup to leave the files that haven t changed and add the ones that have rsync is a powerful tool that will exclude files from a backup by reading an exclude list and copy links devices owners groups and permissions rsync can be executed remotely creating backups across a network and can also run in regular user mode Furthermore rsync can be used in tandem with ssh to create a secure connection for rem
143. archiving and rotation are completed on a schedule monitored and initiated by launchd Reviewing Log Files with the Console Application The Console application launched from Applications Utilities is a one step log review tool providing quick access to all Mac OS X logs including system log Although system log lives within the var 1log directory it s given a special entry in Console outside that hierarchy a sign of how common it is to review this useful log As shown in Figure 6 18 Console lists all available logs in a single collapsible interface CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION 141 String Matching vv LOG DATABASE QUERIES All Messages mates pk Sep 14 17 57 50 Cerebellum iLike 36991 Cookie OK Console Messages Sep 14 17 58 01 Cerebellum SystemUIServer 4969 exception while performing selector w LOG FILES syncPlanWithIdentifier on server NSPortTimeoutException connection timeout did not receive syste reply gt Library Logs Sep 14 17 58 32 Cerebellum SystemUIServer 4969 exception while performing selector syncPlanWithIdentifier on server NSPortTimeoutException connection timeout did not receive gt Library Logs reply gt var log Sep 14 17 59 51 Cerebellum Butler 4945 updated applications cache Sep 14 17 59 54 Cerebellum Butler 4945 updated abbreviations cache enabled Sep 14 18 00 08 Cerebellum com apple launchd 17 net sourceforge tvshows 37638 open Users tony Librar
144. atalog file and journal file are located together at the begin ning of the disk Since these may change with every file action they re high access items Placing them in a static location on the drive shortens the access time to make necessary changes The location of this set of files is known as the metadata zone With adaptive hot file clustering other small high access files are defragmented reduced to a single extent and placed in the metadata zone as well Hot files are determined by mea suring the number of bytes read from a file during the recording period divided by the file s size in bytes Again this placement in the metadata zone shortens the time necessary to access these files and to write changes to the system metadata Finally Mac OS X 10 3 also opened up extended file attributes a feature of Mac OS X that had previously been reserved for future use These attributes permitted features such as POSIX access control lists and extended metadata Access control lists allow much finer granularity of UNIX file permissions on the system Extended metadata is intended to further sharpen the accuracy of the Mac OS X Finder a system wide search tool Note Access control lists are an attempt to move from file based permissions to role based permissions Users assume a role in the system with permissions addressing those roles Each entry in an access control list specifies a subject and an operation such as tony write on
145. ate syntax highlighting Scripts written in other scripting languages in the Script Edi tor will be highlighted accordingly 000 Summarize Message scpt CS o wy a gt tell DPN Mail set selectedMessages to selection set selectionCount to count of se essages if selectionC tis is renee than i then set tring to There are amp selectionCount amp selected messages amp TOGN n else if se unt is equal to 1 then set sp to There is amp s nCount amp selected message amp return else selectionCount is less than or equal to 0 set speakString to There are no selected messages endif repeat with nm age ar from 1 fo electionCount set M e toi ite m messageNumber of sele set sir Fh summarize content of theMessane as x Description Result Event Log Figure 8 27 The Script Editor 217 CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE Figure 8 28 shows the Script Editor toolbar The buttons on this toolbar allow you to record macros run and stop a script and to compile that script into a stand alone application for Mac OS X 00 Untitled Figure 8 28 The Script Editor toolbar The Script Editor provides a wide range of additional features including the ability to view the data dictionaries of scriptable applications Tip Also worth noting is Automator an Apple script creation tool included in Mac OS X Automator makes it possible to create scripts without actually wr
146. aunchDaemons and Library LaunchDaemons and fires up the login window In the System Library LaunchDaemons and Library LaunchDaemons directories launchd parses through lt i gt plist lt i gt Property List files These are XML based files that provide directions for loading applications and scripts as well as for taking periodic actions In theory the plist files are easier to read and create than the scripts traditionally executed by the ser vices launchd is intended to replace Let s walk through the pieces of a plist file to demonstrate how they perform periodic tasks First open a text editor and create a file similar to the following bin bash cp Users tony Documents txt Volumes ThumbDrive exit 0 This script will copy any files with the txt extension in the Users tony Documents direc tory to a USB thumb drive mounted as Volumes ThumbDrive Place this script in your Users user directory as copy files changing the permissions to allow execution chmod x Users tony copy files Next you need to create a user plist file to provide instructions to launchct1 the other element of the launchd system In the Library LaunchAgents directory create a file similar to this lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC Apple Computer DTD PLIST 1 0 EN http www apple com DIDs PropertyList 1 0 dtd gt lt plist version 1 0 gt lt dict gt lt key gt Label lt key gt
147. aven amp The Blues Rave 3 7 MB in 4 files 3 hidden Cancel Save Figure 7 19 Adding new backup types to a Mozy backup set C Numbers Documents 1 08 C Pages Publications 1 08 l Pictures Folder 4 283 1 6 GB V Safari Bookmarks 1 95 3 KB Stickies Database 1 798 Thunderbird Mail 178 13 8 MB Vi Radioshift Recordings 4 53 7 MB G amp Figure 7 20 Creating a new backup set in Mozy Mozy backups can be completely customized It s not necessary to stick to the canned backup sets or even to rely on backup sets at all As shown in Figure 7 21 the Files and Folders tab in the main Mozy interface allows you to select specific folders and within those folders specific files This sets up the potential for a very granular backup system Any file on the system that s accessible to the user creating the backup will be available for a Mozy backup When you have reached the desired subdirectory or file level within a sub directory as shown in Figure 7 22 just check the Back up check box to add the selected file or files CHAPTER 7 os Select the files you want to back up Rackup Sets _ Rilesand Folders O Back up tony There are 406 files 117 6 MB selected in Files and Folders 47 hidden _ _ _ __e Account storage limit 2 0 CB Total 4 654 files 542 7 MB Canes ave Conbguraton 4 Figure 7 21 Further customizing the Mozy backups HH Select the fil
148. be executed on completion of the backup In practice you could use the same method noted in the CCC section to mount and unmount drives before and after the SuperDuper backup SuperDuper also includes a tool to schedule backups Weeks of the month and days of the week are selected by clicking the appropriate button in the interface as shown in Figure 7 16 Unless a week of the month or a day of the week is selected the default is to perform the CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION 169 backup every day all days of all weeks of the month The backup time can be entered manu ally or scrolled using the arrow buttons on the right edge of the time field The caret in the time field indicates the element of the field currently being modified When the SuperDuper backup schedule is completed you ll see a window that displays all the scheduled backup operations in table form as shown in Figure 7 17 Mautomatically copy OSX to Backup Copy every Ysera Sra ah week of the month on sun MGR FOR Wea EA sa Start copying at 9 30 PM 8 What s going to happen Every Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday and Friday at 9 30 PM Backup all files will be used to copy OSX to Backup Erase then copy has been selected as the During copy option This will completely erase Backup then copy the selected files to it from OSX Cancel Co Figure 7 16 The SuperDuper backup scheduling tool Grave Backyp thee copy fibe
149. bileMe 92 modes 70 modulegraph package 209 Mongrel 212 monitoring system 129 134 Activity Monitor 129 132 overview 129 ps process status command 134 top command 132 133 Movies directory 27 Mozy 170 178 MULTICS Multiplexed Information and Computing Service 1 multimedia tools built in 86 98 GarageBand 94 98 iMovie 89 92 iPhoto 86 88 iWeb 92 93 overview 86 frameworks 81 86 Core Graphics 82 84 Core Video 84 86 INDEX 267 overview 81 82 Quartz Composer 86 open source 104 108 Audacity 106 108 GIMP 104 106 overview 104 third party 98 103 Adobe Photoshop 100 101 Adobe Premiere 101 102 overview 98 100 Soundbooth 102 103 Multiplexed Information and Computing Service MULTICS 1 Music directory 27 mv command 231 MySQL 145 148 naming convention 236 NAS Network Accessible Storage arena 158 NAT Network Address Translation 62 NAT Setup 189 NeoOffice 118 122 Net Connections 189 net package 212 Net Processes 189 Net 1 Networking Release 1 5 netinfo application 31 Network Accessible Storage NAS arena 158 Network Address Translation NAT 62 Network domain 26 Network File System NFS file sharing 151 152 Network flexibility 219 Network Interfaces 189 Networking Release 1 Net 1 5 New Project window creating a Python project 209 newfs command 29 NeXTStep 9 13 71 241 NFS Network File System file sharing 151 152 nfsd daemon
150. bilities They also provide the foundation on which the clean Mac OS X user interface Aqua is built Quartz interacts with the open source graphics tools we ll discuss later in this chapter It works quite well with the Darwin X server that s necessary for many of the GUI based open source tools Core Video As mentioned earlier Core Video is a part of the Core Graphics framework Graphics and video follow a similar rendering path in Mac OS X as illustrated in Figure 5 1 Video Context Effects Transforms Rendering Hardware Figure 5 1 The video rendering path in Mac OS X Note in its role as the Mac OS X window manager Quartz Compositor follows a similar work flow for rendering the working environment windows on the desktop for example in Mac OS X Quartz Composi tor receives a bitmap of window contents mixes new elements into the scene and then displays the new image Unlike UNIX based window managers Quartz Compositor does not allow any other process access to the graphics frame buffer This means that ultimately even a running X based window server will be sub servient to the Quartz Compositor although that will generally be transparent to users CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS 85 A critical piece of the multimedia display puzzle is the refresh rate of the display While we see refresh rates as static numbers those numbers are in reality theoretical They can be affected by
151. by encrypting its contents It automatically lt GM encrypts and decrypts your files while you re using them f WARNING Your files will be encrypted using your login password If you forget your login Cannet password and you don t know the master password your data will be lost A master password is not set for this computer Set Master Password This is a safety net password It lets you unlock any FileVault account on this computer FileVault protection is off for this account Turn On FileVault Turning on FileVault may take a while M Click the lock to prevent further changes Figure 7 32 File Vault security preferences in System Preferences From the FileVault tab you can set a master password As noted in the window this is a safety net password If the password for individual FileVault accounts is lost the master CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION 185 password can be utilized to access the files locked by FileVault and to reset the user level password A master password is required when choosing FileVault protection When it comes to setting the built in Mac OS X firewall basically you can choose from three options for security levels none medium or high While that doesn t completely describe the approach it s a good place to start your thinking These three levels of security are represented by radio button options in the security configuration window as shown in Figure 7 3
152. by processing video frames are generally larger than the target image The pre ferred clean aperture is the suggested cropping size for a single frame The clean aperture is the actual size of the frame after cropping Color space As with static images created with Core Image and Quartz 2D Core Video frames will reference a color space Again this reference ensures that the correct x y z axes are used in creating the colors within the frame Square pixels rectangular pixels The choice of square versus rectangular pixels in a frame is most relevant to video created for television broadcast as opposed to streaming or stored playback on a computer Television pixels are rectangular computer pixels are square Gamma This value is used to balance the display output with its input This produces output more closely aligned with what the human eye expects to see Timestamps A timestamp notes when a frame appears in a movie This takes the form of HH MM SS FF where FF is equal to a fraction based on the timebase of the move A time base is a fixed period of time against which other events or time periods are gauged So the fraction in the video frame timestamp is expressed as a fraction of the timebase used in the video 86 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS Note The concept of timebases extends back nearly to the beginning of the electronics age In the case of video timebases were a critical subsystem in the video casse
153. c OS X v10 5 Apple M 0 0 Update 1 D ap 10 10 Apple S 0 0 Complete Story EJ Ap 50 so Apple S 0 0 ae pte S 0 0 iBarcoder 2 8 2 Ap 50 50 Date Wednesday 17 December 2008 07 02 C Ap 30 30 Apple 20 20 s Create barcodes Commercial CNETD 0 0 sre a a Disc Cover 2 2 1 Corant 14 14 Date Wednesday 17 December 2008 07 02 dotmac 0 0 Doug s 12 12 Create CD DVD labels Shareware Editors i 0 id sae FastFormat 0 2 1 beta 5 tashme 0 0 Date Wednesday 17 December 2008 07 02 HardMa 0 0 Hawk W 0 0 FastFormat is a C C output and formatting library whose design iLounge 0 0 i parameters are complete type safety efficiency genericity and extensibility lt amp infi 20 20 X YD lt gt C a Fetching Feeds Figure 9 10 Running Akregator the KDE RSS aggregator in Mac OS X Installing KDE Using MacPorts KDE can also be installed in Mac OS X using the MacPorts system In a terminal window issue this command sudo port install kde The default port package is KDE3 As with the mac kde org package installation qt3 will install first followed by kdelibs kdebase kdenetwork and the other pieces of the desktop envi ronment This is a large build so don t panic if it takes quite a while When the build is complete the KDE applications will be installed in the opt local bin directory Among those applications are Konqueror the KDE browser see Figure 9 11 and Kate the KDE
154. can imagine it s tough to condense the topic of security to a single section in a single chapter of a single book The topic has filled entire libraries and served as the focus of com plete careers The increase in the number of always on connections around the world has ramped up the necessity of talking about security but the topic is so large that anything less than a detailed comprehensive discussion of security will be seen as a shortcoming by some And of course that detailed comprehensive discussion would take many many volumes Any discussion of security in reality creates a paradox Rather than allowing the sheer scale of the topic to pull us off our mission of moving you gracefully from Linux to Mac OS X I ll cover only the basic Mac OS X ready tools for security As with other Mac tools some are GUI based some are best implemented using the command line some are native and some are BSD based CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION 183 Here I won t discuss the deeper issues of security or provide a plan for more esoteric security implementations I will instead look at the tools their place in the operating system and at how they fit into the high level security net I ll also suggest some basic configura tions and commands to point you down that long path of complete security for your system I won t take you to the destination but I will get you started down the road You can find a comprehensive discussion
155. ce for Mac 20 2 c eee ccc ee eee 109 The Mac iWork ToolS 00 ccc eee eee eens 111 Open Source Productivity Tools 0 c cece cece eee 117 OpenOffice org 2 ccc cece e ene 117 N OOMGE wis ce iscteaiddiveas xe e dv betlae eiwbvas sevadves 118 SUMMAN orrasa cn ora ile avs ceenavn SX andi O Ea arn del 122 Routine Mac OS X System Administration 125 Using the Shell 0 0 c cece cece eee nee e ene nes 125 Changing the Default Shell 00 cece eee 126 Using UNIX Administration Tools and Commands 128 System Monitoring 00 0 cece cece ene eee ene 129 Using Activity Monitor 0 0 ccc cece ee eee 129 Viewing System Processes with top 0 0000e 132 Listing Processes With PS 0 ccc cece cece eens 134 User Maintenance 0 0 ccc cece eee ene nes 135 Managing User Accounts Using System Preferences 135 Managing Users Using the Command Line 138 ix CONTENTS CHAPTER 7 CHAPTER 8 Log Review and Maintenance 0c c cece cece nnna 140 Log Location and Naming Conventions 140 Reviewing Log Files with the Console Application 140 Managing Tasks with launchd cee eaee 143 Administering Shared Resources 0 ccc cee cece e nee 145 Mac OS X and Web Servers 20 0 ccc c n
156. cement for even the most advanced Excel user CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS 119 v REL Peet Petna CO e Figure 5 33 Creating a new document in NeoOffice Write 123239 AAR PEP Jaag aay PPETI J23332333 Beats o ia n Tso I Mee Figure 5 34 Creating a new spreadsheet in NeoOffice Calc 120 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS NeoOffice Impress This application presents the familiar interface of a powerful pre sentation program as shown in Figure 5 35 Though Impress is not as advanced as its counterparts in the NeoOffice suite Microsoft PowerPoint users will find Impress suitable for their needs i BOT amp 2 O OP x i Esmom Memm us Figure 5 35 Creating a new presentation in NeoOffice Impress NeoOffice Draw While presented as a drawing application Draw is more analogous to a desktop publishing program geared toward page layout and design as shown in Figure 5 36 As such it s acceptable though Adobe Illustrator users might hardly recognize it for its absence of powerful features NeoOffice Base A stand alone database application Base is intended as an open source replacement for Microsoft Access It is however feature thin in comparison to Access or to PHPMyAdmin or pure PHP scripting for MySQL Figure 5 37 shows the New Database window in Base CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS 121 w o 8 Sw EF ofa oOo amp
157. ces the term B tree has been used generically to describe all these tree like data structures The HFS catalog file contains a record of all files and directories stored on the system tracked by unique identifiers These identifiers are similar to the node IDs used by UNIX file systems In practice each file and directory is recorded twice in the catalog file The first is the thread record In the case of files the thread record contains the file name and the ID of its parent file Directories follow the same structure with the catalog file recording the directory name and the ID ofits parent directory These thread records are identified by a combination of the parent ID and the file or directory name Metadata for the files and directories is stored in the file record or the directory record Aside from the structure of the metadata HFS also uses a system of forks to address data Each file is split into two distinct forks CHAPTER 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS MAC OS X 19 Data fork For the most part the data fork contains the user created data in the file e Resource fork The resource fork contains a resource header the actual file resources and a map of those resources The resources may include icons windows controls dialog boxes machine code and so on anything that will be required to present the data The resource forks are identified by a standardized set of keys known as resource identifiers HFS was first utilized i
158. ch recognizes USB iDVD requires a FireWire connection CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS 91 Audio Photos Movies F iMovie de My First Project E Event Library Wl Movies a 4 iTunes a Themes Buttons Media Figure 5 8 Editing video in iDVD iDVD features a strong consumer grade tool set for DVD editing and mastering These tools include prebuilt interface elements including themes and buttons as shown in Figure 5 9 7 0 Themes Main 0 ae i o_o G gt a Themes Buttons Media Figure 5 9 Applying a menu theme in iDVD 92 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS As with its counterparts in the iLife suite iDVD is tightly integrated with the other iLife tools This means that it has a similar look and feel and allows quick imports of media from iTunes iPhoto and iMovie iWeb iWeb is the what you see is what you get WYSIWYG web site development tool for Mac OS X It s tightly integrated with Apple s online offering MobileMe Sites created in iWeb can be directly uploaded to a MobileMe account using iWeb s built in FTP tool and current MobileMe sites can be added to iWeb for easy editing Note MobileMe is an Apple offering providing subscribers with online space for web sites backup mail and storage Many of the Mac OS X tools are MobileMe aware so they can be easily configured to connect to a user s MobileMe account In recent years MobileMe
159. ck box beside an application listed in the Login Items window as shown in Figure 6 15 will hide the chosen application at startup cag a Accounts al gt show All_ Password Login items My Account amp Tony Steidler Den Admin These items will open automatically when you log in Y Other Accounts Hide Item Kind Guest Account M4 SpeechSynthesisServer Application A DEDAS M Quicksuver Application Laune aati O Boagical 3 Application C System Events Application GrowlHelperApp Application O Butler Application O isScrobbler Application M J iTunesHelper Application YA 1 4 AppCleaner Helper Application M A Login Options n Click the lock to prevent further changes Figure 6 15 Setting login items with the Accounts tool To hide an application when you log in click its Hide checkbox 137 138 CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION Finally users may choose to reset an existing login password using the Accounts tool Figure 6 16 shows the information required to reset an existing user password New Password Verify Password Hint Recommended Cancel Change Password Figure 6 16 Resetting a user password with the Accounts tool Managing Users Using the Command Line Creating a new user from the command line is a bit more complicated than using the Accounts window of System Preferences This appr
160. click the Applications folder in the Dock click Utilities and then click Boot Camp Assistant in the Utilities window You ll see the window shown in Figure 3 1 Boot Camp makes a recommendation as to the size of the new partition You can adjust the partition sizes by sliding the partition divider to the right or left Click Partition and Boot Camp will create the partition nondestructively resizing the original partition on the drive When partitioning is complete Boot Camp will prompt you to insert a blank CD This will be used for Windows drivers Because you re installing Linux you can skip this step 46 CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION O Boot Camp Assistant Create a Partition for Windows Each operating system requires its own partition on the disk Drag the divider to set the size of the partitions or click one of the buttons OSX will be partitioned as K Mac OS X Windows 14 GB fre Divide Equally Use 32 GB Status Partitioning disk Figure 3 1 Creating a partition with the Boot Camp Assistant Installing Linux Insert the Linux installation disc in the CD drive and reboot when the Boot Camp installation is complete As the system reboots hold down the C key on the keyboard This will boot from the CD ROM drive your Linux installation disc Start the installation as normal Figure 3 2 shows the main installation screen in Ubuntu yours will differ based on the Linux distribution you
161. cluding all the common server types as shown in Figure 7 36 Select the service on your computer to which you ll allow others to con nect Also choose the source address type as shown in Figure 7 37 189 190 CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION Firewall ration wizard gt ie WaterRoot Wizard helps you setting up firewal rules trom scratch with an casy Question and answer system WaterFicol Wizard is intended for user with poor knowledge of networks and firewalls You can create your own weard set and Save t for backup or activate t at Boot tne E you nood 10 restore Srewal detai rules you can delete rules set by Wizard al any tne Beware starting the Wizard wil Golete af active nies and pipes How does it work Water Root Vizard wi ask you to compite 3 steps Step 1 here we decide which incoming Walfic to local services must be avaiable for the network local network or the internet For example we should wart to allow my collegue s pe lo connect to my desktop documents bul to not alow other colegues Step 2 here we decide which outgoing traffic should be denied for example we should want to deny access to the web from this computer but we need to access emal Step 3 hore we decide we want to imt bandwicth for some service For example we can lent Pear2pear tratfic_ or maybe wed Falfic in order not to get laggy when downloading and doing audiovideo chatting with iChat f Figure 7 35 The WaterRoof W
162. code Debugger Window Toolbar Options Button Description Build and Go Builds and runs the application Tasks Stop Terminates the inferior Activate Deactivate Toggles breakpoints Fix Builds a single file fix Restart Runs the application in the same state as the previous run Pause Continue Pauses continues application execution Step Over Steps over the current line of code Step Into Steps into the call to the current line Step Out Steps out of the current function or method CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE 207 Button Description Breakpoints Adds a breakpoint Breakpoints Opens the breakpoint window Console Opens the Console window Figure 8 18 The debugger window toolbar With multiple panes the debugger window provides a wealth of other execution and debugging information The upper left pane contains the thread list with the call stack of the current thread The upper right pane contains the variables list displaying the variables defined in the current scope and any associated values The lower pane contains the text edi tor The status bar resides at the bottom of the window itself just beneath the text editor The debugger window also provides some display flexibility with configuration options for both horizontal as shown in Figure 8 17 and vertical display In short Xcode provides a powerful set of tools for debugging your application and maxi mum flexibility in how those tools are configured and used Xcod
163. company s first consumer research studies He took on rival Coca Cola head to head with the Pepsi Challenge a blind taste test that served as the company s successful national marketing campaign in the mid 1970s The campaign dramati cally increased Pepsi s market share And at 44 Sculley was still a relatively young man a fact of some importance to the executives at the young Apple Computer company Among the ambitious plans Sculley was tasked to implement was the introduction of yet another computer line scheduled for early 1984 That computer the Macintosh would lever age and advance the GUI concepts first made publicly available in the Lisa The single 400KB operating system floppy disk was known as Mac System Software Aside from the low level operating code the Macintosh ROM load contained the Toolbox and the Finder The Toolbox was a collection of shared libraries used in the applications and made available to developers for use in future Macintosh application development The Finder was a system browser allowing users to view the contents of the filesystem and to launch applications However use of the Finder required users to shut down other running applica tions as the Macintosh was a single tasking computer The Macintosh also contained a 7 86 MHz Motorola MC68000 processor 64KB ROM 128KB random access memory RAM and an 8 bit four voice sound generator capable of converting text to speech An all in one unit the Macin
164. convention is pretty straightforward requiring at minimum an input file if and an output file of dd can also be used to make a disk image in Mac OS X For example to write a disk image of your main boot drive to an external drive the following simple command will work well sudo dd if dev disko of Volumes Backup OSX dmg bs 512 Note that we re using the raw device designation in the input file element of the com mand This command will copy the entire contents of the dev disko drive dd if dev sdo0 to a new file on an external FireWire drive named OSX dmg of Volumes Backup OSX dmg dd will write this file in 512 byte blocks bs 512 This file will be mountable on any block device as would any other image file Of course the success of this command depends on the availabil ity of storage on the destination drive This image can be restored to the main drive as follows 1 Insert the Mac OS X installation DVD in the DVD drive 2 Reboot the system holding down the C key to boot from the DVD 3 Open the Utilities menu from the DVD 4 Open a terminal window 5 Use dd to copy the new image to the old drive dd if Volumes Backup OSX dmg dev disko bs 512 conv sync noerror This command copies the new image to the boot partition on the main drive and includes some options to account for possible errors either on the originating or destination drive The conv sync noerror option will do two things e Skip over
165. creating and playing audio video and images Sup ported formats include MPEG 4 and H 264 for video Advanced Audio Coding AAC for audio and literally hundreds of graphics formats including Portable Network Graphics PNG Joint Photographic Experts Group JPEG Graphics Interchange Format GIF and Tagged Image File Format TIFF Mac OS X contains a set of frameworks that handle all multimedia tasks At the top level these frameworks consist of Core Audio and Core Graphics The Core Graphics framework in Mac OS X is composed of additional frameworks or subframeworks if you will such as Core Image and Core Video As a suite Core Graphics provides all the essential graphics manipu lation elements for a broad range of tasks from rendering to compositing The Core Image framework in Mac OS X exposes and leverages a system wide Mac OS X API for powerful graphics creation and manipulation Core Image also makes it possible to share image pro cessing capabilities between both built in and third party graphics applications Core Audio and Core Graphics work together to provide all the necessary elements for image video and audio processing and help push Mac OS X to the forefront in multimedia production and editing Core Graphics Also known as Quartz the Core Graphics framework is an imaging and windowing technology that relies heavily on the PDF drawing model Quartz provides advanced windowing capabili ties including translucency
166. ct the Share this printer check box in the main printer window to make it available on the network This will make the printer available to all other Mac and Linux computers on the network 150 CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION Connecting a Mac Client to a Shared Printer To use a shared printer on another Mac on the network you ll just need to open System Pref erences select Print amp Fax and add the printer by clicking the plus sign in the printer pane The Mac will connect to the printer Set it as the default printer by right clicking the printer icon in the printer pane and selecting Set default printer The client Mac will now use the shared network printer as the default Figure 6 23 shows an example of adding a shared printer to another computer on the net work using LPD As seen at the top of the window the configuration screen offers a multitude of options for adding a shared printer including IP address Bluetooth AppleTalk and other common protocols 8606 5 Protocol Line Printer Daemon LPD w Address Z m Enter host name or IP address Queue Leave blank for default queue Name No Selection Location No Selection Print Using Add 5 4 Figure 6 23 Adding a networked printer to a Mac client machine via the System Preferences Print amp Fax tool Connecting a Windows Client to a Shared Printer To use a newly shared printer with a Windows machine on the
167. ctories be excluded from full system backups This list of files can be rolled into a single file and with the exclude from rsync option will be left out of backups With that information in hand let s create a simple backup script that will perform incre mental backups of a full system and make that backup bootable Here s the backup script saved to Users tony scripts inc_backups sh CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION 181 bin sh mount the backup drive disktuil mount dev disk1s2 initiate the backup can add the v verbose option to au for test debugging rsync au delete exclude from Users tony scripts rsync_ excludes Volumes Backup when complete bless the backup to make it bootable sudo bless folder Volumes Backup System Library CoreServices umount the backup drive diskutil umount dev disk1s2 Make sure that the preceding script is executable with this terminal command chmod x Users tony scripts inc_backups sh Next create a simple text file at Users tony scripts exclude from with the following contents tmp Network Volumes cores Trash dev afs automount private tmp private var vm private var run private var spool postfix private private var spool postfix public private var imap socket The backup script can be manually executed or scheduled in launchd or cron To add to launchd create a new file contaning the following adj
168. cy results in a substantial performance hit Permissions in Mac OS X Mac OS X as you ve seen is at its core a BSD system Accordingly Mac OS X implements the BSD permissions structure File Permissions The permissions on individual files will look familiar to most Linux users Figure 2 3 shows that the output of 1s 1 in Mac OS X is the same as the output in Linux For example using the ls 1 command the net directory on my Mac OS X system returns the following dr xr xr x 2 root wheel 1 Jul 20 17 36 cortex As on a purely BSD system the listing denotes that cortex is a directory and that it allows read and execute access to the owner group and world Similarly the 1s la command reveals the following dr xr xr x 2 root wheel 1 Jul 20 10 47 drwxrwxr t 41 root admin 1462 Jul 2 16 36 dr xr xr x 2 root wheel 1 Jul 20 17 41 broadcasthost dr xr xr x 2 root wheel 1 Jul 20 17 41 cortex dr xr xr x 2 root wheel 1 Jul 20 17 41 localhost The la option returns a long directory listing containing all the hidden files In this case that includes the dot files necessary for moving within directories CHAPTER 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS MAC OS X BAe Terminal bash 80x24 i Farn a tony ls l 256 r tony tony Oct xr 4 tony tony Jul tony tony 2 Dec 6 tony tony 44 Jul tony tony 70 Oct tony tony 1394 Jul 2 tony tony 1428 Jul snnens 68 tony tony 2312 Jul osama tony tony Ju
169. d Paths M Author tony tony tony tony tony OSXLG_Chap_S_DRAFT txt M Show Source Of Copied Paths Log Message Finished believe so 0 Finished NeoOffice Through the Work tools Will now add O Started Office Completed inserting imag Begin the GIMP section Figure 8 34 shows the clean diff presentation provided by Versions Inserts and deletions are clearly delineated in the Compare Diff window as is a count of the number of differences In short Versions makes it very easy to quickly scan through changes in multiple document versions CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE 227 Where Pages and Numbers lack a bit for word processing and Unlike the iLife tools iWork is not included with OS X Ho NeoOffice is a fully GPL ed 0S X pr tivity suite t Open Source Productivity Tools eee NevOffice Write Several open source or open source like options exist for pi neooffice_writer_main png NeoOffice NeoOffice Write is a feature complete word processing appli NeoOffice is a fully GPL ed 0S X productivity suite based Fs peoot t ice calc main pna ee Se Novat fico Write NeoOffice Calc like Write is a fully functional sp neooffice_writer_main png neooff ice_impress_main png NeoOffice Write is a feature complete word processing appli NeoOffice Impress presents the familiar interface of a po coor fice ca le nain png 4 neooffice_draw_nain png Neodt tos Calos iia a canoe tonal aa While p
170. d the next time the system boots This also sets a persistent file flag That means that in order to load the plist file again you ll need to launch it as follows with the w option launchctl load w Library LaunchAgents com UserTony CopyDocs plist This will remove the ignore at boot flag which is a key in the plist lt key gt Disabled lt key gt lt true gt Note As Darwin is BSD cron still exists in Mac OS X As in BSD the crontab file is edited using the crontab e command and is available on a system or user level If you re modifying cron at the system level you ll need to initiate the edit command using sudo launchd utilizes the configuration file etc launchd conf All the launchd elements expose appropriate man files for a complete explanation of the functions and use Those include launchd plist launchd debugd and launchctl CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION 145 Administering Shared Resources Another important system administration task is managing shared resources It s already com mon in the workplace to share resources across a network With multiple computers in the house and the simplicity of wireless home networks home users are also increasingly sharing networked resources including printers storage and multimedia libraries That wireless shar ing can of course come at a price for security a topic we ll discuss in the next chapter For now let s look at the resource
171. d to start application and lood Mainttenu nib import new_python_app icat ionAppDe legate pass control to AppKit Appite lper runEventLoop NN Figure 8 21 The main py file in the Xcode text editor Xcode and Ruby Development with Ruby in Xcode is similar to Python development Like Python Ruby is included in the base installation of Mac OS X This also includes Rails the chosen framework for most current Ruby application development A number of other Ruby utilities Ruby gems are included in the base installation as well Overall Ruby developers will find the Mac OS X Ruby implementation to be extremely friendly and well devised If you re already familiar with the general user interface layout of the Mac operating system moving your Ruby devel opment to this platform should be a painless process Like Python Mac OS X provides a robust Ruby installation including the packages listed in Table 8 4 212 CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE Table 8 4 Ruby Packages Included with Mac OS X Installation Package Description RubyGems Ruby package manager rake Make like utility for Ruby scripts Rails Framework for database backed web applications Mongrel HTTP library and server used primarily to build and test Ruby applications Capistrano Framework and utility for executing commands in parallel on multiple remote machines via SSH Ferret Search engine OpenID Service that provides OpenID identification to Ruby programs s
172. d under the GPL original or derivative must be accompanied by the source code for that application as well as a notice of the terms of the license The BSD license on the other hand is far less restrictive All binary BSD releases are allowed No source code is required for these releases whether they are original or derivative Many systems developers especially those building commercial applications find the BSD license to be a much better fit It s a particularly good fit for small single purpose embedded systems The differences betwen Linux and BSD in runlevels startup and licensing are fundamen tal Also recall that Ethernet interfaces in BSD use a different naming convention than those of Linux such as eno in BSD versus etho in Linux CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM 237 Kernel Customization and Compilation Nearly every true Linux geek has customized and compiled a kernel It s possible to do that with Mac OS X as well although it s not nearly as useful as in Linux You can build a standard XNU kernel in Mac OS X or build one of a few alternate kernel types As mentioned in Chapter 2 XNU is the kernel at the heart of Mac OS X and it was also the basis of the NexTStep system The standard XNU kernel will function in exactly the same way as the kernel originally installed on your system This is considered a RELEASE kernel type It s possible to explicitly specify a RELEASE kernel when building although when no a
173. dditional options are provided during the build process RELEASE is the default build type The following kernel configurations are also possible e DEBUG and DEBUG_TRACE provide debug and trace symbols e RELEASE TRACE provides the trace function Note PROFILE is also available as a kernel configuration However it s currently reserved for future use and mapped to the RELEASE build type The XNU kernel build itself in Mac OS X is pretty straightforward It doesn t require much time or configuration of the kernel code itself In fact the kernel build is the easiest and short est part of the process The element of the process that s time and resource consuming is initially setting up your system with all the tools necessary for a kernel build You will need to download install and configure several packages before you ll be able to build an XNU kernel of your own for your Mac OS X system Setting Up the Build Environment All the tools necessary for building a Mac OS X kernel are available from http www opensource apple com darwinsource Many of the tools listed will require your acceptance of the user license agreement You ll also need to be registered and signed in to the Apple Developer Connection Once those steps are completed download the following individual packages from the list These tools will be named with the current version number but for our purposes you can disregard the version numbers for now e boo
174. ditional effort But even a good development environment is incomplete if it doesn t provide a tool for source and revision control Any developer who has lost a significant chunk of irreplace able code will vouch for the value of source control Even lone developers have come to rely increasingly on revision control The abilities to assess and summarize differences between files to roll back to previous versions and to take complete control of all source code are criti cal to successful software development CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE From what you ve seen of the built in tools in Mac OS X it should come as no surprise that it includes the latest and greatest source control system Subversion As you would find in most Linux distributions Subversion is available both from the command line and with sev eral well developed front end tools Additionally you can use Git with Mac OS X Let s look at each of these revision control options beginning with an overview of Subversion Introducing Subversion Subversion has become a popular tool for version control Developed by CollabNet in 2000 as a replacement for the Concurrent Versions System CVS Subversion has become the primary version control system on open source projects including Apache Python Mono GNOME Ruby and others It s also moving toward prominence in the commercial world where tools saddled with annual and per seat licensing fees have long held sway Both open sourc
175. drop shadowing and window buffering and lies at the heart of all image functions in Mac OS X The key components of Quartz include the following e Quartz 2D is the vector drawing based API the native Mac OS X drawing API e Quartz Compositor composites application drawings into a single image e Window Server manages all system windows Quartz 2D is the Mac OS X drawing engine the core of graphics on the Mac It s the basis for both the beautiful interface and any applications written for Mac that require graphic cre ation and manipulation As part of the Core Graphics framework Quartz 2D can interact with all other Core pieces in Mac OS X including Core Image Core Video and QuickTime While the underpinnings of graphics in Mac OS X are so complex as to fall well outside the scope of this chapter it s important to have at least a rudimentary understanding of how Mac OS X graphics are created The following are some important Quartz 2D concepts CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS 83 Page Quartz 2D takes advantage of image layering An object drawn on the canvas or page cannot be modified except by the addition of a new layer Drawing order is extremely important in this scheme as subsequent solid layers layers that are near or at the top of the stack on the page may completely obscure previous layers This provides the environment for extremely detailed and flexible graphics creation Apple refers to this method
176. ds i sw Ga Udrary B System Q Music G Users B New Database odb usr D Pictures D volumes n OB in O fles selected Destination Browse i Desktop Restore Figure 7 26 The restore options in Mozy Mozy also provides a Preferences window to further customize its configuration With the main configuration window open select Preferences from the Mozy item in the menu bar The resulting window provides three options General As shown in Figure 7 27 the general configuration options include automatic update installation whether to show a backup status icon in the status bar and the option to display hidden files in the main configuration window OOC General Ben wv Install updates automatically F Show status icon in menu bar Show hidden files Figure 7 27 Setting further customization options in Mozy Scheduling By default Mozy will perform a single backup each day at the time noted in the schedule window However that s not the real utility of Mozy A far more useful choice for backup scheduling is to back up when the computer is idle This is shown as the Auto matic option in Figure 7 28 This option will provide backups with much more currency than the once a day approach Mozy provides configuration options that account for the computer load and whether the user is actively using the system Both load and idle time are adjustable to best meet the individual user s needs Additionally Mozy will alert users i
177. dy painful process But with each attempt the challenge rose a bit higher until I resolved that no simple computer was going to defeat me I researched learned and researched some more When I discovered a HOWTO on dual booting Windows and Linux the lights started to come on Shortly after I got my first good installation of Red Hat 4 0 dual booting with Windows 95 and was off to the races I made a commitment when that installation was complete that I would use Windows only when absolutely necessary and that it wouldn t be necessary too often And I found my powerful flexible challenging operating system of choice In short Linux revived my love of computing making my wife once again a victim of my renewed substance abuse problem xvii xviii PREFACE Within a few short years I had left a legal field programming position with a large Iowa insurance company to pursue dreams of dot com dollars My writing experience and abili ties got me in the door of the first startup a company that was founded by Anton Olsen my Linux friend and mentor from the previous company The shop was entirely open source and I reveled in the atmosphere of a small company where in one minute I could draft and send out press releases while the next brought yet another learning experience in a room full of open source gurus The company was short lived but the experience infused me with even more passion for Linux for programming and for the unbridled id
178. e and Other Application Development Tools Even though Xcode is the chosen tool for most developers creating applications specifically for Mac OS X it s not limited to Objective C C or Java It is in fact a thoroughly modern tool with the flexibility to make full use of other current programming and scripting languages Whether you re a coder developing object oriented applications in Python a web guru creat ing database driven sites with Ruby or a developer who has chosen PHP as your preferred programming language Xcode will be useful The benefits of using Xcode as your development tool might not be obvious until you ve used Mac OS X itself for awhile Xcode provides the native Mac OS X environment including proper keyboard shortcuts and controls It also understands Subversion providing both development and source control within a single tool The following sections introduce Java Python Ruby and PHP development with Xcode Note Xcode provides a strong set of tools for object oriented programming and scripted solutions Xcode Unleashed by Fritz Anderson Sams 2008 and Beginning Xcode by James Bucanek Wrox 2006 provide full book length views of Xcode 208 CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE Xcode and Java Java is another development language included in Mac OS X Java 2 Standard Edition 5 J2SE 5 is included in the standard Mac OS X installation with J2SE 6 available as a software update Both 32 and 64 bit version
179. e by date simply by rolling the mouse over the vertical timeline on the right edge of the recovery window You can scroll through the windows using the arrows to the lower right of the cas caded windows and select a specific window by clicking with the mouse or you can click a specific backup along the vertical timeline When the preferred backup is available a file or files can be restored from that backup by selecting the file and clicking Restore in the recovery window 159 160 CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION Cace Today Now Figure 7 7 The Time Machine recovery window Full bootable system backups cannot be restored from the recovery window In the event of a catastrophic system failure you will need to restart the system with the installation DVD Insert the installation DVD in the drive and then restart the Mac As the system starts hold down the C button This will start the system from the DVD presenting the main screen With the system booted from the installation DVD select Utilities and then choose Restore from Time Machine When prompted select a system backup to restore These backups will be listed by the date on which they were created and will be listed under the name of the system boot volume Depending on the size of the system this restoration may take well more than an hour When the restoration is complete you ll reboot into your restored Mac OS X system How Does Time Machine Do That
180. e clearly on the use of a product rather than the source code The inclusion of source code with an application is not required by the BSD license In effect the BSD license allows both author and user to implement code in whatever fashion they find necessary This is a model that s much easier for many businesses to accept The BSD code in Mac OS X is released under the BSD license In this chapter we also looked at the process of rebuilding Mac OS X s XNU kernel This is the kernel code that came with NeXTStep when it was acquired by Apple in the mid 1990s Based on the Mach kernel originally developed at Carnegie Mellon University the XNU kernel has moved away from its monolithic roots The process of building the kernel for Mac OS X requires that developers download some additional code tools In fact you saw that the first time setup for building XNU kernels for Mac OS X is likely to be the longest part of the process It s required only once as the environment then exists for subsequent builds You also saw that it s possible to port applications created for BSD and Linux to Mac OS X Apple provides a set of guidelines in its developer area online http developer apple com to ease this process As part of the porting process you found that the default compiler for Mac OS X is the GCC 4 compiler complete with a full set of compilation options Finally we took a look at the process for installing the most popular Linux desktop envi
181. e devel opers and corporate software developers have begun to appreciate the power of Subversion Subversion vs CVS Subversion offers several important improvements over the older CVS These improvements provide users with more control over the tool more flexibility in how versioning is accom plished and a full set of APIs that make it extremely customizable for unique uses These improvements are accomplished by the following Directory versioning Subversion utilizes a virtual versioned filesystem that allows track ing of both files and directory trees This is a significant improvement over CVS which tracked versions only on individual files Versioned metadata The metadata of all files and directories the data describing the properties of the files and directories can be created and modified by the user This data is versioned with the data contained in the files themselves Atomic commits Atomic commits guarantee that if an entire collection of changes cannot be committed to the repository none are committed This is important to the work flow of developers as it allows them to structure their changes in a more logical fashion It also guarantees that no problems will arise with committed code for which only a partial set of changes have been committed Network flexibility Subversion can be plugged into Apache as a module It can be used over the network as a stand alone tool Subversion can also be implemented within
182. e files on the Internet or on your company s or school s local area network from a folder on your hard disk You can display your documents on the Internet or restrict access to a chosen few within a local area network Mac OS X Personal Web Sharing makes it a snap Here s how it works Create your website by changing this page it s called index html and it s in the Sites folder in your home folder and creating any other HTML pages you want Once you re online turn on Personal Web Sharing then send your web address to other people That s it You re done your page is ready for viewing HTML anyone Quick Start Guide to Personal Web Sharing HTML is easy so easy that even a first time user can do it That s because you don t have to learn HTML to use it 1 Create the HTML pages for your website and put them in the Sites folder in your home folder Leading word processing applications such as Microsoft Word and AppleWorks 6 actually generate HTML webpages for you with just a few Substitute your own content for the text graphics and links in this page clicks of a mouse index numi to create a customized welcome page Create other HTML page following your application s instructions for linking pages and HTML short for hypertext markup language is what webmasters and graphics designers use to publish text and graphics on the Internet in a form that can be read by any web browser 2 Make sure you
183. e same as the option to allow only essential services only those essential services are allowed unless and until you make the choice to allow a spe cific application to accept connection requests When applications that haven t been granted explicit permissions attempt to access the network you ll be prompted to either accept or deny the connection That response will become the default for the application going forward Finally any application or script on the system can be added to this list including command line applications In general Apple has provided an easy to use security configuration tool in System Preferences This tool provides enough flexibility to meet the needs of most home users in securing their system While it s not a complete security system it doesn t cover all the eso teric security corner cases it does provide strong security for the most common scenarios Of course as a BSD based system Mac OS X does not just offer the GUI tools for security configuration If you re willing to dig a bit deeper you can completely customize your system security using other familiar command line tools such as ipfw Using ipfw As a Firewall Mac OS X includes ipfw a BSD firewall and traffic shaping tool ipfw implements rulesets which are collections of rules that determine the action to be taken on packets traveling across the network interface These rules first determine whether those packets will be allowed or denied
184. e shadow of Adobe Systems Adobe s ever growing inventory of Mac centric multimedia tools has cornered the professional market although the professional tools from Apple are making inroads into Adobe s dominance Leveraging a long standing relationship with Apple Adobe continues to push its tools in new directions as well as finding new income inroads through tool bundling And of course with its BSD engine Mac OS X is also a powerful platform for open source multimedia tools In particular GIMP and Audacity lead the open source community for graphics and audio editing respectively While not as powerful as their Adobe counterparts Photoshop and Soundbooth these open source tools are in fact viable upgrades to the comparably tasked iLife tools on the Mac Both are developed and maintained in rich open source environments For many computing means productivity And for those users productivity tools neces sarily mean Microsoft Office Some have never discovered the alternatives Some simply feel they cannot use anything else lest they lose the business edge For them Microsoft provides an equal to its Windows based Office package in Microsoft Office for Mac Feature complete Office for Mac is in many ways a good alternative to the Windows version By complying closely with the Apple Human Interface Guidelines Microsoft has created a cleaner more accessible version of its hallmark Windows software for Mac Office users will find the
185. e timeout to 0 disables automatic booting i e no timeout timeout 20 44 CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION Disable menu options for increased security These are intended for a lab environment where the administrator doesn t want users to mess with the operating system List the names for the options you want to hide from the boot menu Currently supported shell remove the EFI shell tools remove all EFI tools shell and gptsync Use text mode only When enabled this option forces rEFIt into text mode textonly List legacy options first When enabled legacy BIOS based boot options e g Windows Linux via LILO or GRUB will be listed first This is intended as a quick fix to change the default boot choice until full configurability arrives legacyfirst EOF rEFIt will find any bootable operating system on any drive attached to the system As you would expect the first drive listed in the menu is the default For example I use a 320GB FireWire drive attached to the Mac mini for regular backups One partition contains Time Machine backups covered in more detail in Chapter 7 and another partition on the same drive is reserved for cloned and fully bootable backups of the hard drive The latter partition is labeled Rollbacks on the FireWire drive The rEFIt boot menu displays Rollbacks OSX hard drive and Linux as the boot options No further configuration was necessary to
186. e tools that are included with new Mac computers The iLife suite includes iPhoto iMovie iDVD iWeb and GarageBand These tools provide con sumer level functionality for managing and editing multimedia whether that s audio video or graphics iPhoto iPhoto is a rudimentary photo editor with strong photo organizing tools Users can rotate crop resize transform and adjust images iPhoto s primary strength is its tagging and man agement features Figure 5 2 shows iPhoto s main interface and Figure 5 3 shows an image open for editing CHAPT ER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS 87 shies ERA aa events 3 a Protos TIC ec F RECENT suhler dirn road sumilin shoes summertime hluts Special Olympics PE Last 12 Months Last import Flagged U Trash uN CaN Y DEVICES EE prone Y ALUUMS Pe alban Art Moore Fun D walpapers i IPhone walipapers Li blackberry Wa 132 E MooreCore W Phone B unnos Ly ramy i iPhone Contacts SLIDESHOWS super chickan TAB BE t davis tab_benoit ij MooreCore Slides name Album Art susan tedeschi tab_benoit nice_and_warm Summertime blues sunmytand slim best of sykes boney drippers i ha AN taytor_deluse NOIT tedeschi tedeschi wait_for_me teresa james 5 x 4 E m tjojaje Qa 5 677 photos n i E Figure 5 2 The main iPhoto interface Oymoies 2 Months amp tast import P
187. e via the Java Preferences application Mac OS X contains some additional Java specific development and deployment tools including the following e Java Web Start A tool to launch and modify settings for Java Web Start applications e Java Preferences A tool that allows developers to specify settings for Java applications plug ins and applets e Input Method HotKey A tool that lets developers set a keyboard combination for invok ing the input method dialog box in applications with multiple input methods JUnit A Java unit testing interface Apache Maven A development consolidation tool including dependency and release management Apache Ant A tool to automate Java builds CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE 209 Xcode and Python Python the programming language creation of Guido von Rossum in 1990 has become increasingly popular in the past several years Renowned for its clean syntax reasonable learn ing curve extensibility and full object orientation Python has garnered a growing following of developers It s often used as a scripting language to meet quick one off needs Its use has also broadened to include 3D animation and rendering packages such as Maya graphics cre ation and manipulation applications such as GIMP and Inkscape and even games including Civilization IV Released under a GPL compatible license Python has also garnered a large and robust user community It s now a standard element in most Linux dis
188. e with changing terms in VirtualBox will be yours to make Summary This chapter covered your options for smoothing the transition from Linux to the Mac dual booting or running a Linux virtual machine within Mac OS X Creating a dual boot configuration with Boot Camp a built in component of Mac OS X is relatively easy Using this approach you can simply choose which operating system you want to run at bootup Creating a Linux virtual machine with VMware is not difficult either Overall the expe rience with VMware is pretty positive provided your Mac has ample RAM The screen responsiveness is good even in full screen mode Moving from the virtual machine to the real Mac OS X environment is a simple matter of using the Apple Control key combination even in full screen mode Now that you have an idea of how these two approaches work you can choose the one that suits your own preferences In the next chapter we ll look at building out the Linux environment on Mac OS X with development tools and third party software installation tools CHAPTER 4 Building Out the Linux Environment U to this point in the book I ve spent a fair amount of time laying the foundation the UNIX and BSD origins of Mac OS X the similarities between Mac OS X BSD and Linux and the best ways to install Linux on your Mac without blowing away the Mac OS X installation But none of that really gets to the heart of Mac OS X for Linux geeks The real beau
189. ealism of the open source philosophy Less than a year later I began writing a daily Linux e mail newsletter for Chris Pirillo Lockergnome s Penguin Shell For my day job I took a position building and configuring Linux based computers not just any computers but computers to control observatory grade robotic telescopes built by a company in my hometown of Iowa City I also helped assemble those telescopes and flew around the world to install them at dark locations around the planet When that small company failed I became a partner in another building and repairing com puters with a special interest and expertise in Linux Over the next four years I chased Linux through a revival of the telescope company a presidential campaign online shopping online real estate online document scanning and finally into the world of commercial aviation where I still work today It s not always been the best living Linux has nonetheless been very good to me During those Linux chasing years I was aware of the other computing platforms outside the open source realm In fact as the necessity of home computers grew snaring friends with a new desire to discover the Web I often recommended Macintosh machines as their first Although I had barely even seen a Mac I knew they had a reputation for user friendliness and some serious brand loyalty In return for the recommendation those friends planted a very small seed in my mind I watched as they beca
190. earlier in the ipfw section dynamic rules are used to create stateful firewalls These rules may change depending on the state of the incoming packets e Bandwidth Manager Allows the user to shape incoming and outgo ing IPv4 traffic Wateritoot VRI 434 e NAT Setup Allows the user to configure NAT a process of mapping IP addresses to a different interface e Net Connections Allows the user to block connections switch between IPv4 and IPv6 addressing and limit bandwidth e Net Processes Displays current network connections both IPv4 and IPv6 e Firewall Logs Enables disables and displays firewall logs e Logs Statistics Displays a log reader providing filtering and graphic options zz P e Ready Rule Sets Offers preconfigured sets of rules that can be applied for your system ie tai The WaterRoof e Configuration Wizard Starts a GUI to create the ipfw rules used by main interface WaterRoof e IP Reverse and Whois Provides a convenient way to check IP addresses e Network Interfaces Displays a list of all network interfaces on the machine Unless you already have ipfw rules configured on your system you ll use the firewall con figuration wizard to create new rules for WaterRoof The WaterRoof Wizard provides some initial background on use of the wizard in the main screen as shown in Figure 7 35 The first actual configuration screen in the WaterRoof Wizard provides a drop down menu of destination types in
191. ed Introduction through the steps necessary to install Xcode Tools a Ae Maia N Os 4 Figure 4 4 The Mac OS X installation DVD s welcome window Standard Install on OSX aa Click Install to perform a standard installation of this software on the volume OSX Change Install Location 4 Figure 4 5 Performing a standard Xcode installation from the Mac OS X installation DVD When the installation completes you ll find the Xcode tools on the boot drive in the Developer Applications subdirectories as follows e Audio audio and multimedia interface creation tools e Dashcode tools for creating Mac OS X Dashboard widgets 70 CHAPTER 4 BUILDING OUT THE LINUX ENVIRONMENT e Graphics Tools e Interface Builder e Performance Tools tools for code profiling e Quartz Composer Mac OS X graphics development environment e Utilities assorted development tools e Xcode the Mac OS X IDE Uninstalling the Xcode Tools In the rare circumstance in which you need to uninstall the Xcode tools Apple recommends doing so using the Terminal application and the included uninstall script The uninstall script recognizes several modes for removing the developer tools including the following e all Removes all tools e systemsupport Removes the developer content but leaves the Xcode directory intact e unixdev Removes all UNIX development support leaving the Xcode directory and sup porting files intact
192. ed earlier the ls 1 command returns a file not a link Provided executable permissions have been set both files can be executed with the same result Either 162 CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION file can go away leaving the other completely executable They are in fact separate files that execute the same data stored in the same location on the disk That s how Time Machine manages to create what appear to be full backups The system creates hard links for files that haven t changed since the previous backup Those hard links have the same names as the original file but are in fact new files pointing to existing data These files require no more space on the drive than the originals as they access the same data at the same location Only those files that have been modified since the previous backup are actually included in the Time Machine backups Every file on the system is accounted for although it may not occupy additional space in the backup Note The concept of hard links is much more familiar to you than you might realize A normal file in the filesystem is actually a hard link If you create a file on the system it s actually a link to a data location on the drive It s also possible using the 1s 1 command to see how many files actually link to that data 1s 1 returns a number in the field between the permissions strings and the file owner This number indicates how many files link to that data on the drive
193. ed in question The USL action was settled in 1994 After two years of litigation USL signed off on an agreement that would require only 3 of the 18 000 BSD files in the Net 2 system to be removed An additional 70 files were targeted for modification to show USL copyright notices Critically the settlement also stipulated that no further legal action would be taken by USL against BSD developers users or distributors With those minimal modifications 4 4BSD was released in June 1994 BSD had won a hard fought freedom from the strictures of AT amp T licensing but that freedom did not come without a cost The 1995 release of 4 4BSD Lite Release 2 would mark the end of formal BSD development at UCB The university closed the CSRG shortly after the release But the freely distributable code created at CSRG remained in the public domain under the permissive BSD license 4 4BSD Lite Release 2 served as the basis for the BSD proj ects we recognize today FreeBSD NetBSD and OpenBSD The Enthusiast and the Marketer Apple Computer In March 1975 as Dennis Ritchie and Ken Thompson worked toward a stable version of the C programming language a group of electronics enthusiasts met for the first time in Palo Alto California While providing an opportunity to exchange information to discuss the latest advances in electronics and to swap electronic parts the Homebrew Computer Club also had an informal mission of making computing affordable to individua
194. een ene 240 Porting UNIX Apps to the Mac 0 0 ccc cece eee eee aes 241 WAV POM foe crates kegs wat athena hacen aah nate danas het 241 Good PractiCe c0s tabecaci aed an sero Cigo TREERE NEE es Pena 243 Installing the Development Environment 244 Creating Makefiles 00 c ccc cece aaan 246 Installing Linux Desktop Environments on the Mac 249 Installing GNOME 0 0 c ccc ccc cence eee ences 249 Installing KDE 2 0 ccc ccc nee e kiani 251 SUMMAN sen moe eaiba dot a a a n E T odes 257 xi About the Author TONY STEIDLER DENNISON is a longtime Linux user and a recent convert to the Mac He has coauthored two books on Linux and has written frequently for Linux Journal and LinuxWorld He is also the host and producer of The Roadhouse Podcast a weekly hour of the finest blues you ve never heard at http roadhousepodcast com Tony is a systems engineer with Rockwell Collins Inc leveraging open source technologies in communication products for commercial aviation He and his family make their home in Iowa City Iowa xiii About the Technical Reviewer PETER 0 GORMAN is a software engineer He first used a Mac in 1988 when he was a student at the University of Limerick Ireland Although he still uses one today he also uses Linux Solaris AIX and HP UX on a daily basis Peter has contributed to a number of open
195. ely suit the users needs Clearly Subversion is a strong evolution from its predecessor CVS It provides users with much more power and flexibility than its predecessors and does so in a much more intelligent way And of course it s included and ready to use in Mac OS X Subversion s Copy Modify Merge Model Subversion implements a copy modify merge model of version control Most older version control systems including CVS utilize a lock modify unlock model for version control These models are critical for capturing all changes to a file even when those files are under concur rent modification by different developers The problem lies in how those changes are tracked If the files are simply shared without either type of version control model in place changes made by one developer will surely be overwritten by another That is in the end one of the most important reasons to use a version control system especially in an environment where many developers will have access to a set of files In the lock modify unlock version control model utilized by CVS and other older version control systems a file can be modified by only one user at a time The first user to access the file in the repository locks the file preventing write access by other users Clearly this is an inefficient model One developer must wait for another to finish making changes to a file Even if the second developer intends to make changes that will not confl
196. em He might have chosen BSD had it been widely available CHAPTER 1 THE BACKSTORY 13 The philosophy of open source was further advanced in 1997 by Eric Raymond s publi cation of The Cathedral and the Bazaar In that work Raymond quotes Torvalds as saying Given enough eyeballs all bugs are shallow This was one of the fundamental philosophical frameworks around which computer users rallied the concept that software built shared and maintained by a large community of users was by its nature better While not unique to open source the concept found its strongest example in FOSS By 2000 open source software had begun to find its way into both server rooms and technical publications around the world The continued use of open source tools in Mac OS X allowed Apple to stake a claim to some of that growing buzz While some greeted the announcement with skepticism many open source developers were surprised by what appeared to be a significant philosophical shift for the once secretive company The easy availability of the Darwin code from Apple s web site also ensured that curious developers would tinker with and improve on the product The decision to continue using open source tools in Mac OS X created to paraphrase Torvalds enough eyeballs to keep the bugs shallow It allowed Apple to call upon a large pool of user created tools It helped to ensure that the in house developers would always have the latest improvements
197. ences window and the current terminal window When you restart the Terminal applica tion the new shell you selected will be the default 0 00 Settings Text Window gt Shell Keyboard Advanced Startup M Run command bin tcsh C Run inside shell When the shell exits Don t close the window Prompt before closing O Always O Never Only if there are processes other than 2 8 3 Pa a Figure 6 1 Terminal application shell preferences in Mac OS X Invoking a different shell environment directly from the command line is easy as well Simply enter the shell environment command in a terminal window That will execute the new shell environment Of course this will be a temporary invocation replaced by the defined default shell the next time the Terminal application is opened Another option exists for changing the default shell in Mac OS X although it s a bit more complicated than setting the Terminal application Preferences From System Preferences select your user In the resulting window click the lock icon in the lower left corner and enter your password when prompted Control click your username in the left pane and select Advanced Options to see the settings shown in Figure 6 2 Select the new shell from the Login Shell drop down list To force the change you ll need to log out of your account and log back in CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION 127 Advanced O
198. ent Text Document sis Spreadsheet Presentation a Drawing Database a Formula Templates Open a document Figure 5 32 Creating a new document in OpenOffice org NeoOffice NeoOffice is a Mac OS X productivity suite based on OpenOffice org but forked as a separate project It s completely native to Mac OS X and released under the GPL As NeoOffice is based on the OpenOffice code and model the look feel and functionality of the OpenOffice org and NeoOffice applications are nearly identical NeoOffice includes the following software packages NeoOffice Write Write shown in Figure 5 33 is the NeoOffice word processing applica tion It has a feature set that is nearly the same as Microsoft Word Though not as clean in appearance as the recent versions of Microsoft Office for Mac NeoOffice Write provides all the necessary functionality for both novices and power users Documents created in NeoOffice Write are fully compatible with Microsoft Word Word documents can also be opened and edited in Write with the resulting documents saved seamlessly to the Micro soft DOC format NeoOffice Calc Like Write Calc is a fully functional spreadsheet application as shown in Figure 5 34 It utilizes many routines that are similar to those in Microsoft Excel and has a similar look and feel to older versions of the Microsoft spreadsheet program As with Write Calc can easily be considered feature complete and a suitable repla
199. ents of the repository accessed by the bookmark created in Figure 8 30 This is the view in the Browse tab of Versions which shows all the files and direc tories in the repository e200 O Linux ToMac Vers g BOOKMARKS amp Linux ToMac _ v UnuxToMac 271 Nov 11 2008 4 08 PM tony M 16506_ch05 doc 177 Sep 8 2008 6 57 PM tony F 16506_chOS_artwork zip 175 Sep 7 2008 7 55 PM tony M 16506_ch06 dec 198 Sep 18 2008 6 18 PM tony 16506_ch07 dec 232 Oct 8 2006 6 33 PM tony M 16506ch02_FP doc 160 Sep 5 2008 7 19 PM tony N 16506ch04 doc 145 Aug 24 2008 8 45 PM tony E 16506ch_1 1_unix_history_AE_PFL 148 Sep 3 2008 4 23 PM tony Ri 16506ch_1 1_unix_ istory_AE_ P 150 Sep 3 2008 4 31 PM tony advanced_network_config png 67 Jul 22 2008 3 30 PM tony bash_profiie png 67 Jul 22 2008 3 30 PM tony ch_l unix_history txt 40 jul 10 2008 6 44 AM tony I Ch_2 Lnks oa 54 Jul 17 2008 5 16 AM tony Ch_2 Notes txt 53 Jul 17 2008 5 12 AM tony chapter_3_images zip 105 Aug 3 2008 12 40 PM tony disk_util osx_drive png 70 Jul 22 2008 4 40 PM tony dns_config ong 67 Jul 22 2008 3 30 PM tony en_config png 67 Jul 22 2008 3 30 PM tony eth_config png 67 Jul 22 2008 3 30 PM tony finder_home_dir png 67 Jul 22 2008 3 30 PM tony introduction txt 23 Jun 30 2008 4 59 PM tony M LinuxGeeksToMacChecklist doc u May 20 2008 4 05 PM tony v4 UnuxGeeksToMacChecklist_V1 2 doc 16 Jun 8 2008 11 30 AM tony 7 toje it
200. era KDE Google Earth and Scribus rely on the Qt framework Audacity relies instead on wxWidgets for its cross platform GUI shown in Figure 5 20 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS 107 AAD bonnie lee Sams what_you_want_m _to_ do 55_years_of blues delmark P Yr N FA LAD Ta Gt Unen s eae aa muaL Si cent 300 FEprojeet Rate zi Selection Start Dind Length Audio Position dated Fase EE acon aioe fact a 44100 G Snap To DOKOO MOO 000s DOHOOm00000se 0000 m00 000s Figure 5 20 Editing audio with Audacity Installing Audacity Follow these steps to install Audacity Download the Audacity image from http audacity sourceforge net Mount the Audacity image by double clicking the downloaded image icon Drag the contents of the resulting window to the Applications directory Aa O N Eject the Audacity image by right clicking the volume on the desktop and selecting Eject Audacity Note The Audacity image also includes directories for Nyquist plug ins and languages Access to these tools is made a bit easier by creating an Audacity folder in the Applications directory and then dragging the full contents of the image into the new folder The same can be done with other applications that provide more than just a binary file 108 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS Audacity Editing Features Audacity creates an easy to use and customizable visual editing enviro
201. erations Clone to this subfolder on the target volume _ Se Run this shell script before the clone begins Run this shell script when the clone finishes successfully This option only works with the Copy selected Rems A cloning method 2 Figure 7 12 The Carbon Copy Cloner advanced options window Let s look at an example of running both preexecution and postexecution scripts with CCC I ve partitioned an external FireWire drive on my system specifically for backups naming it oddly enough Backups However I prefer that this drive not be mounted and visible on my desktop when it s not actually in use In other words I want the Backups drive visible on the desktop only when it s being used as the target for a CCC backup To accomplish that I ve created two scripts and an entry in etc fstab to ensure that the drive doesn t mount at boot time The scripts as you might have guessed mount and unmount the drive just prior to and just after the execution of the CCC backup Let s start with the etc fstab entry UUID COD690F F 6DD2 3FD3 AD45 EC1F46FDD3F1 none hfs rw noauto This line contains four critical elements The first is the drive identifier listed in the etc fstab by universally unique ID UUID The other three elements of the etc fstab file are the user necessary to mount the drive the filesystem and the permissions and automount status of the volume You can find the UUID ofa drive by using t
202. ernel customization 237 240 building 240 overview 237 setting up build environment 237 240 overview 233 234 porting UNIX apps to Mac 241 248 good practice 243 244 installing development environment 244 245 makefiles 246 248 overview 241 reasons for 241 243 hypervisor 54 IBackup 170 iCal 111 IDEs integrated development environ ments 15 iDVD 86 89 92 ifconfig command 34 36 iLife 86 98 104 Illustrator Adobe 98 99 Image formats 101 image units 89 iMovie 86 89 92 InDesign Adobe 99 info command 74 Info plist object 200 init command 231 235 initial public offering IPO 7 Inkscape 209 inline attribute data records 22 inode bitmap 28 input file 179 Input Method HotKey 208 install command 74 79 installed command 74 installing Apache from source 147 Audacity 107 development environment 244 245 Fink 75 77 GIMP 105 106 Linux 46 48 Linux Desktop Environments on Mac 249 257 GNOME 249 251 K Desktop Environment KDE 251 257 overview 249 MacPorts 72 MySQL from source 148 PHP from source 147 148 rEFTIt 43 VMware 54 61 Xcode tools 66 70 integrated development environments IDEs 15 Interface Builder 70 interfaces Mac OS X 34 36 interprocess communication IPC 9 IOKitUser directory 239 IP Address 36 IP Reverse and Whois 189 IPC interprocess communication 9 ipfw as firewall 186 188 iPhone 66 iPhone Dev Center 196 iPhoto 86 88 iWeb 86 92 93 i
203. ervisor to access the underlying hardware resources while abstracting those resources from the user This creates the appear ance of a separate machine within the machine A popular for pay option for your virtual version of Linux is VMware This is the option chosen by many Mac users and the one detailed here A free alternative is VirtualBox which I ll cover briefly after the discussion of VMware Using VMware VMware is stable and has a long history A single user license for VMware Fusion the VMware version written specifically for the Mac will set you back 79 99 at the time of publication A fully functional 30 day trial version is also available Installing VMware Most Mac applications install quite easily You mount the provided image on your system and then simply drag the application file from the mounted image to the Applications folder either within the Finder or on the Dock In the case of VMware an installation package is provided within the downloaded dmg image Double clicking the installation package will start the installation and will require the user s administrative sudo password The VMware installation begins by defining a virtual machine The Virtual Machine Assis tant shown in Figure 3 7 will help you to create this virtual machine walking you through the steps item by item The distribution installed in this virtual machine is referred to as the guest system It s possible to run any Linu
204. es are provided in etc inittab This file defines the processes to be initiated in each of the runlevels as well as the starting runlevel of the system itself The init and telinit commands move the system from one runlevel to another Runlevel related services in SysV systems are generally located in etc rc d init d although this varies a bit by distribution These files may be either actual executable files or symlinks to files in another path on the system In either case they ll be kicked off at system start by rc the run command which is launched by init Table 9 1 lists the runlevels in vari ous Linux distributions Table 9 1 Runlevels in Various Linux Distributions Runlevel Features Distributions 0 Halt Fedora SUSE Slackware Gentoo Debian 1 Single user Fedora SUSE Slackware Gentoo Debian 2 Full multiuser no networking Fedora SUSE Slackware Gentoo Full multiuser with display manager Debian 3 Full multiuser console only Fedora SUSE Slackware Full multiuser with display manager Gentoo Debian 4 Unused user defined Fedora SUSE Full multiuser with display manager Slackware Debian Aliased to runlevel 3 Gentoo 5 Full multiuser with display manager Fedora SUSE Debian Unused user defined Slackware Gentoo 6 Reboot Fedora SUSE Slackware Gentoo Debian Note Despite its basis in Debian Ubuntu doesn t follow the typical Debian runlevel structure Ubuntu uti lizes Upstart a replacement for the sbin init
205. es you want to back up GD Back up Development There are 406 files 117 6 MS selected in Files and Folders 47 hidden Account storage limit 2 0 G8 Total 4 654 files 542 7 MB Cancet Save Configuration 4 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION Figure 7 22 Drilling down into the user files to add to the current Mozy backups 173 174 CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION Mozy also offers a view of the backup history as shown in Figure 7 23 Full details of selected backups are provided in the lower pane of the history window including completion status as success or failure and reasons why a backup may have failed These history entries also provide full details on all the files backed up at that time 09 26 08 08 15 01 488 3 MB 09 25 08 08 15 01 488 7 MB 09 24 08 08 15 02 488 7 MB 09 23 08 08 15 02 488 7 MB 09 22 08 08 15 08 488 7 MB 09 21 08 08 15 02 485 0 MB 09 20 08 08 15 01 454 8 MB nostame ne 1899 Asa eer Backup Result Success Filename Locanon Encoded Trasaterred Transter Rate Other Details com apple iPo Users to 0 00 00 00000 1 6 Mbits sec 0 com apple iTu Users to 0 00 00 00001 791 0 Kba com apple jav Users to 0 00 00 Already on server com apple La Users to 0 00 00 Already on server com apple La Users to 0 00 00 00040 583 4 Kbit com apple ma Users to 0 00 00 0 0000 813 1 Kb com apple Pre Users to 0 00 00 Already
206. esuada eleifend tortor molestie a fusce o vel et Mauris ot suspendisse neque aliquam faucibus adipiscing vivamus in Wisi mattis leo suscipit nec amet nisl fermentum tempor oc a augue in eleifend in venenatis cras sit id in vestibulum felis in sed gulo In sodoles suspendisse mauris quam etiam erat qulo tellus convallis eros rhoncus diam orci porta lectus esse adipiscing posuere nt nis arcu vitoe laoreet Media Adjust Inspector Colors Fonts O roadbousepodeasutme com Figure 5 11 Using the WYSIWYG iWeb editor As with the other iLife tools iWeb has full access to media from iPhoto iTunes and iMovie Media from these other tools can be easily imported into iWeb Figure 5 12 shows an example of accessing iPhoto images from iWeb 94 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS 000 Media Audio Photos Movies E Events E Photos _ Special Olympics State Bowling E Last 12 Months RA Last Import Flagged 4 re DScnet26 roadhouse_logo_ s DSC00001 DSC00002 a ar v b Q7 2058 items 7 Figure 5 12 Selecting photos from iPhoto in iWeb GarageBand GarageBand is the audio creation and editing application in the iLife suite It is perhaps the most advanced piece of the iLife package with many features targeted at professional musicians GarageBand provides the tools to edit existing projects create new projects both music and podcasts or like iDVD to use
207. f backups have failed or for any other reason not occurred during a configurable time period By default this period is one week CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION 000 Scheduling Scheduling Options f l Automatic Back up when your computer is not in use gt Wait until the computer is less than this busy Wait until the user is away from the computer for at least this many minutes M Scheduled Back up at a time of your choice Daily Wa Back upat 8 15AM every T8 days 7 f2 Alert me if a backup hasn t happened in this many days Figure 7 28 Configuring Mozy to create scheduled backups Bandwidth In effect you re setting the bandwidth throttling options Mozy will never use the full bandwidth of your connection but you can determine how much it will use Mozy also provides scheduling options to further customize the bandwidth throttling by the time of day As shown in Figure 7 29 Mozy will use no more than 1 Mbps If less is selected using the slider the scheduling options will appear allowing you to specify times of the day during which you ll throttle the Mozy backups more than the standard Bandwidth Throttling Limit how much of your internet connection Mozy uses 1 0 Mbits sec gt and Figure 7 29 Setting bandwidth use in Mozy If you ve left the default scheduling times unmodified that is you re backing up only once per day you probably won t need to further mod
208. f these core strengths can be attributed to software written for the platform This includes suites by Adobe such as Photoshop Flash After Effects and Illustrator Apple has a history of working closely with software designers within these core competencies Apple also provides the software infrastructure to continue to uphold these strengths Remember that Mac OS X started life as NeXTStep an operating system that was highly regarded for its graphics and multimedia capabilities The underpinnings of Mac OS X are strong in these areas providing a set of graphics and multimedia tools that stands head and shoulders above those offered by most other operating systems Aside from its strengths in multimedia Mac also performs well in the area of productiv ity and office tasks Microsoft maintains a Mac OS X build of Office including Word Excel and PowerPoint Additionally Apple has created iWork a Mac OS X native office suite that includes Pages word processing Numbers spreadsheet and Keynote presentations If you re making the change from Linux to Mac you ll want to know about the Mac multi media and office productivity tools and the corresponding open source tools In this chapter we ll explore those tools But first it s useful to understand a bit about the underlying graphics and multimedia technologies in Mac OS X A Brief Overview of Graphics and Multimedia on the Mac While specific applications will utilize the core M
209. fault when you install Xcode from the Mac OS X installation DVD You ll need to explicitly select the WebObjects package when installing Xcode from the Apple Developer Connection site CHAPTER 4 BUILDING OUT THE LINUX ENVIRONMENT 71 Instruments and DTrace Instruments is a visual code analysis tool that implements the open source analysis engine DTrace Instruments can record and monitor network activ ity CPU utilization disk activity and many other system behaviors Shark Provides code profiling Shark supports both 32 and 64 bit applications Dashcode Provides a compact and easy to use IDE specifically for developing Mac OS X Dashboard widgets Targeted at nondevelopers Dashcode is template based and runs within a workspace that offers quick access to a full set of customization tools While the tools provided in the Xcode package are powerful and very useful for Mac devel opers the real need for most open source users moving to Mac OS X is the GCC compiler For many the GCC compiler will be the single biggest reason to install the Xcode tools You ll need the GCC compiler if for no other reason than to compile the truly open source tools available to Mac users Online Linux Tools Let s go back one more time to the origins of Mac OS X It began its life as NeXTStep which was a direct descendant of OpenBSD UNIX through and through The real hallmarks of FreeBSD are stability reliability connectivity and a robust system fo
210. for Fink Command install update upgrade dist upgrade setup search remove Description Installs the specified software package Updates the list of packages from the repositories listed in sources list Updates out of date software packages Updates out of date software packages and may install additional dependent packages Provides an interface to modify the list of repositories Searches for a specific package Uninstalls software packages Example apt get install libmad apt get update apt get upgrade apt get dist upgrade apt get setup apt cache search libmad apt get remove libmad 80 CHAPTER 4 BUILDING OUT THE LINUX ENVIRONMENT Summary With this chapter you started the process of building out the development and BSD environ ment in Mac OS X We focused on installing Xcode Apple s suite of tools for OS X developers and two tools that parallel the BSD ports system MacPorts and Fink The next chapter covers using graphics multimedia and office productivity tools in Mac OSX CHAPTER 5 Using the Many Apple and Linux Tools 0 the years Apple has earned a reputation for several core strengths It s well known for its ability to process graphics video and audio Mac is the standard in several industries including audio editing and production publishing and graphic design Apple computers running Mac OS X are finding an increasingly larger role in movie production as well Many o
211. from the Mac OS X Installation Disc To install Xcode from the Mac OS X disc insert the Mac OS X installation DVD into the Mac DVD drive You ll see the window shown in Figure 4 3 Double click the Optional Installs folder and then click the Xcode Tools folder In the next window double click the XcodeTools mpkg file to start the installation program OOP 2 Mac OS X install DVD R 3 items 3 4 MB available Install Mac OS X Optional Installs Instructions Figure 4 3 Starting the Xcode installation from the Mac OS X installation DVD You ll see the welcome window as shown in Figure 4 4 followed by a user license agree ment and the opportunity to customize the installation In most cases the default settings for the installation are acceptable To start the standard installation just click Install as shown in Figure 4 5 Note if you intend to later install and use open source tools requiring X11 you ll need to download and install the X11 tools from http xquartz macosforge org While the installation DVD provides the option to install X11 the tools on the installation DVD are a bit behind the curve Downloading and installing X11 will guarantee that you re working with the latest code written and tested by the Apple engineers CHAPTER 4 BUILDING OUT THE LINUX ENVIRONMENT 69 Welcome to the Xcode Tools Installer Welcome to the Xcode Tools Installation Program You will be guid
212. fw works in this same way When a packet that meets predefined conditions or characteristics hits the system it s processed according to any rules matched by those conditions or characteristics CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION 187 Let s go over a blunt force example one that has no practical application in the real world but serves to illustrate the potential of ipfw My iPhone contains the Air Share applica tion which will connect with machines on the local network via Wi Fi and share files across the network The iPhone gets its IP address dynamically from my router and for whatever reasons is usually assigned 192 168 1 119 I can use ipfw to deny access from the iPhone to the desktop machine with the following sudo ipfw enable firewall This command starts ipfw with only the default rule which on my machine is to allow all traffic sudo ipfw add deny src ip 192 168 1 119 00100 deny ip from any to any src ip 192 168 1 119 This return shows me that rule 00100 has been created to deny ip from any to any src ip 192 168 1 119 In other words the local machine as any will deny any request to or from the IP address 192 168 1 119 Sure enough when I open Air Share on the iPhone and use Go Connect to Server from the Finder on the desktop machine it s unable to connect to the iPhone The attempt to connect eventually times out with an error ipfw is denying all packets associated with the 192 168 1 119 IP address
213. g CHAPTER 4 Table 4 2 Fink Commands Command install remove update all list describe fetch fetch all fetch missing build rebuild reinstall configure selfupdate Description Used to install packages Downloads configures builds and installs applications Removes packages using dpkg remove Updates all packages to the latest version Provides a list of all available packages including installation status and latest version Provides a description of a named package Downloads a package without installing it Downloads all package source files without installing them Downloads all package source files not currently installed on the system Builds a package without installing it Builds a package overwriting an existing deb file Reinstalls a package via dpkg even when that package is already installed Starts the Fink configuration process Initiates the process of upgrading Fink to a new release BUILDING OUT THE LINUX ENVIRONMENT 79 Example fink install libmad fink remove libmad fink update all fink list fink describe libmad find fetch libmad fink fetch all fink fetch missing fink build libmad fink rebuild libmad fink reinstall libmad fink configure fink selfupdate Though the fink command is the preferred option users can also use common apt com mands all of which are implemented in the Fink system as listed in Table 4 3 Table 4 3 apt Commands
214. ged in as tony places me in the Users tony directory The command line prompt in that case dis plays the following Cerebellum tony This line indicates that I m awaiting an action on the machine named Cerebellum in the home directory of user tony CHAPTER 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS MAC OS X 33 Terminal bash 80x24 Cerebellum tony Figure 2 4 The terminal window in Mac OS X Setting Linux System Variables in Mac OS X As Mac OS X is based on BSD you ll find quite a bit of commonality with the shell in Linux Many of the same principles apply Your shell environment is fully customizable from bash_profile including aliases environment variables and shell variables Table 2 10 lists common environment variables on a Mac OS X system For a full list of current system variables use the env command in a terminal window Table 2 10 Common Mac OS X System Variables Variable Description HOME Full path of the user s home directory USER Login name of current user LOGNAME USER PWD Full path of current working directory PATH List of directories containing commands SHELL Full path to user s shell As noted one way to set the system variables is to modify the bash_profile file For example if you need another entry in the PATH variable you can add it to the end of the current variable separated by a colon In Mac OS X 10 5 and later the system administrator can add to 34 CHAPTER
215. gs of existing user manuals For the most part they didn t go far enough in explaining the operations and options of the systems And they didn t present that minimal information in a way that was readily accessible to the end users McIlroy believed Bell Labs could do a much better job with its user manual and would by that effort fully distinguish its operating system from other burgeoning operating systems In some sense Mcllroy took on the creation and management of the UNIX manual with a unique mix of pride of ownership and commercial savvy The result opened the eyes of the computing world to an approach that seemed almost paradoxical It was at once revolutionary yet born in pure common sense For starters the UNIX manual was incorporated into the operating system itself It was fully accessible within the very environment in which questions about the system s use would arise The man com mand while strictly adhering to the philosophy of doing one thing right also put the full knowledge of the system s creators at the fingertips of its users And that full knowledge was breathtaking in its scope Every option for the use of every tool on the system was described Examples were included where they might clarify a complex implementation Tool descrip tions included a brief summary of the relationship of a single tool to other system tools And in a revelation for system users the limitations of individual tools were described as
216. gt Breakpoints x Test Application_Prefix pch Figure 8 5 The file library created by Xcode for a new project gt AppController m 26 B implementation AppController A AppControl ler m Test Application Created by Tony Steidler Dennison on 10 11 08 Copyright Tony Steidler Dernison 2088 All rights reserved iaport AppControl ler h Ginplementation AppControl ler p votd awakeFronNib if qeView loadCompositionFroeFile NSBundle mainBundle pathForResource 8 Introduction of Type qtz i NSLog Could not load composition void window il IClase NSNot ification notif ication NSApp terminate se lf n example of programmatically setting the value of input ports Notice that the QCPatchParameterView is automatically updated by setting the QCView inputs IBAction changeColorToB lue id sender Colors fooview setValue fNSColor blueColor forInoutKev Too Color 1 Figure 8 6 The AppController m file open for editing in the built in text editor 200 CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE Applications in Mac OS X require a property list or plist file These simple XML files describe the application and user settings required for the operation of the application The plist files are one of the many direct descendants of the NeXTStep operating system upon which Mac OS X is built As each Mac OS X application requires a plist file it s only ap
217. gurable rules from the current ipfw ruleset delete Removes a single rule from the current ipfw ruleset enable Activates ipfw s firewall protections or one of several other general options disable Deactivates ipfw s firewall protections or one of several other general options set Disables or enables existing rule numbers move swap or show existing rules ipfw also provides stateful behavior in other words dynamic rules that match the current state of a packet can be created by existing rules These dynamic rules exist for only as long as the state of the packet matches the original rule An extension to our earlier stop sign analogy can demonstrate statefulness A new rule defines that Any car to your right that has arrived at the intersection at the same time you ve arrived will have the right of way and as such will be allowed to pull away from their stop sign first That s a dynamic rule that applies only when another car to your right stops at a stop sign at the same time you stop It s stateful in that its life is limited it will apply only until the car to the right pulls away from the stop sign Once those conditions no longer exist the rule is no longer applicable In IP traffic control statefulness may for example temporarily open the firewall to specific traffic types But ipfw will do this for only as long as the matching state exists Statefulness is a powerful tool in ipfw As I noted earlier you should review
218. has evolved to include synchronization services between Mac OS X based desktop computers and the iPhone Finally it also provides a conduit for Apple s Back to My Mac service a secure remote desktop application MobileMe is subscription based requiring an annual fee iWeb includes a full selection of theme templates as shown in Figure 5 10 With the chosen template in place all elements of the page are editable from the iWeb WYSIWYG interface as shown in Figure 5 11 Choose a template for your webpage 2 0 Themes Goldenrod a U Modern Frame Play Time Layered Paper Comic Book Bebop Darkroom 1 ma A m p Main Event il j Cancel Choose Figure 5 10 Choosing a template from iWeb Entries I Archive J Publish CHAPTER 5 iWeb THE ROADHOUSE PODCAST iain B 5 Theme TextBox Shapes Web Widgets USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS 93 THE ROADHOUSE 186 This week we dig back into the voult for music from early editions of The Roadhouse Artists from Gorageband com now ilike take a prominent role and prove to be as strong as ever David Rotundo Steve Johnson Carlos Del Junco Son House and Eric Bibb propel us through this edition Some old some new but all blue in the 186th Roadhouse RSS Subscribe Subscribe Consectetuer arcy ipsum ornare pellontesque vehicula in vehicula diam ornare mogno erat fells wisi a risus Justo formentum id Mal
219. hat has been well recognized since the early days of computing and accordingly seems to be right in a good system administrator s wheelhouse This is stuff that every admin should understand including the tools provided with the operating system itself In many ways it s true that any necessary backup and recovery task can be accomplished with a few scripts and the built in tools Let s take a look at a couple of those tools tools that are also available in Mac OS X through its BSD ancestry and some options to accomplish those backup and recovery tasks in Mac OS X We ll start with one of the oldest tools in the UNIX toolbox dd CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION 179 Using dd to Copy Data The dd utility performs bit by bit copies of raw devices In other words dd sees a device as a device rather than as the same abstraction that users see While the dd man page states that The dd utility copies the standard input to the standard output dd is most often used for copying data from one location to another grabbing data and writing it to a file rather than to standard output For example in Linux using dd to copy data from dev sda to dev sdb will copy the entire device from the source dev sda to the destination dev sdb Or using dd to copy data from dev sda1 to dev sda2 will copy the entire partition at dev sda1 to the dev sda2 partition dd works in essentially the same fashion in Mac OS X The dd
220. hat lie somewhere between user and root access On both Fedora and Ubuntu root access can be enabled much like in Mac OS X In both systems a persistent root login is created by use of the sudo i command As with the warnings provided by Apple Ubuntu and Fedora highly discourage full root access All three provide a means to disable the root account when the activity requiring persistent root access is completed Terminal Access in Mac OS X You ll find a full complement of BSD and Linux tools in the Mac OS X environment As you might expect from a UNIX based system Mac OS X includes a Terminal application allowing quick access to the command line power of BSD Starting Bash The default user shell on Mac OS X 10 3 and later is bash previously it was tcsh The Terminal application is available from the Applications Utilities folder Since Mac OS X 10 5 the Terminal application offers a tabbed terminal allowing a user to segment task types into different terminal tabs under a unified window as shown in Fig ure 2 4 It s also fully customizable in look feel and behavior via the Terminal Preferences option in the menu Mac OS X also includes the full BSD man page system allowing quick access to applica tion or command usage instructions from the terminal window As the Mac OS X system is subdivided into domains opening a terminal window lands the user in the home directory For example opening the terminal on my system when log
221. he org download cgi These are UNIX source files provided in the tar gz format When downloaded the file is extracted using the following command tar zxvf httpd version number tar gz This creates an httpd directory containing the source files To configure build and install these files use the following commands cd httpd version number configure prefix PREFIX make sudo make install PREFIX provides the server installation path if you would prefer installation at a location other than the default of usr local apachez If for example you set the prefix to usr local the install script will create the appropriate subdirectories within that path The httpd conf configuration file in that case would be located at usr local conf httpd conf You can test the new Apache installation with the following command PREFIX bin apachectl k start This will start the server with a web page accessible at http localhost Installing PHP from Source The latest PHP source code is available from the PHP site at http www php net downloads php The code is available in both tar bz2 and tar gz formats To unpack the bz2 format files use the following command tar vxjpf php version number tar bz2 Unpack the tar gz files with the following command tar zxvf php version number tar gz 148 CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION As with Apache the PHP code is built and installed with
222. he diskutil tool disktuil list CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION 165 This lists all the available volumes on the system On my system Backups is listed among the other drives as disk1s3 partition 3 on the second disk bearing in mind that zero is signif icant in volume names Using diskutil again I can get further information about that specific partition including the UUID necessary to modify the etc fstab file diskutil info diskis3 Device Identifier disk1s3 Device Node dev disk1s3 Part Of Whole disk1 Device Media Name Untitled Volume Name Backup Mount Point Volumes Backup File System Journaled HFS Journal size 16384 KB at offset 0x5af000 Owners Enabled Partition Type Apple HFS Bootable Is bootable Media Type Generic Protocol FireWire SMART Status Volume UUID Not Supported COD690F F 6DD2 3FD3 AD45 EC1F46FDD3F1 Total Size 181 6 Gi 194964635648 B 380790304 512 byte blocks Free Space 102 0 Gi 109536837632 B 213939136 512 byte blocks Read Only No Ejectable Yes Whole No Internal No The volume UUID in this case is listed as COD690FF 6DD2 3FD3 AD45 EC1F46FDD3F1 This is used in the first field of the etc fstab file With these elements in place in the etc fstab file the Backups drive on my system will not automatically mount when the system is booted Two other scripts are necessary to complete the process with CCC The first mounts the drive bin sh
223. he list on the left side of the Disk Utility window 3 Click the Burn button in the Disk Utility toolbar 4 Insert a blank CD and select Burn This disc will provide emergency recovery with rEFIt or it can be installed to the hard drive With rEFIt installed you can now get on to the business of installing Linux on the Mac Installing Linux Using Boot Camp As noted Boot Camp is part of the default Mac OS X installation Using Boot Camp to install Linux is clearly a bit different than its intended use There are some additional steps necessary to install Linux using Boot Camp which we ll walk through now Here are the main tasks you ll need to perform to install Linux using Boot Camp e Use Boot Camp to nondestructively partition the boot drive on your system e Reformat the FAT32 partition created by Boot Camp to a Linux friendly filesystem e Install the Linux system in the newly reformatted partition e Synchronize the MBR and GPT tables used by rEFIt to allow either operating system to boot Partitioning the Boot Drive First you ll need to create some drive space for the installation There are of course at least a couple of ways to accomplish this partitioning task Here I ll describe the use of Boot Camp the nondestructive partitioner included in the Mac OS X installation I ll explain how to use the diskutil utility in the Partitioning from the Command Line section later in this chapter To launch Boot Camp
224. he size of a new or resized partition can be denoted in the command line with B M or G for bytes megabytes and gigabytes respectively So with all those pieces the following diskutil command will resize the existing parti tion create a new partition of 19 6GB create an MS DOS FAT32 filesystem on that partition and give it the name Linux diskutil resizeVolume diskOs2 60G MS DOS FAT32 Linux 19 6G When this command completes you ll be ready to install Linux on the Mac as described in the previous section And with rEFIt installed the boot loading functions will all be han dled automatically Removing a Linux Partition If you were installing Windows on the Mac Boot Camp would do yeoman like work in remov ing the Boot Camp partition and resizing the old Mac OS X partition to utilize the full drive However Boot Camp doesn t recognize ext3 or other Linux partitions If you create a Linux installation on the Mac and then attempt to remove it using Boot Camp you ll just get an 52 CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION error So it s important to understand the alternative method for deleting these Linux parti tions if necessary gpt is another command line application in Mac OS X The command name stands for GUID partition table the standard for Macs and Mac OS X gpt will display all the current par titions on a system and will also allow you to remove a partition that you can t remove using Boot Camp
225. he software pricing is reasonable for the features delivered Mozy and Other Off Site Backup Options SuperDuper and CCC provide stable easy to use backup solutions for Mac OS X They cre ate backups that will be stored on an external drive and can if so desired be written to CD or DVD In other words they re great for local backups It s pretty widely accepted that any complete backup strategy will also include off site backups These are backups that will be stored somewhere other than in the same location as the machine from which they were created In the event of a real catastrophe such as fire earthquake or tornado the closest you ll come to a guarantee that your data will be recover able and intact is the restoration of an off site backup Off site backups used to mean writing everything to magnetic tape and then shipping the tapes off to storage Even though it was necessary and saved the critical data of more than one company it was a tedious process that was hated by most system administrators However as the number of broadband connections and the speed of broadband itself have increased sending off site backups over the network has become an increasingly popu lar method of guaranteeing the safety of your critical data Over the past several years many companies have sprung up to provide just such services And because broadband has moved so quickly into the home environment many of these companies focus on home users
226. hey also draw on details included in the iWork setup or information that s included in your system details Figure 5 26 shows an example of a letter template opened in Pages CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS 113 BE E Tee w O as OoOme Oa View Sections Text Box Shapes Table Chart Comment Track Changes inspector Media Colors Fonts in az eashervme tego 5 Ls 3 Ms Ci lela Fo 3 Gas J I i 72 73 iQ RINE TS i i T sa Ae F F E A PONY STEIDLER DENNISON 125 Page lofi Figure 5 26 An open document in Pages Consistent with the Apple Human Interface Guidelines the look and feel of Pages is clean if not sparse Menus are clearly defined with consistent and logical submenus Figure 5 27 shows the main Pages toolbar B B m E d O Us O h OA View Sections Text Box Shapes Table Chart Comment Track Changes Inspector Media Colors Fonts Figure 5 27 The main Pages toolbar Pages will export documents to RTF or DOC format It also supports importing and editing in those formats However Pages doesn t implement some of the higher functions of other word proces sors although some features can be added For example macros can be implemented using Apple s native scripting language AppleScript In short the feature set of Pages makes it a strong and very usable word processor although it may not meet all the demands of hard core business users 114 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY
227. ho intends to develop primarily for the iPhone the SDK is also available from the Apple Developer Connec tion site As it includes Xcode downloading and installing the iPhone SDK alone will provide you with all the tools you ll need CHAPTER 4 BUILDING OUT THE LINUX ENVIRONMENT 67 To begin the installation from the Xcode Tools screen shown in Figure 4 1 double click the XcodeTools mpkg file You ll be greeted with a welcome screen followed by a license agree ment screen Once you ve accepted the license agreement you ll have the option of choosing a destination for these files Finally you ll be presented with a list of packages for installation as shown in Figure 4 2 Select the packages you will need which will most likely include the Mac OS X package You ll also want to select the WebObjects package if you plan to develop web applications R 3 items 8 3 MB available About Xcode Tools pdf v XcodeTools mpkg Packages 4 Figure 4 1 Starting the Xcode installation from the Apple Developer Connection site Custom Install on OSX Package Name Location Action M Developer Tools Es jj Developer Install M System Tools Install 89 6 MB M UNIX Development Install 594 MB O Mac OS X 10 3 9 S Skip 75 3 MB WebObjects Skip Remaining 19 7 GB 4 Figure 4 2 Choosing Xcode packages to install 68 CHAPTER 4 BUILDING OUT THE LINUX ENVIRONMENT Installing Xcode
228. ibstreams cd Libstreams version make amp amp sudo make install Note When building the Libstreams tools you may get an error message related to the man pages This won t affect the tools themselves CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM 239 Next change into the directory containing cctools in the kernel build tools directory you created Once there you ll need to copy a specific header file into a system library directory as follows cp usr include ar h include You ll also need to modify the makefile in the top level of the cctools version directory Edit the line containing COMMON_SUBDIRS including any wrapped elements to read as follows COMMON_SUBDIRS libstuff libmacho misc Now you can build the tools with the following command make RC_OS macos Then copy the tool you just built to the appropriate system directory sudo cp misc seg hack NEW usr local bin seg_ hack You ll also need to build another tool from the cctools package and move some additional libraries on the system cd ld make RC_OS macos kld_ build sudo cp static_kld libkld a usr local lib sudo ranlib usr local lib libkld a Next we ll move on to the I0KitUser and kext_tools First create a new directory on your system sudo mkdir p System Library Frameworks IOKit framework Versions A PrivateHeaders kext Then change into the new directory cd System Library Frameworks I0Kit framework Create a symlink fo
229. ications Mac OS X is also a powerful development platform Not only is Mac OS X loaded with the native Apple developer tools including Xcode but it s also very extensible using open source tools such as Python Perl and PHP A developer can create Cocoa applications native to Mac OS X or use the Apple IDE to create tools that leverage the open source underpinnings of Mac OS X It s also possible to add frameworks to the system that further extend the connec tions between these open source technologies and the native Apple development tools Mac OS X includes all the scripting tools you would expect in a Linux distribution With Python PHP Perl and Ruby Mac OS X provides a powerful scripting platform perfect for when full blown object oriented development is overkill It s easy to create scripts that do one thing and do it well Apple also addresses this need in Mac OS X with AppleScript a clean and easy to learn native scripting language Finally as a developer you understand the importance of source code and revision control Mac OS X provides these tools as well If you re a lone developer it s important to understand the code control options that are available for your local machine or local network If you work in a development house with several developers you ll be interested in how Mac OS X can provide centralized code and revision control options accessible on the network to all your developers Again the options fo
230. ice The other editing options are not available Here s an example of using the Linux version sudo chsh tony Password Enter the new value or press ENTER for the default Login Shell bin bash While the Mac OS X version of the chsh tool allows a broader range of edits to the user information the Linux version eliminates some possible errors by narrowing the editable information Using UNIX Administration Tools and Commands Given the UNIX BSD basis of Mac OS X it should come as no surprise that many of the most powerful administrative commands in those systems are also available in Mac OS X Of partic ular interest to administrators is the ability to parse text generally in the form of log files BSD is chock full of these tools but a subset is especially useful to system administrators Again the good news is that UNIX and BSD administrators have access to even this subset of tools in their native form in Mac OS X Table 6 1 lists the tools along with a brief description based on the individual tool man pages that most consider to be at the heart of system administration in UNIX BSD and Mac OS X Table 6 1 UNIX Command Line Administration Tools Command Description grep Searches the named input files or standard input if no files are named for lines con taining a match to the given pattern By default grep prints the matching lines awk Performs pattern directed scanning and language processing awk scans each in
231. ics editing and manipulation InDesign Desktop publishing Acrobat Professional PDF display and creation Flash Animation Dreamweaver WYSIWYG web design Fireworks Web graphics design and manipulation After Effects Motion graphics and video effects Soundbooth Audio editing and production Premiere Video editing and production Encore DVD authoring OnLocation Video production Contribute WYSIWYG web design The Flash Dreamweaver and Fireworks tools were originally created by Macromedia a strong rival to Adobe In 2005 Adobe purchased Macromedia and rolled these tools into the Creative Suite lines The addition of these tools brought Adobe to a point of near monopoly particularly in the web space The addition of Flash to its lineup brought the fastest rising web graphics technology into the Adobe tent Furthermore the strong reputations of both Dream weaver and Fireworks burnished a new focus for Adobe on the Web The company that was founded around the go to desktop publishing application has made a strong transition to the technologies of the Web That flexibility is another reason Adobe has survived so well over the years As mentioned Adobe has recently begun to capitalize on the tight integration approach and is now marketing packages of tools designed for specific types of tasks At the top level these packages are the Design and Web packages These are further divided into Premium and 100 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX
232. ict with changes made by the first she will need to wait until the first user unlocks the file The copy modify merge model allows individual Subversion users to copy a file from the repository and make changes to the file locally When complete those changes will be merged with all other changes made to the file after the time it was checked out At the time of the commit Subversion notifies the last in user that additional changes have been made to the file The developer will then use the merge command to modify the local working copy of the file with changes to the file on the repository If no conflict exists the last in file is com mitted seamlessly to the repository If a conflict does exist between the changes the user is notified of the conflicts and presented a view of both sets One set will be selected manually and once those changes are incorporated the file can be committed back to the repository In short the copy modify merge model is a much more efficient model for tracking modi fications to a file It allows multiple users to truly work on files simultaneously and handles conflicting changes to files in an intelligent fashion CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE 221 Using Subversion from the Command Line Subversion is easy to use from the command line The syntax is as follows svn lt subcommand gt options args Table 8 5 lists some of the commonly used subcommands The Subversion help svn help lists the full
233. id continue during this period At the annual Apple Worldwide Developers Conference in 1996 Apple announced MkLinux a micro kernel based Linux system intended to bring Linux to the PowerPC platform on the Mac By 1996 Apple faced a severe shortage of cash CEO Gil Amelio cut the workforce dropped the Copland project and went looking for a suitable operating system for the Mac When negotiations with Be Inc headed by former Apple employee Jean Louis Gass e and the creator of BeOS failed Amelio went to NeXT a company with a strong product and reputa tion but little cash of its own In 1997 Apple acquired NeXT for a staggering 429 million The deal also included 1 5 million shares of Apple stock all of which were awarded to Steve Jobs CHAPTER 1 THE BACKSTORY 11 Jobs returned to the company as a consultant and by late 1997 had replaced the newly ousted Amelio as interim CEO Apple had returned to its roots bringing back its founder to head the company In 2001 Jobs would remove the interim from his CEO title The company had also found the oper ating system that would take it into the next century in NeXTStep Over the next four years NeXTStep would be ported to the PowerPC platform while maintaining synchronous Intel builds Critical pieces such as Cocoa the Dock the Services menu and the Finder s browser view were all ported directly from NeXTStep and utilized in the new operating system Jobs introduced Mac OS X w
234. ify the throttling by time Or if a single daily Mozy backup is scheduled during a time you re normally using the computer that time can be adjusted in the scheduling options The ability to throttle bandwidth by time is 177 178 CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION particularly useful when using the automatic backups option If a backup is started when the computer is idle and the user returns to the computer during the backup that backup will continue to completion in the background It s possible that the bandwidth use required for that backup will interfere with the user s work In that case the bandwidth throttling schedule can minimize the bandwidth impact on the user Note In order to make changes to the Mozy configuration from the Preferences window you ll need to let the main configuration window finish its work Changes to the preferences can be saved successfully only when the main backup window has stopped searching through backup sets At that point clicking Save Configuration will save both the main configuration and preferences Saving before the main configuration window is complete will not save any preferences options that have been changed Overall Mozy provides a pretty elegant tool for off site backups All the right small details are covered in ways that are easily configurable The size time and bandwidth usage of your backups are completely flexible If your backup needs aren t substantial the free 2G
235. ilar development work flows Xcode Installation As noted the Xcode tools are available on the installation disc provided with your Mac They re also available at the Apple Developer Connection web site In general the Xcode packages available online will be the most up to date versions We ll walk through the installation of both the provided and online versions of Xcode Installing Xcode from the Apple Developer Connection Downloading and installing Xcode from the Apple Developer Connection site will guaran tee that you re working with the most current version of the Xcode tools You ll need a good network connection and ample time though Xcode version 3 1 current at the time of this writing weighs in at a hefty 1GB To download the latest version of Xcode visit the Apple Developer Connection site at http connect apple com If you re not already a member you ll be asked to fill out a short registration form followed by a brief survey on your development needs You ll then gain access to the Apple Developer Connection Member site where you ll find the Xcode download at Downloads Developer Tools Note In the past few years Apple s iPhone has become one of the hottest smart phones on the market It has also become a leading development target with thousands of iPhone applications available through the iTunes Store That s due in part to the easy availability of the iPhone SDK If you re one of those developers w
236. imperdiet doming id quod mazim placerat facer possi assum Typi non habent claritatem insitam est usus legentis in lis qui facit eorum claritatem Investigationes demonstraverunt lectores legere me lius quod l legunt saepius Claritas est etiam processus dynamicus qul sequitur mutationem consuetudium lectorum Mirum est notare quam littera gothica quam nunc putana parum chram asteposvertt litterarum formas humunitatis per seacela quarta decima et quista decima Eodem mado typi qui munc nobis videntur param clari fiant sollemnes in futurum Lorem ipsam dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing efit sed diam nonummy nibh evismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisi ut aliquip ex ea commode consequat Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit exse molestie consequat vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent buptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi Nam liber tempor cum soluta not cleifead option congue nihil imperdiet doming id quod mazim placerat facer possi assum Typi non habent claritatem insitam est usus legentis in lis qui Lacit eorum daritatem Investigationes demonstraverunt lectores legere me lius quod ii legunt sarmins Claritas est etiam nrocesens dynamics si sermitur mutatinasm Figure 5 23 An open docume
237. in another recent book Foundations of Mac OS X Leopard Security by Charles Edge Jr William Barker and Zack Smith Apress 2008 As a book devoted to the topic of security it clearly takes the discussion I start here to another level By now you re certainly familiar with the approach of the built in Mac OS X tools regard less of their focus provide the high level functionality in a clean and intuitive interface aggregate the most important elements into a minimal number of configuration panes and make all the options point and click The native Mac OS X tools for configuring security follow that approach perfectly By now you re also familiar with the general layout of the Mac OS X System Preferences where we ll begin our discussion of security Configuring Security Through System Preferences As with many of the other tools we ve discussed you ll find a set of security configuration tools available from the System Preferences main window The built in Mac OS X security configu ration is located in the Personal section of System Preferences as shown in Figure 7 30 Personal cE D 2 BD oe 8 Appearance Desktop amp Dock Expos amp International Security Spotlight Screen Saver Spaces Figure 7 30 Configuring security from the System Preferences window As shown in Figure 7 31 the General options of the Mac OS X security configuration con tain some basic but very commonsense security items Consider the General security tab
238. in critical development tools And it did so at little financial risk for Apple Given the financial state of the company at the time of the NeXT acquisition it s plausible to believe that open source both saved and renewed Apple Economics As noted the financial health of Apple at the time of the NeXT acquisition in 1997 was poor and worsening The first quarter of 1997 would bring 12 year stock price lows and mark the largest financial losses in Apple history totaling some 700 million Of predecessor Gil Ame lio s business strategy Jobs famously quipped Apple is like a ship with a hole in the bottom and my job is to point the ship in the right direction Simply put the financial health of the company allowed no room for immediate bold development initiatives NeXTStep already existed and it was in a state in which the only ini tial cost was that of porting it to the PowerPC platform Additionally the Apple engineering staff had been nearly wiped out under the direction of a changing stream of CEOs Much of the engineering staff after the NeXT acquisition was brought from NeXT itself The engineers and developers were in effect already up to speed on the state of the operating system The transition required few resources for retraining research and development By basing Mac OS X on NexTStep They could hit the ground running while realizing a significant cost savings Extensibility Based on BSD NeXxTStep was highly
239. in two tabs General and Advanced Using the General tab shown in Figure 7 15 you can repair permissions on the source drive prior to backing up A completely clean backup can be cre ated erasing the original backup on the destination drive and starting from scratch You can 168 CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION also create one of two incremental backup types one in which only the newer files are copied from the source to the destination or one in which only files that have changed since the last backup are copied from the source to the new backup Cemeral Advanced Before copy Repair permissions on OSX During copy Erase Backup then copy files from OSX A This wil Completely erase Backup then copy Me selected files to it from OSX On successful completion Do Nothing a ox Figure 7 15 Additional backup options in SuperDuper The General tab also provides several options for additional activity after completion of the backup e Do Nothing e Restart from Backup e Set Backup as Startup Disk e Shut Down Computer e Sleep Computer e Quit SuperDuper The Advanced tab offers some powerful options As with CCC you can execute custom shell scripts prior to starting the actual backup Access control lists ACLs can be added to the backup A disk image of the backup can be created and written to a preferred drive or location A new package can be installed on the backup And of course a shell script can
240. ing 151 152 INDEX 271 overview 145 printers 148 151 SMB file sharing 151 web servers 145 148 shell 125 129 changing default 126 128 overview 125 UNIX administration tools and com mands 128 129 user maintenance 135 139 from command line 138 139 overview 135 from System Preferences 135 138 System domain 26 system kernel configuration 186 System Preferences 126 156 configuring security through 183 186 user maintenance from 135 138 System V SysV 235 system log file 140 systemsupport mode 70 SysV System V 235 T tag command 232 Tagged Image File Format TIFF 82 tagging 219 tail command 129 tar bz2 format 147 tar command 129 238 Target settings 202 tar gz files 61 147 238 Tasks button 206 TCP IP Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol 4 tcsh shell 125 telinit command 235 236 templates 112 197 TENEX C SHell 125 Terminal access Mac OS X 32 34 Terminal application 126 Terminal app file 52 244 testfile txt file 21 text editor debugging with Xcode 203 205 theme templates 92 third party multimedia tools 98 103 Adobe Photoshop 100 101 272 INDEX Adobe Premiere 101 102 overview 98 100 Soundbooth 102 103 Thompson Ken 1 2 Thr column 131 Thread list 205 TIFF Tagged Image File Format 82 TIME column 133 134 Time Machine 156 162 configuring backups 157 159 function of 160 162 overview 156 recovering backups 15
241. ing File Close Choose gt Figure 5 30 Selecting a Keynote template O OA Inspector Media Colors Fons Format Bar OUBLE CLICK TO EDIT D O U BSEV es CECEK Tif Ds ENG a 1008 Figure 5 31 Editing a slide in Keynote CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS 117 The many strengths of Keynote include the highly stylized templates the huge range of available fonts and the ease with which outside elements such as video and other multimedia can be included in a presentation Keynote also provides Smart Builds a much cleaner and more intuitive way to create transitions between slides and to build action and motion into individual slides Additionally Mac OS X renders the final presentation in a size that s consid erably smaller than PowerPoint presentations Where Pages and Numbers lack a bit for word processing and spreadsheet power users even hard core PowerPoint users will recognize and appreciate the power and flexibility of iWork s Keynote And Keynote includes full support for the PowerPoint PPT format Open Source Productivity Tools Several open source or open source like options exist for productivity tools on Mac They offer a full range of functionality and to a large extent serve well as functional replacements for the commercial proprietary productivity software of Apple and Microsoft In this section we ll look at the two primary packages chosen by Mac users OpenOffice org a
242. install Additionally the documentation tool contains bookmarks also listed in the left pane as shown in Figure 8 2 These open the documentation in the lower pane of the main screen in the documentation library CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE 197 CID Tile Full Text Al Doc sets CETITTED CUESHE Java c objc ss ETE Contains Exact DOC SETS Symbol Name Class Language Type Documentation Set w Apple Mac OS X 10 5 WebObjects Library ar ar a w Apple Xcode 3 1 Developer Tools L BOOKMARKS Xcode 3 1 Release Appkit Reference Foundation Reference Xcode Bulld Setting Xcode Expert Prefer lt y Xcode 3 1 Release Notes lt No selected symbol gt cr Senta ADC Home gt Reference Library gt Release Notes gt Tools gt Xcode gt 0 Search Kit Human Interface Guide Xcode 3 1 Release Notes Xcode 3 1 is a revision of the Xcode development environment It is available both as a standalone version of Developer Tools for Mac OS X 10 5 CLeopard as well as part of the iPhone SDK Please see the Xcode 3 0 Release Notes for details about previous versions of Xcode The About iPhone SOK document discusses Xcode and its role in development for Mac OS X and iPhone Contents General Summary of New Features Significant Bug Fixes fram Xcode 3 0 Known Issues and Workarounds Additional Documentation and Help o u General Developer Tools Library Tools Xcode Xcode 3 1 Release Notes Xcode 3 1
243. ion Read Me Welcome to Fink Fink Release 0 9 0 Intel Binary Installer License This installer package installs a small base system of the Fink distribution to get you started From there you can use Fink s own package system to download and install more packages DestinationSel GoBack Continue Figure 4 9 Starting the Fink installation Important Information AIEA E Ak Fink Binary Distribution ReadMe Read Me This is the installer package for Fink 0 9 0 on Intel Litense hardware Fink is a distribution of Open Source Unix software ported to Mac OS X Open Source software is t developed by volunteers from all over the world available for free and with complete source code Destinations Important Installer Notes Sy WY e Do not use this installer to update existing Fink a installations To update see http www finkproject org download r _ This version of fink requires Mac OS X 10 5 or later For other versions of Mac OS X see the Fink web site e Don t trust the disk space required figures lt e For installation on a separate volume see below ls SSS ee a Figure 4 10 Fink installation information If you intend to use packages from Fink that require a GUI you ll need to install the X11 package as well An updated version of the Darwin X11 package is available at http xquartz macosforge org Next it s recommended that you
244. ion Inc a a help a This configure script is free software the Free Software Foundation E INSTALL 2 ms ow A A A r own n Anm en ka Figure 9 6 Source code in the Xcode tool 247 248 CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM 8 10 11 12 13 In the Custom Build Command section of the target inspector change the Directory field to point to the directory containing your makefile also changing any other set tings as needed Change the active target to your new target by choosing Project gt Set Active Target Add the source files to the project by opening the disclosure triangle beside the Source folder in the left side of the project window and dragging the folder containing the sources from the Finder into that Source folder in Xcode Xcode should now copy the files Xcode will recursively find all of the files in that folder Delete any files that should not be included When you are ready to build the project click the Build and Go button in the toolbar select Build gt Build or press Command B Once the project has been built point Xcode to the executable by choosing Project gt New Custom Executable Choose the path where the executable is located and then add the name of the executable Run the resulting program by pressing Command R This should get you started in bringing your application into the native build environment of Mac OS X Beginning with Mac OS X 10 5 Leopard the default compiler is G
245. ion directory at BUILD obj RELEASE_1386 As I noted earlier it s possible to build alternative kernels for Mac OS X This is accom plished at the final make stage using one of the several options make KERNEL_CONFIGS all or make KERNEL_CONFIGS DEBUG or make KERNEL_CONFIGS DEBUG_TRACE or make KERNEL_CONFIGS RELEASE_ TRACE As mentioned building without the KERNEL_CONFIGS option builds a RELEASE kernel as does building with the PROFILE option currently As you ve seen just as with Linux it is possible to build a new XNU kernel for Mac OS X from source CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM 241 Porting UNIX Apps to the Mac While we re in the realm of the hard core Linux user let s take a few minutes to talk about the process of porting applications from other UNIX and UNIX like platforms to Mac OS X Bring ing new applications from UNIX to Mac OS X may be of interest to in house app developers open source developers commercial UNIX developers and others These developers may want to take advantage of the Cocoa look and feel of Mac OS X applications moving them away from a reliance on X11 or X Org Why Port First it s important to remember the roots of Mac OS X BSD the Mach kernel and NeXTStep each played an important role in the history and development of Mac OS X These are BSD or BSD based systems In large part Mac OS X is based on 4 4BSD Lite with most of the utilities and libraries
246. ipt tools on your system As shown in Figure 8 26 the con figuration options include a choice between scripting editor versions the ability to utilize GUI scripting and provide universal access including voice control and the ability to set up folder actions for AppleScripts Folder actions are repetitive actions taken on the contents of a folder such as periodically checking whether the folder contents have changed and moving any new contents to another folder CHAPTER 8 AON AppleScript Utility Default Script Editor J Script Editor 2 2 1 lt GUI Scripting M Enable GUI Scripting Enabling GUI Scripting will also enable access for assistive devices See Universal Access preferences for more information Kulinivercal arcacce l Universal Access ITERE TITTET eel Folder Actions Set Up Actions C Show Script menu in menu bar Figure 8 26 The AppleScript Utility Creating Scripts with the Script Editor Mac OS X provides the Script Editor located in the Applications Applescript directory This is MAC OS X AND CODE a rich editor used primarily for creating testing and where necessary compiling AppleScript scripts However it also understands the other scripting languages on the system including bash Python Perl and Ruby As shown in Figure 8 27 the Script Editor utilizes a multipane window and syntax highlighting The sample script shown in Figure 8 27 is a pure AppleScript script with the appropri
247. istrators can search Activity Monitor for specific processes As shown in Figure 6 5 the search interface is similar in look and feel to the other search tools in Mac OS X providing full consistency across the operating system Additionally the text searches can be accomplished with any of the drop down menu selections This flexibility dramatically expands the possible administrative views of the current system CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION 131 All Processes ef KQ RadioShift PID Process Name User CPU Thr RSIZE Virtual Memory Kind 4949 Radioshift Helper tony 0 1 7 16 60M8 937 50 MB Intel 4963 Radioshift Publisher tony 0 0 1 3 44 MB 919 29 MB Intel Figure 6 5 Searching for specific processes in Activity Monitor The main Activity Monitor window provides a wealth of information about the current state of the system as shown in Figure 6 6 It includes the columns of information listed in Table 6 2 You can sort all of the columns in Activity Monitor in ascending or descending order by clicking the head of the column of interest Table 6 2 Activity Monitor Columns Column Head Contents PID The process ID a unique value assigned to each process on the running system Process Name The common name assigned to each process on the running system User The owner of the given process CPU Current CPU use as a percentage Percentages greater that 100 indicate use of both processors in a multiprocessor system F
248. ith its internal BSD and Mach kernel at the January 2000 Macworld conference in San Francisco California Apple had created a twenty first century operating system by returning to technologies born in the 1970s Why BSD in Mac OS X Following the acquisition of NeXT and the return of Steve Jobs to the company NeXTStep began a deliberate metamorphosis to Darwin the system that would become the core of Mac OS X While retaining its BSD underpinnings object oriented libraries strong graphics orien tation and development tools the Darwin kernel was hybridized The XNU kernel took shape with elements of Mach FreeBSD and code created in house by the Apple team The decision to develop NeXTStep around the BSD base and the plug in Mach kernel had already proven to be a wise choice for NeXT Inc and NeXT Software For many reasons the decision to port that system to the PowerPC platform with its BSD base intact made great sense for Apple as well These reasons included BSD s history portability open source base economics and extensibility History UNIX and its various derivatives had been well known and highly regarded since the late 1970s It was the operating system of choice for business academia and since the early 1980s government research programs The large active code base made it possible to customize a full operating system for almost any need The huge code archive also made it possible to modernize and implement s
249. ith the introduction of Mac OS 8 1 in January 1998 It contained significant changes from the original scheme of HFS including the following e Support for 255 character Unicode file names e 32 bit block addressing e 32 bit allocation mapping table The new Unicode support represented a more significant change to Mac OS than first blush might indicate Until the point of the change Mac OS assumed that the character set used MacRoman encoding File names were compared and sorted with that assumption causing unpredictable behavior with names using another character encoding The new block addressing allowed HFS to handle much larger file sizes These block addresses were 16 bit in the original HFS The 32 bit allocation mapping table also extended from 16 bits gave the system access to more than 4 3 billion allocation blocks for a 65 000 fold increase An increase in the number of allocation blocks based on the new 32 bit mapping table made the allocation blocks smaller and therefore much more numerous in a drive of equal size with a 16 bit mapping table Again because the address space for each file in HFS was handled by a single allocation block this revision extended the file storage capabilities from 65 535 files to 4 3 billion Several new structural features were added to the HFS filesystem Where the HFS file system was composed of five principal elements boot block MDB volume bitmap extent overflow file and catalog file the
250. iting any code It s a graphical tool that provides a library of common actions in the form of graphical objects The interface allows you to create relationships between these actions by dragging and dropping them into the proper sequence The output is in the form of work flows which carry out the actions specified by the user Ben Waldie s book Automator for Mac OS X 10 5 Leopard Visual QuickStart Guide Peachpit Press 2008 provides a detailed discussion of Automator Using Other Scripting Languages As noted it s possible to use other programming languages in Mac OS X just as you would on any other UNIX system Bash Perl Python and Ruby are all installed with Mac OS X and are available without further configuration Scripts in these languages can be created with any text editor or with the Script Editor The Script Editor also provides GUI based testing for these scripts In practice scripting in Mac OS X using these languages will be virtually indistinguish able from scripting on a Linux or UNIX system Code Maintenance and Revision Control Mac OS X is packed with modern useful development tools programming languages a robust debugger and a project organization and management tool Combined they provide a devel opment environment that s very much the equivalent of most Linux systems Everything necessary to create applications and scripts for all computing platforms is available at no addi tional cost and only minimal ad
251. iting in Sound booth Adobe Photoshop The ins and outs of Photoshop have made many a book author a buck or two Photoshop is so dense with features tweaks and tricks that even an entire book could hardly hope to cover them all Photoshop is in short the standard by which all other graphics creation and manip ulation applications are judged But it comes at a price At the time of publication of this book a single user license for Photoshop listed at 649 US If you re making a living as a graphic artist that s just the price of admission and probably a tax write off as well Even though you may not be inclined to drop more than six bills for Photoshop there are some features that are relevant to our discussion because they are widely considered as criti cal to the success of Photoshop You may want to look for similar features in the open source graphics applications available for Mac OS X These features include the following Nondestructive editing This type of editing leaves the original image data intact allow ing the user to revert to previous edits of an image at any time Nondestructive editing is made possible through adjustment layers which apply changes without permanently changing pixel values CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS 101 Painting and drawing tools The Photoshop tool set is impressive With a full range of brushes pens airbrushes buckets textures and many other tools there s very li
252. itive the result of controlling the hardware running Mac OS X is that Apple s developers have a known hardware platform for which to develop By itself that practice eliminates a large number of the issues seen in other systems includ ing incompatibility between off the shelf components and operating system code It allows Apple s developers to create device drivers that can be thoroughly tested prior to the release of anew Mac OS X version or a new hardware platform It allows them to compile in hardware specific optimization features within the operating system itself It s hard to overstate the importance and value of this controlled hardware environment We ve all experienced the frustration of incompatible drivers and other code in competing operating systems Aside from the frustration the practice of allowing a multitude of hardware components to utilize the operating system code means that we can never be sure that the code created by hardware vendors will interact optimally with the code created for the operat ing system In the open source community much of this code is in fact reverse engineered By first controlling the hardware then developing to that hardware Apple ensures that its operating system and hardware will work together seamlessly Common Code The APIs development frameworks and integrated development environments IDEs for Mac OS X are included on the installation disc Mac owners literally have access to mo
253. its sudo port u upgrade libmad dependencies Will also uninstall the outdated version with the u option installed Lists all installed ports port installed outdated Lists all outdated installed ports port outdated dependents Lists other files that are dependent on the in port dependents libmad stalled port livecheck Checks whether a given port has been updated sudo port livecheck libmad at the developer s download site list Provides a complete list of all available ports port list search Returns a list of all available ports matching a port search libmad partial pattern info Provides information about a specific port in port info libmad cluding the port description and maintainer contents Displays files that have been installed bya port port contents libmad sync Synchronizes the local ports tree with the sudo port sync global MacPorts repository without checking for upgrades to the MacPorts base system CHAPTER 4 BUILDING OUT THE LINUX ENVIRONMENT 75 Command Description Use clean Cleans all files created by ports during sudo port clean all libmad installation Includes the options all dist archive and work deps Lists port dependencies port deps libmad variants Lists all variants for a given port port variants libmad As you can see MacPorts provides a robust system for installing uninstalling and main taining the Darwin based open source tools on your Mac system But it s not the only tool av
254. ivinetbatuceuy 1 CHAPTER 2 The Comparison Linux vs Mac OS X 0 00005 17 CHAPTER 3 Dual Booting and Virtualization ccc eee eae 41 CHAPTER 4 Building Out the Linux Environment 005 65 CHAPTER 5 Using the Many Apple and Linux Tools 05 81 CHAPTER 6 Routine Mac OS X System Administration 125 CHAPTER 7 Backup Security and Automation 0005 155 CHAPTER 8 Mac 0S X and Code cii 0 53 mn nnana aaaea aeaaeae 195 CHAPTER 9 Hybridizing Your System ccc cee cce eee e eee eee 233 Contents About the AUO 2 5 0 5 424 on boven Sd oe eh aon Sa eben Adare Shaun E Ene signe xiii About the Technical Reviewer 0 00 ccc cece e neran ene ence ene e eens Xv PretaC s ci cde Gs ol he Ghead de ie eda deel Madde poate ade Ghd eds pa ndadeat eda abed xvii CHAPTER 1 The Backstory 0 naaar 1 Of Macros and Manuals UNIX 0 00 0 ccc cece eee 1 From Assembly to C 20 e eens 2 Macros and PipeS 000000c cece cece ence eeu nonsense 2 User Manuals 00 0 0 cece cece cence teen ence teens 3 ThE Fork BSD 2 6 02 25 i4ch0 nae bea ied etka cde tikeun i eair ni 4 1BSD to 4BSD 0 ccc cence nnn eee ees 4 Licensing ISSUCS 000 0 ccc cece een ence enone eeas 4 The Enthusiast and the Marketer Apple Computer 5 Homebrew DayS 00
255. izard main screen D i e Here we decide if someone can access our computer For example we may allow some computer to access our documents but not our web server Select options from popup menus to create the rule If you choose some options it may be necessary to specify additional information You may add ome or more rules to allow multiple services to be accessed to your Computer When you have finished please click Continue to go to Step 2 1 want to allow connection to my WY server from Gus 3 Every other connection to my computer will be denied Figure 7 36 Step 1 to configure new ipfw rules using the WaterRoof Wizard CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION 191 Apple sharing Windows sharing Web SSH Login FTP Remote Desktop Printer sharing FileMaker Figure 7 37 Server options in WaterRoof Using the WaterRoof Wizard you can configure rules to allow connections from any one of several network address types as shown in Figure 7 38 If you choose a computer on my network or my network except one host you ll need to enter the address of that machine in a text box that appears when you make that selection a computer in my network my network my network except one host everyone Figure 7 38 Address options in the WaterRoof Wizard Step 2 in the WaterRoof Wizard allows you to define disallowed connections from your machine as shown in Figure 7 39 As shown in Figu
256. ize HFS 255 UTF 16 characters 8EB 8EB Table 2 7 HFS and ext2 ext3 Block Features Feature Block suballocation Extents Variable block size HFS Not supported Supported Not supported Table 2 8 Primary Features of HFS and ext2 ext3 Feature Hard links Sym links Block journal Metadata journal Case sensitivity Case preservation HFS Not supported Supported Not supported Supported Supported Supported ext2 ext3 255 bytes of any data type 2TB 32TB ext2 ext3 Not supported Not supported Not supported ext2 ext3 Supported Supported Not supported Supported Supported Supported 30 CHAPTER 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS MAC OS X Table 2 9 Metadata Capabilities of HFS and ext2 ext3 Feature HFS ext2 ext3 File owner Supported Supported POSIX permissions Supported Supported Creation timestamp Supported Not supported Last access timestamp Supported Supported Last modified timestamp Not supported Supported Copy create timestamp Not supported Not supported As these tables show in many critical measures HFS stacks up well against ext2 ext3 even exceeding some of the Linux filesystem s capabilities In particular HFS allows file and volume sizes that are considerably greater than those of ext2 ext3 By default both implement metadata journaling reducing the number of writes necessary to capture transactions HFS also provides support for full data journaling although full redundan
257. l file For example I can create a Users tony scripts test_script file that echoes a string on execution I can then symlink that file to Users tony linked_file using this command In s Users tony scripts test_script Users tony linked_ file The s in the command denotes a symbolic link The latter the pointer file will inherit the permissions of the former and when executed will actually execute the original file If the Users tony linked_file file is moved elsewhere on the system it will still execute the original file However if the original file is removed the symlink is broken and the symlinked file will no longer work So in practice you have one real file and one that s just a pointer to the other The pointer will not work if the actual file is gone although the actual file will still work with or without the pointer A hard link as utilized in Time Machine represents a second name for the same data In other words by creating a second name the system sees two distinct files for the same data The data in a single location on a disk can be accessed using either name In other words unlike symlinks that link to other files hard links link to actual data These hard links are cre ated by issuing the 1s command without any further options In Users tony scripts test_script Users tony linked_file The return of the 1s 1 command on the Users tony linked_file file really tells the tale Unlike the symlink creat
258. laceholder for the top 5 Photoshop features 158 2008 09 05 17 29 45 tony Begins discussion of Photoshop 157 2008 09 05 17 04 08 tony Through the Quartz piece Ended with Quartz Composer 156 2008 09 05 13 18 23 tony Buffer pools for video processing 20 entries from 176 to 155 Show Changes Changed Paths M OSXLG_Chap_5_DRAFT txt i Show Source Of Copied Paths Show Changes Figure 8 32 Checking the history of a file from the Browse tab in Versions Figure 8 33 shows the use of the Compare Diff tool to compare two different versions of a single file As you can see the Versions interface puts all commits of a file side by side in the window 226 CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE Display entries Before ES Revision 1G HEAD m Rev 176 174 173 172 171 Date 2008 09 07 20 26 10 2006 09 07 19 28 11 2008 09 07 18 03 51 2008 09 07 16 25 33 2008 09 07 13 00 18 Changed Paths M Author tony tony tony tony tory OSXLG_Chap_S_DRAFT txt M Show Source Of Copied Paths Figure 8 33 The Compare Diff function in Versions Log Message Finished believe so Finished NeoOffice Through the Work tools Will now add Opend Started Office Completed inserting images and Begin the GIMP section Display 20 I entries Before ES Revision 8 HEAD W Rev 176 174 173 172 171 Date 2008 09 07 20 26 10 2008 09 07 19 28 11 2008 09 07 18 03 51 2008 09 07 16 25 33 2008 09 07 13 00 18 Change
259. le file 73 74 238 bashrc file 73 Basic Input Output System BIOS 42 BBN Bolt Beranek and Newman 4 bdist_mpkg tool 209 Beanstalk 227 Bell Labs 1 2 Berkeley Fast File System BFFS 28 Berkeley Software Design BSDi 5 BFFS Berkeley Fast File System 28 BGR Blue Green Red 83 BIOS Basic Input Output System 42 bisect command 231 bitmaps 84 bless command 182 Block Features 29 block group bitmap 28 block groups 28 blocks 28 Blue Green Red BGR 83 Bolt Beranek and Newman BBN 4 Bombich Software 162 Boot Camp 41 45 50 installing Linux 46 48 overview 45 partitioning boot drive 45 synchronizing MBR and GPT tables 48 50 boot drives partitioning 45 boot tables 50 boot volume 195 bootable system backups 160 Bourne Again SHell bash 14 32 125 branch command 231 branching 18 219 Breakpoints button 207 Breakpoints button 205 207 BSD 2BSD 4 3BSD 4 4BSD 4 implementation in Mac OS X 14 licensing issues 4 5 vs Linux 234 236 distribution vs operating system 234 licensing 236 overview 234 runlevels and system startup 234 236 overview 4 reasons for developing NeXTStep around 11 13 BSD ports system 71 BSDi Berkeley Software Design 5 BSD pkg file 244 buffers Core Video 85 Build and Go button 206 build command 79 bundle flag 248 bundle_loader executable flag 248 C C language 2 Call list 205 Camera setup and calibration 102 Canaday Rudd 1
260. lf the col lection of Mac OS X windows and buttons is heavily dependent on shadows Nearly all windows in Mac OS X are drawn with shadows of one depth or another This helps to provide Aqua with a 3D look and feel As shadowing relies on an additional image below the primary layer these images can be blurred or sharp edged depending on the desired shadowing effect Transparency layers Objects can be stacked on a page and offset with shadowing using transparency layers A transparency layer is the result of combining two or more objects into a single composite object Gradients These are blends of colors either circular radial or straight axial Bitmaps A bitmap is a sampled image in which each pixel represents a single point in the image Bitmap types include TIFF PNG and JPEG Aside from graphics creation and manipulation Quartz 2D also provides the input to the PDF engine on which Mac OS X relies to store those graphics text and images Virtually all applications on the system turn to Quartz 2D to create these digital paper documents These documents can then be further optimized based on the context in which they will be viewed These contexts can include web or print Graphics and PDF files can be viewed in Mac OS X in the native Preview application which also provides some rudimentary manipulation tools These critical elements of Quartz 2D provide Mac OS X with industrial strength graphics creation and manipulation capa
261. lopers So where to start in porting applications from UNIX to Mac OS X That depends in part on the type of application you re moving from one platform to the other Here l ll provide the basics and a starting point for porting applications from UNIX and UNIX like platforms the Apple Developer Connection s documentation http developer apple com provides all the fine details you ll need to port your applications Good Practice Darwin as a BSD derivative is a prime potential platform for command line applications Not only do most command line applications function well in Darwin but the users in the envi ronment in which those applications will be used are pretty fluent in their use Mac OS X users who rely on the command line are for the most part converted or parallel UNIX users They understand the ins and outs and they re generally pretty proficient in using single tools in combination to maximize their power and efficiency In other words users for whom Mac OS X command line tools will have some appeal understand the UNIX idea of tools doing a single job well Note Apple s design philosophy clearly states that users should never need to resort to the command line in order to perform any task for which a GUI is provided see the Apple Human Interface Guidelines at http developer apple com DOCUMENTATION UserExperience Conceptual AppleHIGuidelines index html apple_ref doc uid 20000957 However the very structure of
262. lows on the fly upgrades from ext2 This upgrade is primarily the implementation of the journaling layer At the time of its inclusion in the 2 4 15 Linux kernel in 2001 ext3 was hailed as the next great iteration in a system already recognized as a modern robust filesystem Aside from journaling ext3 is in fact ext2 Like the HFS filesystem transactions in ext3 are recorded replayed and committed This helps prevent and or correct filesystem corruption by completing transactions that may have been buffered or left otherwise incomplete during an event such as a kernel panic or dirty system shutdown Without the journaling layer ext2 required a full system scan with tools like e2fsprogs including fsck These tools are still available in ext3 as an element of the ext2 underpinnings And while these tools provide a full range of options to correct filesystem errors they can take quite a long time to run time that may be best used on other tasks in a critical production environment The journaling layer in ext3 is a means to bring a corrupted system back to a known state in a comparatively short time and efficient fashion ext2 implements a system of blocks organized in block groups Metadata for these blocks is stored in a superblock a block group bitmap and an inode bitmap These items occupy the space just before the block group on the drive The superblock contains a group descrip tor table populated with group descriptors that store the va
263. ls Homebrew Days Meeting in what would later be referred to as the Silicon Valley just 40 miles south of Berke ley many of Homebrew s initial members were well aware of the advances in computing taking place on the UCB campus At the time the benefits of those advances were targeted at business and academia The idea of personal computing was limited for the most part to technologists and amateur hobbyists like those who gathered to form the Homebrew Computer Club 5 CHAPTER 1 THE BACKSTORY At the time of Homebrew s formation Stephen Woz Wozniak had left the Electrical Engineering program at UCB without a degree A 25 year old introvert with the dual talents of hardware design and software programming Wozniak found in the Homebrew club a group of peers with an enthusiasm for computing he might be able to share In 1970 Wozniak became friendly with a summer intern at Wozniak s employer Silicon Valley stalwart Hewlett Packard The friend made an increasingly compelling case that a com puter could be built and sold on a single circuit board that such a computer could in fact be the basis of a company created specifically to sell computers to individuals rather than to businesses Though initially skeptical Wozniak was eventually convinced that his friend Stephen Jobs might be onto something After ending a brief college career of his own at Reed College in Portland Oregon Jobs returned to Palo Alto in 1974 taking
264. lue of the block bitmap the inode bitmap and the start of the inode table for every block group The superblock is critical to the overall operation of the ext2 filesystem As a result a duplicate copy of the superblock is stored in every block group of every block on the system This structure is the reason most often cited when noting that Linux systems don t require routine defragmentation as is required by Windows systems In effect each block and superblock is distinct from all others reducing the possibility of external fragmentation when writing new data to a disk CHAPTER 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS MAC OS X 29 Note In both ext2 and ext3 Linux systems it s possible to repair a corrupted filesystem using a duplicate superblock To do so it s necessary to find the next superblock with the newfs command then run fsck using the first alternate superblock This is important because fsck may not run at all when asked to check a corrupted superblock The maximum number of subdirectories supported by ext2 is 32 768 However a directory containing more than 10 000 subdirectories may prompt a user warning that operations may take an abnormally long time Comparison of HFS and ext2 ext3 Tables 2 6 through 2 9 provide a quick overview and comparison of some critical features of HFS and ext2 ext3 Table 2 6 HFS and ext2 ext3 File Constraints Feature Maximum file name length Maximum file size Maximum volume s
265. lue pipes 2 GNOME installing 249 251 GNU Compiler Collection GCC 65 GNU General Public License GPL 63 71 GNU Image Manipulation Program See GIMP GPL GNU General Public License 63 71 GPT GUID partition table 42 gpt command 52 gpt show command 53 GPT tables 48 50 Gradients 84 graphical user interface GUD 7 178 188 Graphics Interchange Format GIF 82 Graphics Tools subdirectory 70 grep command 128 231 group descriptors 28 Grub boot loader 42 GUI graphical user interface 7 178 188 GUID partition table GPT 42 264 INDEX HAL Hardware Abstraction Layer 251 hard link 161 Hardware Abstraction Layer HAL 251 HD High Definition 101 HDV High Definition Video 101 head command 129 help option 221 HFS Hierarchical File System 18 19 20 HFS evolution of 20 22 vs ext2 ext3 29 30 overview 20 Hide Log List 142 Hierarchical File System HFS 18 19 20 See also HFS High Definition HD 101 High Definition Video HDV 101 History tool 224 HOME variable 33 Homebrew Computer Club 5 6 hotcopy subcommand 222 HP printer fax combo 149 HSB Hue Saturation Brightness 83 httpd conf file 145 147 Hue Saturation Brightness HSB 83 hybridizing BSD vs Linux 234 236 distribution vs operating system 234 licensing 236 overview 234 runlevels and system startup 234 236 installing Linux Desktop Environments on Mac 249 257 GNOME 249 251 KDE 251 257 overview 249 k
266. m state 132 CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION Aside from the viewing options of process types and searchable strings Activity Moni tor also slices and dices the current system activity in a number of other ways As shown in Figure 6 7 Activity Monitor provides tabs for viewing the current use of all system resources CPU System Memory Disk Activity Disk Usage and Network cpu System Memory Disk Activity Disk Usage Network Figure 6 7 Additional tabbed options for viewing the current system activity Finally Activity Monitor provides a graphical representation of the system use as shown in Figure 6 8 This view includes the percentages of system resources used by both the users and the system the percentage of nice resources those reprioritized using the nice com mand the percentage of processes currently in the idle state the total number of running threads and the total number of running processes The graphical display also provides a snapshot of processor CPU usage updated once per second CPU Usage User 22 89 m Threads 398 System 6 96 m Processes 97 EFP Nice 0 00 m aa ldle 70 15 m Figure 6 8 A graphical representation of current system use in the CPU tab of Activity Monitor Overall Activity Monitor provides a comprehensive and flexible view of the current state of the Mac OS X system In reality though it s simply a clean graphical front end to several other UNIX co
267. mage editor It also happens to be so tightly integrated with the other Adobe applications as to be almost indistinguishable from them For sure Soundbooth is a strong audio editor but its strengths lie in its use in parallel with Premiere All that sets aside the monetary price for each individual tool These prices range from 99 US for Acrobat Pro to 999 US for Photoshop CS Extended Pricing is considerably higher when reaching for the real strengths of the software purchasing tightly integrated task specific bundles like those for web development video production or graphics creation In short it s tough for the average user to afford to get onboard the Adobe wagon While the open source community has yet to release a package of tools as tightly inte grated as those produced by Apple or Adobe the community does offer some outstanding alternatives in the form of individual tools that accomplish their tasks powerfully cleanly and efficiently A full range of functionality can be found in software that addresses the tasks of audio editing and graphics creation These tools do in fact meet the previously noted open source goal of tackling one task and tackling it well Additionally most open source software installed on the Mac including multimedia soft ware performs at least as well as when installed on other Intel based machines I could make the case that for any number of reasons it actually performs better than on some machines
268. mate both backup and security tasks greatly improves the probability that these critical tasks will be successful In this chapter we ll take an in depth look at the range of tools available to accomplish backup and security tasks both in GUI form and from the Darwin based command line We ll also explore the options for testing and automating backup tasks for recovering data and for providing the highest practical level of security on your Mac OS X based system Backup and Recovery Overview As a computer user of any stripe it s an admonition you ve heard regularly back up your data If you ve never lost data on your system either you re not a real power user or you re extremely lucky Most users like us those who are prone to dig deeply into a system in search of the perfect tweak have lost important irreplaceable data at some point in our comput ing lives Unfortunately that critical data loss is usually what it takes to make the case for the importance of regular data backups So assuming that you understand and believe in the importance of these regular back ups you re certainly wondering what tools exist in Mac OS X to achieve those backups with minimal muss and fuss How can you configure regular backups What are the best options for creating and administering those backups How can these backups be automated and scheduled for routine background operation Which backup type makes the most sense for specific data type
269. mation as possible while running the subcommand Subversion also includes the svnadmin administrative tool Like the svn command svnadmin utilizes several subcommands including those listed in Table 8 7 222 CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE Table 8 7 Common Subversion Administration sunadmin Subcommands Subcommand Description create Creates a new Subversion repository dump Dumps all changes from within a repository most often used to move a reposi tory from one location to another hotcopy Makes a safe copy of a repository regardless of whether other processes are using the repository load Loads a set of revisions into a repository generally from a file created with the dump command verify Verifies the contents of a repository including checksum comparisons of the data stored in the repository Using Subversion GUI Front Ends While command line Subversion is easily the fastest possible way to utilize it learning the subcommands and the options may not be your cup of tea As with many great Linux com mand line applications you ll find a full range of GUI front ends for Subversion on the Mac These tools are free or very reasonably priced are easy to learn and for the most part are very much an asset to your use of Subversion If you re disinclined to use the command line these tools will still maximize your efficiency and your time in using Subversion for your projects Here we ll look at two Subversion GUI front e
270. mats is not unlike Photoshop GIMP does in fact have some distinct advantages over Photoshop in its strong developer base and ongoing open development There s also a pretty active community building plug ins and additional scripts for GIMP something we ve come to expect and recognize as one of the great strengths of the open source world Installing GIMP GIMP can be installed on the Mac in a number of ways including as a binary installation or through either of the two open source tools for installing software we covered in the previous chapter Fink or MacPorts Note Recent versions of GIMP require either Mac OS X 10 5 2 or XQuartz 2 2 or greater available from http xquartz macosforge org While some small font issues exist a GIMP installation that relies on XQuartz works well To perform a binary installation follow these steps 1 Go to http gimp org downloads to download the binary image file dmg 2 Double click the image icon to mount the image 105 106 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS 3 Drag the application icon in the resulting window to the Applications shortcut 4 Eject the GIMP image volume from the desktop by right clicking and selecting Eject GIMP To use Fink open a terminal window and enter the following command sudo apt get install gimp Alternatively enter the following command to download and build the GIMP package from source fink install gimp To use MacPorts
271. me disk0s2 to the maximum capacity of the drive You ll use the verb in two differ ent ways First use it with the limits option diskutil resizeVolume diskOs2 limits This will display the maximum available space on the drive for an expanded partition For device diskOs2 OSX Current size 68987912192 bytes Minimum size 47553765376 bytes Maximum size 79682387968 bytes Then use diskutil to actually resize the volume to its maximum size diskutil resizeVolume diskOs2 79682387968B This command will resize the volume to the maximum size available reclaiming all the partition space on the Mac OS X boot drive You can reboot into the Mac OS X system However this doesn t take care of rEFIt If you re removing the Linux partition perma nently you ll probably want to remove rEFIt as well While booted into the Mac system remove the efi directory from Volumes boot volume name the rEFItBlesser folder from within the Library StartupItems directory and the Partition Inspector from Applications Utilities 54 CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION Virtual Linux Another valid option for making a gradual transition to Mac OS X is to install Linux in a virtual machine on the Mac In this regard you have several viable options Virtual Linux on the Mac can be any distribution you favor Given enough RAM on the host machine virtual Linux runs quite well on the Mac Virtual machines allow a software layer called the hyp
272. me Capsule Cancel Use for Backup Figure 7 3 Configuring the Time Machine backup drive 158 CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION Note Time Capsule is in reality Apple s entry into the Network Accessible Storage NAS arena The Time Capsule hardware provides 500GB or 1TB of storage accessible from any other machines on the network With four Ethernet ports it also works as an AirPort device serving as an internal router for your home net work Additionally it features wireless capabilities with full 802 11 a b g n support Prices range from 300 to 500 US The Options button in the Time Machine setup window allows you to customize the back ups excluding complete drives or even single files from the backup as shown in Figure 7 4 Clicking the plus button in the Options window opens a filesystem view from which the file or drive exclusions can be selected as shown in Figure 7 5 Do not back up 79 2 GB 241 6 GB l Total Included 47 2 G8 warn when old backups are deleted Cancel one Figure 7 4 Time Machine backup options OSX lt gt zs m 2 1 Q k DEVICES a Backup gt Applications El iDisk E Developer gt E Media a B Media gt mak a i sing a A Network gt e nfs et E op gt PLACES E Osx Gil System gt E Desktop cal User Guide formation gt Q tony E Users j Documents Downloads B Movies fi Music Ga Pictures A Applicati
273. me real computer enthusiasts and hard core advocates for the Macintosh platform I saw in them a dedication that I understood It wasn t much different from the one I felt for Linux Although they didn t have or require the hard core skills I had picked up over the years there was no doubt that they were enjoying their computing experiences That was the feeling that had drawn me into the Linux world I enjoyed seeing it in others even on the Mac The real seed for the move to the Mac came in late 2003 when I joined the presidential campaign of General Wesley Clark in Little Rock Arkansas I was the second hire in the tech staff and gladly worked from my Fedora installed Dell Inspiron laptop As we filled the tech department to what eventually totaled 18 staff members more and more of them arrived in Little Rock with MacBooks under their arms And those small computers just worked I watched coworkers switch effortlessly between a stunning GUI and the command line whatever suited their needs for the particular task at hand All the Linux commands that I used so frequently were available and the hardware and desktop were beautifully designed Much of the technical heavy lifting in that campaign was done on Macs including all the web design large chunks of the database design and significant portions of the PHP development I left Little Rock in February 2004 knowing that at some point in the future I would own a Mac While it took a fe
274. me value in the HSB model In short it s important to understand and define the color space when creating or manipulating graphics in Mac OSX Alpha values Graphics created in the Quartz 2D model also contain an alpha value Quartz uses the alpha value to determine how a new color will be composited to a page The alpha value is in practice a measure of a color s opacity how transparent will the new color be on the page A color with an alpha value of 0 is completely transparent an alpha value of 1 sets the color as completely opaque Full opacity will completely cover and obscure images in the lower layers Transforms Quartz 2D also provides a full range of image transforms These transforms allow image scaling translation and rotation Patterns Another important tool in the Quartz 2D kit is patterns According to the Quartz 2D Programming Guide A pattern is a sequence of drawing operations that is repeatedly painted to a graphics context http developer apple com documentation GraphicsImaging Conceptual drawingwithquartz2d dq_patterns chapter_7_section_1 html apple_ref doc uid TP30001066 CH206 TPXREF101 Mac OS X includes a number of built in patterns and full capabilities for unique pattern creation 84 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS Shadows These are simply images at least one layer below the top image offset so as to depict the effect of a light source on the top object The Aqua interface itse
275. milies quickly tired of the sound of the modem when they called According to my wife I had clearly developed a substance abuse problem I had The substance was silicon My strong affinity for computing continued but by 1996 I had begun to tire of the install reboot blue screen sequence of the young Windows 95 I acquired a Toshiba Infinia a reason ably stout machine for its time and often lugged a thick heavy Compaq laptop to and from work But I felt constrained limited by the roadblocks that seemed built into Windows One day at work I commiserated with a friend who happened to work in our company s IT department He nodded his agreement without saying much pulled on his ponytail and let me finish Then almost casually he mentioned I ve been playing with this new operating system It s called Linux Been out for a few years It s not easy to get configured but it s pretty powerful and interesting Challenging powerful and interesting that description caught my attention Where can I get it I asked Net It s free It took just a few all nighters at home to research this new operating system find and download the install diskettes the Infinia had no CD burner and ISO images of the few Linux distributions were few and far between and fail miserably at the first several installa tion attempts With each failed installation I would give up and reinstall Windows adding yet more hours to the alrea
276. mmand line tools Most prominent among them are top and ps Using the Terminal application system administrators can access these command line tools to mon itor system performance Viewing System Processes with top The top command in Mac OS X as in UNIX based systems returns a near real time view of current system processes This output includes a summary of process totals by type or state running stuck or sleeping a summary of the system load the number of current shared libraries in use memory regions in use and both physical and virtual memory in use This data is located at the top of the output from the top command as shown in Figure 6 9 CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION POO Terminal top 80x24 Processes 3 running stuck leeping 380 threads 2 10 18 Load Avg S325 Y usage 15 J Sah sys 20 idle SharedLibs r resident 55M code 1468K data 3856K linkedit MemRegions nu 2 reside 7 2 riv F shared PhysMem 308M w e a 492M inactive sed 249M free VM 16G 3 1003 pageins 322309 pageouts COMMAND TIME TH PRTS MREGS RPRVT RSHRD RSIZE VSIZE screencapt 0 00 04 38 133 224K 11M 2020K 319M top 19 29 604K 2 1196K 18M System Eve 59 124 1 4652K 312M mdworker 50 31 656 13M 2996K 41M SecurityAg 93 8984K 18M 13M 106M authorizat 32 2952K 32M 4 bash 14 2 908K 18M Login 17 B8K 1052K 19M Terminal 97 16 5 16M 8080K 364M mdworker 5260K 40M CrashRepor 349M Evernote 381M 3 Ever
277. mpetitive advantage even with low intensity users The BSD base of NeXTStep and later Mac OS X was known first and foremost for its long track record of power and stability Portability Portability was another important piece of the decision to retain the BSD underpinnings of NeXTStep in Mac OS X BSD had proven its portability almost from the beginning In fact the FreeBSD group members took no small measure of pride in the fact that their Intel version was the only Intel UNIX that could run reliably as a server The inclusion of FreeBSD had also helped to make NeXTStep and OpenStep fully operable on a number of platforms including x86 SPARC and HPPA The NeXTStep engineers many of whom came to Apple with the acquisition had begun their foray into the hardware world by porting the system to the Motorola 68030 based archi tecture Versions of NeXTStep also existed for the reduced instruction set computing RISC and Intel architectures the latter having been maintained in parallel with the Motorola devel opment In fact given the concurrent PowerPC and Intel builds maintained by Apple and the hiring of a number of FreeBSD core developers from Wind River Systems it has been specu lated that Apple s 2005 PowerPC to Intel transition was long planned In any event it was a transition made much easier by the BSD foundation of NexTStep and Darwin Open Source Base The open source basis of Mac OS X was actually misrepresented in Steve J
278. ms Tony Steidler Den Admin Y Other Accounts iw Change Password Account lt Disabled Gue Laurie Steidler D User Name Tony Steidler Dennison Standard MobileMe User Name lostairman Address Book Card V Allow user to administer this computer j x Enable Parental Controls Open Parental Controls J tt Login Options Q z Click the lock to make changes Figure 6 11 The Accounts window of System Preferences When the administrative login is accepted the grayed out areas of the Accounts window will become editable as shown in Figure 6 12 To add a new user to the system click the plus sign at the bottom of the users pane This opens a form for all the new user information both required and optional as shown in Figure 6 13 136 CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION My Account sword Login Items Tony Steidler Den Admin Y Other Accounts ie Change Password Guest Account Disabled awe SSS ee A S raue syne tess User Name Tony Steidler Dennison Standard MobileMe User Name lostairman Address Book Card vi Allow user to administer this computer C Enable Parental Controls Open Parental Controls Ay Login Options W Click the lock to prevent further changes Figure 6 12 The Accounts window unlocked for user maintenance New Account Standard E Short Name N aS Password Ie Verify Pa
279. n tony tony 442 Jun X lt lt lt 22 tony tony 48 Jul tony tony 2 Feb 6 tony tony Z Nov 6 tony tony 204 Jan tony tony 68 Mar 6 tony tony 204 Dec tony tony 2 Apr r gt 6 tony tony 224 May rwxr Xr X 6 tony tony 204 Jun Cerebellum tony 2010 Home app 10 42 Applications 2007 Audiobooks 15 06 Desktop 2007 Development 10 07 Documents 18 02 Downloads 10 55 Library 21 45 Movies 16 41 Music 17 03 Pictures 2007 Podcasts 2007 Public 2007 Sites 2007 Tools 2007 jahstorage 21 17 logs scripts 2007 sshfs NrRNNN WJ NENN Oowoooovecdrereoeovuvindsa do rPRNN Fee ty i NOON Figure 2 3 Permissions in the Mac OS X terminal window Permissions can be changed by the owner of any file using the same methods available in BSD These include the notation method chmod x file or the octal method chmod 644 file Ownership and group membership can be changed using the BSD methods as well including with the Directory Service command line tool dscl Root and Administrative Access UNIX based systems divide user privileges into user and root access The permissions based on these groups can be subdivided in many ways by the further use of grouping Both indi vidual users and groups can be granted permissions to read write and execute files These permissions are created by the root user the all seeing all powerful user on a UNIX system Mac OS X disables the root account by default Instead administrative acces
280. n from the rEFIt menu and then press Enter Partitioning from the Command Line Mac OS X includes the Disk Utility application accessible both from the command line and from the Applications folder in the Dock within Utilities As any good Linux geek knows if you can do it with a GUI tool you can generally do it more quickly from the command line Com mand line diskutil offers more options than the GUI version and is indeed quicker to use Creating a new partition on the hard drive for your Linux installation is actually surpris ingly easy using the command line version of diskutil Let s break out the individual pieces then combine all the elements into a single command that will nondestructively repartition the existing boot volume and simultaneously create a new partition for the Linux installation diskutil has many options Usage is as follows diskutil lt verb gt lt options gt In other words you re calling the diskutil application to take some defined action on the drive and you can specify options to customize those actions The following is a representa tive set of options available to diskutil by no means is that a complete list of the options list List the partitions of a disk info rmation Get information on a specific disk or partition u n mount Unmount a single volume unmountDisk Unmount an entire disk all volumes eject Eject a disk mount Mount a single volume mountDisk Mount an entire disk
281. n in Figure 4 11 MaKe Terminal dselect 80x24 O dselet E Debian sw bin dselect package handling frontend A ccess Choose the access method to use 1 U pdate Update list of available packages if possible SJelect Request which packages you want on your system I nstall Install and upgrade wanted packages Config Configure any packages that are unconfigured R emove Remove unwanted software 6 Q uit Quit dselect Move around with P and N cursor keys initial letters or digits Press lt enter gt to confirm selection AL redraws screen Version 1 10 21 darwin i386 Copyright C 1994 1996 Ian Jackson Copyright C 0 2001 Wichert Akk an This is free software see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions There is NO warranty See dselect licence for details Read only access only preview of selections is available Figure 4 11 Using Fink dselect 78 CHAPTER 4 BUILDING OUT THE LINUX ENVIRONMENT GUI package management is also available with Fink in a fashion similar to the Synaptic Package Manager application of many Debian based Linux distributions as shown in Fig ure 4 12 Packages 6792 Displayed 155 Installed Status Name Al installed iLatest Binary Category Description 64bit cpu virtual virtual pack 6tunnel 0 11rc2 1000 net Tunnelling fa a2ps 4 13 3 utils Any to PostS a2ps ja 4 13c 6 4 13c 6 utils Any to PostSc a5
282. n in tandem with increases in video definition and advances in scaling With high definition widescreen video the placement of a sound effect in the proper temporal location within a video image is critical to telling the story A broad audio image is necessary to support a wide video image The breadth of that audio image now extends beyond the 180 degrees facing the viewer It reaches a full 360 degrees behind the viewers immersing them in sound that further supports the video storytelling This requires the ability to intelligently and discretely assign audio to specific channels and to do so at precisely the right time CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS In short audio editing has moved far down the road from the days of splicing magnetic tape or layering a soundtrack on film Soundbooth offers the following features to support professional audio editing Soundbooth Scores These are customizable prerecorded soundtracks similar to those provided by the Mac s Magic GarageBand tool These scores can be applied to any video project with instruments and parts dropped added or emphasized Using the scores can significantly reduce the cost and time of producing video especially for nonprofessionals on a limited budget Audio filters The Soundbooth library of audio filters includes time and pitch stretching distortion reverb echo chorus and much more These filters provide the editor with a full range of tools for precise
283. n many of the descriptions these tools can accept standard output as input That means they can be strung together with output piped from one command to another This creates a huge number of tool combinations and options for administering a Mac OS X system System Monitoring Another important element of system administration is monitoring system resources and use Mac OS X provides a full set of tools both on the command line and through the GUI for this system monitoring Here we ll look at the Activity Monitor GUI tool and the top and ps command line tools Note Several other system monitoring tools are available in Mac OS X These include 1sof which pro vides a list of open files and vm_stat a tool to display Mach kernel virtual memory statistics Using Activity Monitor The Mac OS X GUI tool for system monitoring is Activity Monitor located in Applications Utilities As shown in Figure 6 3 Activity Monitor provides a formidable level of data in an efficient format using a combination of drop down options search options and tabs 130 CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION All Processes PID Process Name User oy CPU Thr RSIZE Virtual Memory Kind 32692 Pr iTunes tony 22 1 27 215 56 MB 1 30 GB Intel 4871 WindowServer _windowse 4 5 5 79 56 MB 1 000 98 MB Intel l 34922 S Firefox tony 2 0 16 175 92 MB 1 11 GB Intel 36175 E Activity Monitor tony 2 0 5 10 65
284. n sudo root for details tony cerebrum cd Desktop tony cerebrum Desktops ls veware tool dist b vmwar tony cerebrum Desktop cd vmware tools distrib tony cerebrum Desktop vmware tools distrib I B tony cerebrum D E To return to your computer press Control 3 t t tOGod z Figure 3 16 Installing the VMware tools At the end of the installation process you ll choose a screen resolution in which your VMware Linux installation will start as shown in Figure 3 17 After a quick reboot of the sys tem your Linux installation in VMware Fusion will be complete 62 CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION 000 Ubuntu File Edit View Terminal Tabs Help Please choose one of the following display sizes that X will start with 1 15 1 640x480 2 800x600 3 1024x768 4 1152x864 5 1280x800 6 lt 1152x900 7 1280x1024 8 1376x1032 9 1400x900 10 1400x1050 11 1440x900 12 1680x1050 13 1600x1200 14 1920x1200 15 2364x1773 Please enter a number between 1 and 15 6 78 tony cerebrum D i CI Ail ro To return to your computer press Control 3 t t OGod Figure 3 17 Choosing a screen resolution for your VMware Linux installation Configuring Your Virtual Linux Installation With the virtual desktops in Mac OS X you can easily open your Linux installation to full screen size from the VMware i
285. n the Macintosh Plus and was hard coded into the 128KB ROM The system was implemented in Sellers 512 byte logical blocks which were then bundled into allocation blocks as illustrated in Figure 2 1 In this scheme logical blocks 0 and 1 are the boot blocks containing all the data necessary to boot the system Logical block 2 is the Master Directory Block MDB containing volume data such as timestamps and a map ping of the other volume structures Logical block 3 contains a volume bitmap that tracks the use of all allocation blocks In that bitmap bits represent allocation blocks in a 1 1 ratio one bit for each allocation block The bit determines the current status of the block in use or not in use The 1 1 bit to allocation block ratio was a very limiting factor in the original HFS filesystem The system allocated a single file to each allocation block limiting the number of allocation blocks available on a single volume to 65 535 Because files and alloca Free Space and Other Files tion blocks were paired in this 1 1 ratio the resulting number of files on a single volume was also constrained to 65 535 Furthermore as disks increased in size so did the allocation block size while the number of allocation blocks remained the same The result was a terrible inefficiency in the use of larger hard drives Since each file was assigned one allocation block Figure 2 1 Logical block systems with a large number of small files used a dispr
286. namic Library Framework ava Description This project builds a Cocoa based application written Kernel Extension in a mix of Python and Objective C Standard Apple Plug ins Static Library Other Cancel Choose Figure 8 20 Creating a new Python project in Xcode As part of the new Python Cocoa project the Xcode tool creates the main py file as shown in Figure 8 21 The tool writes appropriate includes to the file such as objc and Mac OS X classes including Foundation and AppKit Notice that syntax highlighting is fully functional with the PyObjC bindings in Xcode While all the Xcode project management tools are available for Python projects the Xcode debugging tools do not work for Python applications Python does however include the built in pdb debugging module This is a robust debugging tool executed from the command line as follows python m pdb main py gt Users tony Development new_python_application main py 10 lt module gt gt import objc Pdb A useful overview of the pdb functions is available on the Python site at http docs python org library pdb html CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE 211 O0 main py CS main py new_python_opp lication Copyright Tony Steidler Dennison 2068 All rights reserved ove ee t import modules required by application import objec import Foundation import AppKit from PyObjCTools import Apphelper import modules containing classes require
287. nana 145 Printer Sharing seiei2s saga we eee edena caw egan bias cana ere ean 148 SMB File Sharing 00 c cece ccc c eee cence ees 151 NFS File Sharing 00 0 0 cece cece e nent e eee nes 151 Summa ecien aie Sh ais a nem Ae ed Sih aha ae wileon Ae ane Gh ane BA ae ai 152 Backup Security and Automation 155 Backup and Recovery Overview 0 cece cence eee nee 155 The Mac Approach to Backup and Recovery 0005 156 Time Machine BackupS 0 0000 cece cece nee ees 156 Backups with Carbon Copy Cloner 0 0008 162 SuperDuper for Simple BackupsS 0 c0e eens 166 Mozy and Other Off Site Backup Options 170 The Linux Approach to Backup and Recovery 5 178 Using dd to Copy Data 00 179 Using rsync to Synchronize Files 0 cece eee 180 SEGUN avs sola Gekwehawser dag vaeeidans els eeu hedge aa weeds 182 Configuring Security Through System Preferences 183 Using ipfw As a Firewall 0 ccc ccc cece eee eee 186 Using WaterRoof An ipfw FrontEnd 005 188 SUMMA 5 dco nase toye teed aa a aap a i 192 Mac OS X and Code 0 195 Using Xcode niori idune teurasti ndeni iaae d pa cade 195 Creating an Application with Xcode 00005 197 Working in the Main Xcode Window 0055 200 Deb
288. nclude a waveform monitor for monitoring the video voltage level with respect to time an audio spectrum analyzer used to monitor the spectral composition of the audio waveform and a vectorscope displaying the x y relationship of two video signals These tools are all available in real time as video is being captured and allow for quick on the fly adjustments when shooting on location Video effects Premiere includes a full set of video effects that can be implemented either in postproduction or in real time while shooting These effects include brightness and contrast adjustments color balancing cropping directional blurring fast and Gaussian blurring lens flare replication posterization and many more The flexibility provided by the ability to apply these effects either on the fly or in postproduction can shorten produc tion time considerably Soundbooth Audio editing often runs hand in hand with video editing In fact you could make a strong case that stand alone audio editing is now less common than editing audio in conjunction with accompanying video This is especially true in an ever more interactive multimedia world Given this marriage of audio and video it s important to be able to edit audio as the inte gral element of the video it has become Synchronization for example is critical as are the tools to make that task more accurate and efficient Additionally the importance of audio defi nition and placement has rise
289. nd NeoOffice OpenOffice org OpenOffice org is a productivity suite originally created as StarOffice StarOffice was pur chased by Sun Microsystems in 1999 with the first Sun build of StarOffice released in June 2000 Following that release StarOffice was forked to a proprietary branch and an open source branch represented by OpenOffice org OpenOffice org is licensed under the Lesser GNU Public License LGPL and serves as the code base for StarOffice Sun is the primary code con tributor to the OpenOffice org project OpenOffice org contains the standard tools widely accepted as parts of a productivity soft ware whole as shown in Figure 5 32 These include the following applications e OpenOffice Writer is the word processing application e OpenOffice Calc provides the spreadsheet functionality e OpenOffice Impress is the presentation software e OpenOffice Draw is the desktop publishing application e OpenOffice Base is the database creation and maintenance tool In June 2008 OpenOffice org released its first self contained version for Mac OS X The version 3 beta was the first OpenOffice org version for the Mac that did not require a separate running X server Dubbed OpenOffice Aqua the package was larger in size but considerably quicker in use OpenOffice Aqua is now the standard build type for OpenOffice org on Mac 118 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS Welcome to OpenOffice org Create a new docum
290. nd a small swap partition on the VMware virtual drive CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION 000 Ubuntu Applications Places System z Live session user SM FriAug 1 8 28 PM Prepare disk space How do you want to partition the disk Guided use entire disk SCSI3 0 0 0 sda 10 7 GB VMware VMware Virtual S Manual Step 4 of 7 cancel a Back gt Eorward sat 2 Install ig To return to your computer press Control t t OG a Figure 3 13 The Ubuntu partitioning tool After creating a user on the system who will have administrative privileges the installation begins as shown in Figure 3 14 59 60 CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION 000 Ubuntu Live session user amp Fri Aug 1 8 30PM 9 Ready to install Your new operating system will now be installed with the following settings Language English Keyboard layout USA Macintosh Name tony Login name tony Location America Chicago Migration Assistant if you continue the changes listed below will be written to the disks Otherwise you will be able to make further changes manually WARNING This will destroy all data on any partitions you have removed as wall ac on the nartitinne that are aninn ta he farmatted zj Advanced Step 7 of 7 E cancel Back 2 install OE5 To return to your computer press Control 3 t
291. nds Versions for the Mac and RapidSVN Versions for the Mac Aside from providing a front end for Subversion Versions for the Mac provides some other interesting features that you won t find in other Subversion clients Versions is available at http versionsapp com It is provided as a zip file containing a stand alone application It doesn t require any installation other than unzipping the file and dragging the binary into the Applications directory Double clicking will open Versions Figure 8 29 shows the main Versions window On the first use Versions provides several options for setting up a new repository or connecting to an existing one CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE 223 BOOKMARKS Figure 8 29 The main Versions window The connections to these repositories are created in the form of bookmarks Figure 8 30 shows an example of creating a bookmark to an existing Subversion repository the writing repository named LinuxToMac on my system 8 New Repository Bookmark Name Linux ToMac Location file localhost Volumes Media repos Username Password F Show links to issue tracker in timeline URL Prefix https server tickets s Comments in the timeline that match 123 will be linked to the url Xs will be replaced by 123 Cancel Greate Figure 8 30 Creating a bookmark to an existing repository in Versions 224 CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE Figure 8 31 displays the cont
292. nes intact If you prefer to uninstall the virtual machines as well you will need to remove the folder in which they are stored By default the virtual machines are installed in Documents Virtual Machines By uninstalling VMware with the uninstallation package and then dragging the vir tual machines folder to the trash you can completely uninstall the virtual Linux machines Using VirtualBox While VMware is the most widely recognized virtualization tool it s not the only one Of par ticular note is VirtualBox an open source tool that is in every operational respect nearly identical to VMware Because of those similarities I won t go into any detail here on the instal lation or operation of VirtualBox The primary factor separating the two virtual machine tools is quite simply the price Although it is released under the GNU Public License GPL 2 the licensing of Virtual Box isn t quite as precise as that might indicate Originally released as a fully open source tool VirtualBox was purchased by Sun Microsystems in 2008 and forked into two separate products including the GPL licensed VirtualBox Open Source Edition OSE However Sun requests that developers interested in redistributing the OSE version do so only after con tacting Sun So even the open source version of VirtualBox now contains some use and redistribution restrictions The choice of a closed source license with known terms in VMware or an open source licens
293. new installation is critical You ll want to define a size that allows for some growth while leaving plenty of storage on the drive for the Mac OS X sys tem As shown in Figure 3 9 I allocated 10GB for the Linux installation on an 80GB hard drive AONO introduction Operating System Name Virtual Hard Disk New Virtual Machine Assistant Virtual Hard Disk The virtual hard disk is just a file on your computer which will start small and then grow larger as you add applications and files to your virtual machine Disk size 10 GB This is the maximum capacity of the virtual machine s hard drive gt Advanced disk options _ Cancel _ Go Back Continue Figure 3 9 Sizing the virtual machine Finally the Virtual Machine Assistant will prompt for the installation source which is an actual installation disk or an installation disk file as shown in Figure 3 10 CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION 57 Introduction Finish Operating System The configuration of the virtual machine is now complete Name I Hard Disk The next step is to install Ubuntu in the virtual machine Virtual Hard Dis You may start the installation now which requires the linux Finish installation disc or save the virtual machine and install later start virtual machine and install operating system now Use operating system installation disk O Use operating system installation disk image file
294. nfor mation about the running processes processor use and memory use As a BSD based system Mac OS X also provides the common system monitoring tools top and ps to monitor the sys tem from the command line Mac OS X can also function as a headless system bypassing the Aqua interface alto gether In this command line only mode Mac OS X can provide a variety of network server functions Mac OS X provides several means to add and maintain system users The GUI Accounts tool in System Preferences allows a system administrator to add and remove users with a few mouse clicks Users can also select applications to run at login with this tool While a bit more complex user maintenance can also be performed from the command line primarily using the dscl tool That BSD base provides other familiar functionality for Linux system administrators Log files are located in the standard location var log An administrator can use BSD tools to review the logs or can choose to use the Mac Console application a log review tool that brings all system logs into a single interface Console also allows an administrator to monitor logs in real time and to mark the starting point at which the real time review began Apple s launchd application is currently a drop in replacement for the init and cron ser vices of BSD Using an XML based system launchd reads through both system and user plist files to execute and schedule tasks on the system The inclusion
295. ng users to create local copies of files and then managing concurrent changes at the time of check in to the repository Other Git features include the following Git protocol This is an efficient network protocol created specifically for Git Users can also optionally use the HTTP protocol to check out and commit files Scalability Git is designed with large projects in mind It scales quickly and easily to accommodate ever growing project demands UNIX tool approach Git makes full use of the UNIX philosophy of many small tools that do one thing right As a collection of these tools written in C Git provides nearly unlimited flexibility for developers CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE 231 Cryptographic history authentication Git histories are stored in a way that prevents those histories from being changed This ensures the integrity of the file version histories The source code for Git is available at http git or cz A Mac OS X dmg image is available at http code google com p git osx installer downloads list can 3 as is the OpenInGitGUI front end zip file To build and install Git from the source code package execute the following commands tar zxvf git 1 6 0 4 tar gz cd git 1 6 0 4 configure make amp amp sudo make install To install from the dmg image double click the image file to mount the image double click the installer package and follow the prompts Like Subversion the command set for Git is dee
296. nment on the Mac with a full range of audio editing features The key Audacity features include the following e Ability to record from multiple sources e Ability to simultaneously record and play back audio e Ability to record 16 channels simultaneously e Unlimited undo redo e Support for editing an unlimited number of tracks e Fast editing for large files e Ability to import WAV AU AIFF MPEG and MP3 files with proper libraries e Ability to export MP3 WAV and AIFF files e Noise removal including hiss pop and hum e More than 50 built in effects e Ability to record and edit in 16 24 and 32 bit formats up to 96 KHz e Full support for Linux Audio Developers Simple Plugin API LADSPA Virtual Studio Technology VST and Nyquist plug ins e Frequency visualization via the spectrogram tool Open Source Multimedia Summary The open source tools for editing multimedia files pack a great punch providing much of the same functionality as the commercial alternatives While they re not as closely tied to each other as their commercial counterparts they offer some additional features that may not be available in other tools Features such as full scriptability and third party plug in support extend these tools to fill nearly any editing need The tools mentioned here are by no means the only open source multimedia packages for Mac OS X Developers continue to create strong tools for Mac OS X releasing them under open source licenses Many
297. noteHe 355M 0 TextMate g g 7 2 422M 4 431M 419M Ree PWRRRPNW is a ep ew Figure 6 9 Terminal output from the top command As you can see in Figure 6 9 the output breaks down system usage by individual pro cesses This varies a bit from the typical output of the UNIX top command Mac OS X s top provides columns of information that differ from other top output These columns include those shown in Table 6 3 Table 6 3 The top Command Output Columns Column Head Contents PID Process ID COMMAND The command executed to initiate the process TIME The execution time of the process TH The number of threads utilized by the process PRTS The number of Mach kernel ports utilized by the process MREGS The number of memory regions utilized by the process RPRVT The resident private memory size RSHRD The resident shared memory size RSIZE The total resident memory size VSIZE The total address space allocated to the process including shared pages The output shown in Figure 6 9 is the result of the bare top command top in Mac OS X as in its UNIX counterpart recognizes a large pool of available options for customizing the output These are listed in the top man page available from the terminal window with the command man top 133 134 CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION Listing Processes with ps Mac OS X also makes full use of the UNIX command that lists running processes ps process status
298. nt In order to port your application to Mac OS X you ll need first to ensure that the development system you ll be working on contains the BSD subsystem This is an easy matter of checking the Library Receipts directory for a BSD pkg file This has been installed by default since Mac OS X 10 4 so it s imperative to check only on systems with prior versions of Mac OS X You ll also need to become familiar with the Mac OS X Terminal application which shouldn t be too difficult for anyone comfortable with the terminal in UNIX or Linux Terminal app is located in Applications Utilities As shown in Figure 9 1 Terminal app is a tabbed and themeable terminal To customize the Terminal application open it and select Termninal gt Preferences from the menu bar Several color and font schemes are available in the Settings tab You can also create window groups which are single window interfaces con taining tabs with predefined contents All in all the transition to Terminal app from a standard UNIX terminal application should be pretty seamless HOM Terminal sh 80x24 Installing openexr Activating openexr Cleaning openexr Fetching pcre Attempting to fetch pcre 7 7 tar bz2 from ftp ftp fu berlin de unix misc Verifying checksum s for pcre Extracting pcre Configuring pcre Building pcre with target all Staging pcre into destroot Installing pcre 7 7_ Activating pcre 7 7_0 Cleaning pcre Fetching qt3 Attempting to
299. nt in Word for Mac In general the changes to the Word Excel and PowerPoint applications for the Mac OS are primarily cosmetic The known functionality across the set of tools remains nearly intact although the user path to some of that functionality has been reduced Entourage is the e mail contacts and calendar replacement for Outlook on Mac The Entourage interface is a three pane view by default as shown in Figure 5 24 Entourage mail supports both POP3 and IMAP It sports adequate spam filtering message highlighting and additional security including image security Entourage contacts read directly from Address Book on the Mac and render within the same interface window as Mail CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS 111 Yow yn mesnet o easton seme ot Io camge Reet awm Cogs net mas taenn m ay mags Samina serua anas Gaan a te tater of Choe LO Mee are paast mim oneg Pe tet Marca omat Vow Anass sum Caw 0i 1670018 RPT ee Rarer he Cae ot Cute Dat Aan Paw Snape oan apat pan on BOC ae inssin ee ha ee j ae Sarat mtn Panett og Sy Mae neers ainle K ee mmt set Las tiee mer enemy ed Lo ameron ree maw Unrau reaa athe 3 messed k ba oe ammam Vin Cet te Puta EE Tre baret kan n arahi ane o Lomaa basu F E ET he Uan A G w a aata a aaga mh Corer be we pews spal Mapa A m ph ee maaan peaa Thee a a a aaa a hate taae ant Mo meet Nome erer re ua ne he 2 Pd vov T m ca bors bee coa piae teremee
300. ntents User mailboxes System information since last boot Spoolable tasks awaiting processing Deprecated user mailbox location Temporary files to be preserved between system boots FreeBSD Filesystem Layout The layout of a FreeBSD filesystem is similar to Linux although you ll find some small differ ences Table 2 2 describes the FreeBSD filesystem hierarchy Table 2 2 FreeBSD Filesystem Layout Directory bin boot boot defaults dev etc etc defaults etc mail etc namedb etc periodic etc ppp mnt proc rescue root sbin tmp usr usr bin usr include Contents Root directory of the filesystem User utilities fundamental to both single user and multiuser environments Programs and configuration files used during operating system bootstrap Default bootstrapping configuration files see loader conf 5 Device nodes see intro 4 System configuration files and scripts Default system configuration files see rc 8 Configuration files for mail transport agents such as sendmail 8 Named configuration files see named 8 Scripts that are run daily weekly and monthly via cron 8 see periodic 8 PPP configuration files see ppp 8 Empty directory commonly used by system administrators as a temporary mount point Process filesystem see procfs 5 mount_procfs 8 Statically linked programs for emergency recovery see rescue 8 Home directory for the root account
301. nterface and cycle between desktops on the Mac Configured in this way the Linux installation appears as it does on any computer with full functionality To return control of the window to Mac OS X use the Apple Control key combination This will reduce the Linux installation screen to the size chosen during installation of the VMware Tools package You can also use the Apple Tab key combination to cycle between open applications choosing VMware This will move you to the virtual desktop running your Linux installation By default the networking tools in VMware will create a virtual network interface using Network Address Translation NAT for the actual Ethernet interface on the Mac You ll need to provide Domain Name System DNS information in the network configuration tools of the Linux distribution You may also need to reboot the Linux installation within VMware in order to bring up the new network settings CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION 63 All the Linux developer tools are available as well this is a full Linux installation after all And all the peripheral hardware is available to the virtual machine too You can set up printer access from Linux on the Mac just as you would an actual stand alone Linux machine Uninstalling VMware Uninstalling VMware is easy The VMware installation image contains an uninstallation pack age Running this package will remove VMware from the system but will leave the virtual machi
302. nts to optimize your application Getting Started iPhone Dev Center Mac Dev Center Xcode News RSS Mailing Lists Tips Welcome to Xcode 3 1 P Create your first Cocoa application Learn how easy it is to quickly create build and run your first Mac application ee Build your user interface Learn how Interface Builder works with Xcode to design your lina nd wire your code to the visual controls A ay a D Optimize your application J Learn how to integrate Instruments into your Xcode wor analyze the performance of your applicatior M Show at launch Figure 8 1 Launching the Xcode IDE in Mac OS X At the top of the main Xcode window you ll also find links to internal documentation on a range of topics These include the iPhone Dev Center the Mac Dev Center the latest news on Xcode informational mailing lists on development and Xcode related topics and tips for using the Xcode tools These links point to documentation libraries built into the Xcode tool In order to preserve storage space many of these libraries are initially populated with minimal information locally with the complete documentation set being available online Additionally some documentation sets notably those about Java are not available at all locally The com plete documentation libraries can be downloaded and installed locally if needed by clicking the Subscribe button in the left pane of the window for the documentation set you would like to
303. o Bell Labs the UNIX system was ported to this new platform taking full advantage of its extended capabilities Originally written in assembly language the new system was simultaneously ported to the word based B language It was quickly adopted by the Bell Labs patent department to process the reams of applications and research the office churned through each month But the B language was limited in its use of data structures code objects containing fields items members and or attributes that describe the operation of the code itself These structures exist as abstractions of actual code operations and they help to allow developers to work at an increasing distance from assembly language In short the creation and existence of data struc tures can dramatically reduce the time and the number of errors in developing subsequent code To further streamline the development process Ritchie and Bell engineer Brian Kernighan developed a set of data structures to overlay on the B language The resulting powerful lan guage C bore little resemblance to its predecessor To this day C serves as the core of many operating systems and applications It also serves as the basis for such widely used languages as C Perl and Java The scope and philosophy of C have been carried on in countless other languages and environments Macros and Pipes Two more milestones in the development of UNIX were accomplished in the years between 1970 and 1975 The fi
304. o an administrator as the tools in a Linux or BSD system The biggest difference between a MAMP system and the Linux and BSD tools is file location As you ve seen with other Mac OS X files Apple follows a mar ginally different file structure Some critical configuration files are located in different paths on the Mac than you ve come to expect on Linux or BSD machines The most important of those critical configuration files is the httpd conf file In Mac OS X 10 5 this file is located at etc apache2 httpd conf As with other systems this is the primary configuration file for the default Apache installation in Mac OS X Other than the location of the file it s identical to the one in other Apache installations If you ve configured Apache on other systems configuring it in Mac OS X should be painless In general Apache is configured by providing a series of directives for the server operation in the configuration file These include the location of the root server directory the ports on which the server will listen for requests any task specific modules that will be implemented in the server operation users and custom directory structures The Apache project provides an outstanding configuration overview at http httpd apache org docs 2 0 configuring html The range of options available to an Apache administrator whether on a Linux BSD or Mac system is huge and well beyond the scope of this book With that disclaimer made there
305. oach doesn t employ the familiar tools from BSD such as useradd which includes the ability to add a home directory with the use of a single option in the command line The tools for adding a user via the command line in Mac OS X are instead specific to Mac OS X Here are the steps necessary for creating a new user creating the user s home directory adding the user to a group setting a password and setting permissions on the user s home directory 1 Create the user s new home directory sudo mkdir Users Testy Create a new group for the user sudo dscl create Groups Testy Create a primary group with a unique group ID sudo dscl create Groups Testy PrimaryGroupID 900 Create the new user sudo dscl create Users Testy sudo dscl create Users Testy RealName Test Y User sudo dscl create Users Testy NFSHomeDirectory Users Testy Provide the new user with a shell sudo dscl create Users Testy UserShell bin bash CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION 139 6 Create a user ID for the new user sudo dscl create Users Testy UniqueID 900 7 Add the new user to a primary group sudo dscl create Users Testy PrimaryGroupID 900 8 Create a password for the new user sudo passwd Testy Changing password for Testy New password Retype new password 9 Create the proper permissions for the user s home directory sudo chown R Testy Testy Users Testy
306. obs s hyperbolic announcement of the operating system at the 2000 Macworld conference in San Francisco Two pieces of that announcement in particular made more of those origins than was sup ported by reality e Calling Mac OS X very Linux like Jobs noted that it uses FreeBSD UNIX which is the same as Linux While there are similarities there are also many differences between the two operating systems e Jobs also noted that Mac OS X was completely open source Again that s not exactly true While the Darwin code is in fact open source many elements of Mac OS X are not While the FreeBSD basis of Mac OS X moved the Macintosh into the modern age it is not the completely free and open source operating system painted by Jobs s Macworld announce ment But the timing was right even for an open source based operating system with many proprietary elements By the time that introduction was made hard core computer users and developers had already begun a slow but steady migration to open source The concept of free and open source software FOSS was increasingly popular growing from its origins in the Free Software Foundation of Richard Stallman in the 1980s In the early 1990s Linux had become the most well known of an increasing number of FOSS applications Interestingly Linux creator Linus Torvalds later noted that it was because of the legal action surrounding BSD in those years that he wrote another operating syst
307. of Premiere s main features for professional video editing Nonlinear digital editing Premiere advances nonlinear digital editing with a full set of tools In video or audio nonlinear editing means that an editor has access to any single frame without the need to work through other frames Each frame is as discrete and avail able for editing This is opposed to the old model of editing in which frames of film or video were accessible only by running the video or film to the point of editing Frames couldn t simply be plucked from the existing pool of frames without drilling down into the pool itself In that sense nonlinear editing is a much flatter model of editing designed and approached as if all the frames of a video were laying in order on a table Any frame can be removed or rearranged as easily as any other frame Video editing tools Premiere includes tools for color correction lighting slow motion generation and multiple camera editing The editing tools can output video to High Defi nition HD and support High Definition Video HDV a format that uses compression to squeeze HD content onto the same storage medium as is used for standard definition recording The editing tools will also output video to the Sony created Digital Video DV format Like HDV DV uses MPEG 2 compression to fit high definition video onto smaller form factor media Disc output Premiere will output edited video directly to DVD or Blu ray discs This i
308. of the code that interacts with Darwin is the sole property of Apple Much of the operating system s functionality is controlled by the fact that it s embedded into Mac OS X That has two critical implications for developers port ing applications to the Mac e It necessitates a better than average understanding of the operation of Mac OS X in particular the interaction of Mac OS X with Darwin e It has strong implications for licensing As a developer especially if you ve been an open source developer to this point you ll need to make some decisions about the licensing for the code you re porting to Mac OS X if you hold the copyright on the code That said market share for Apple products has continued on an upward swing for the past several years Some would attribute that to the halo effect of the iPod the belief that it s the iPod that continues to bring new users to the Apple family of products 242 CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM Some would also attribute the positive market share movement to the general Apple philosophy that both its hardware and software should just work To a large extent that s true That philosophy has made it possible to bring many to computing who might otherwise be intimidated by the technology Both the very young and the very old for example seem to feel a higher level of confidence when using the Mac This has helped to lock Apple into a core group of users who will never even
309. ome tools that were too esoteric for the existing user base but that might serve a consumer operating system well BSD also had a large and dedicated user base Bugs in the system were fixed quickly The code was under constant review and revision by the community That community in fact made sure that each new tool added to BSD underwent thorough testing under the UNIX phi losophy that it should work well with other tools That established process and history would potentially reduce the development time for the Apple team Release timing was important to Apple as well A large element of its decline in the early 1990s was due to the company s inability to stick to a regular operating system update schedule The historical view of BSD clearly proved that this critical release cycle could be established and followed at Apple And history had proven the reliability of the BSD system BSD installed machines amassed months sometimes years of uptime without a reboot This was often accomplished despite long periods of intense processing Apple s primary operating system competition in the consumer computing space Microsoft Windows was already scorned in many circles for its tendency to crash at critical moments While stability was certainly important in 12 CHAPTER 1 THE BACKSTORY commerce academia and governmental use the engineers and marketing groups at Apple saw it as no less important at the consumer level Stability was a co
310. ompiler flags for the chosen application target and file specific comments CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE AOE File AppController m Info General Targets Build Comments Name AppController m Path AppController m Choose Full Path Users tony Development Test Application AppController m Path Type Relative to Enclosing Group ge File Type sourcecode c objc E M include in index File Encoding Unicode UTF 8 Line Endings oq Tab Width 4 Indent Width 4 wv Editor uses tabs _ Editor wraps lines Reset to Text Editing Defaults f Make File Localizable oy Figure 8 12 Information about the current file available from the main Xcode interface window Finally the main Xcode window includes a search interface This provides developers with the ability to perform string searches within the selected file Debugging with Xcode An essential part of creating applications is of course the ability to debug those programs you ve created Stepping through code execution one line at a time makes it possible to find coding errors In addition to the project coding and creation tools provided by Xcode you ll also find a robust debugger You can step through your own code line by line or you can attach to and debug a running process that you did not initiate And with your own applications you can set the debugger to attach to any process launched from Xcode only when i
311. onal File Sharing service Time Machine made the tedious task of backup creation infinitely easier for all users By doing so Apple all but guaranteed that users of its operating system would no longer lose critical data either as a result of human error or a system crash The process of creating Time Machine backups is in fact invisible to the user It requires only an easy one time setup Unless an accidental deletion or system crash occurs Time Machine requires no further attention It creates and maintains incremental backups accounting for the amount of storage remaining on the external drive These backups can be full drive backups or may exclude specific user configured files Furthermore these backups can be stored on an external drive that s hard wired to the machine USB or FireWire or sent to a network storage device either wired or wireless In fact a network of Mac computers within a home can back up to the same dedicated network backup device with backup pro files for each individual machine Mac OS X provides tools to restore any piece or all of each Time Machine backup Individ ual files can be recovered easily using the Time Machine GUI Entire systems can be restored using the Mac OS X Utilities menu Overall Time Machine provides seamless backups and easy restoration of lost system files Time Machine is accessible either from a menu or from the System Preferences window Figure 7 1 shows the System Preferences window
312. only memory 7 root access Mac OS X 31 32 Router 36 rpm version 61 RPRVT column 133 RSHRD column 133 RSIZE column 131 133 rsync command 77 Ruby Xcode and 211 212 RubyCocoa 212 RubyGems 212 rulesets 186 runlevels 234 236 S s command 161 S scripts 236 sandbox backups 167 sandboxes 166 scalability 230 Scheduling option 176 Script Editor 217 218 scripting 216 218 AppleScript 216 overview 216 with Script Editor 217 218 scripting languages 218 search command 74 79 Search Domains 36 SearchKit 14 Secure guest account 22 Secure Sockets Layer SSL encryption 170 security 182 192 193 configuring through System Preferences 183 186 ipfw 186 188 overview 182 183 WaterRoof 188 192 Security System Preferences 145 sed command 128 selfupdate command 74 79 selfupdate target 72 Server Message Block SMB 148 set command 188 setpriority_process command 7 setup command 79 setuptools package 209 Shadows 84 shared resources 145 152 Network File System NFS file sharing 151 152 overview 145 printers 148 151 connecting Mac client to 150 connecting Windows client to 150 151 Mac connected 149 overview 148 SMB file sharing 151 web servers 145 148 Apache 147 default installation 145 147 MAMP application 148 MySQL 148 overview 145 PHP 147 148 Sharing System Preferences 145 Shark 71 shell 125 129 changing default 126 128 overview 125 UNIX adminis
313. ons SEARCH FOR 9 Today 3 Yesterday gt Past Week E All Images a Al Movies Md t k 9 items 22 92 CB available Figure 7 5 Selecting files or drives to exclude from Time Machine backups CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION Time Machine can be turned on from the main window when the backups are config ured properly Or if desired the backups can be turned off from the same window Figure 7 6 shows the Time Machine On Off control Time Machine OFF on Figure 7 6 Turning on the Time Machine backups Note As with any other backups the Time Machine backups will become quite large over time However these backups are intelligent in that Time Machine is aware of the remaining space on the Time Machine drive When backups threaten to fill the disk Time Machine will warn the user that older backups will be deleted in order to create new ones In any event an external drive of less than 300GB is probably impracti cal if your intent is to create regular full system backups Recovering Time Machine Backups Recovering files from a Time Machine backup is as easy as the setup The recovery interface can be launched from the Applications directory Shown in Figure 7 7 the Time Machine recovery window takes its own metaphor to the fullest possible extent The cascade of windows in the center of the recovery window represent all the backups created by Time Machine back in time These backups are also accessibl
314. ontrol of AT amp T In 1984 AT amp T divested itself of Bell Labs creating AT amp T Computer Systems with the primary goals of UNIX development and licensing Licensing fees for UNIX System V which included code created at UCB continued to increase As a result many began to push for and investigate the possibility of a BSD like release that would be freely distributable without the encumbrance of AT amp T s licensing fees This lead to the release of Networking Release 1 Net 1 in 1989 which provided only the Berkeley developed networking tools to those without licenses for the AT amp T code Work then began in earnest on Net 2 a release that would completely rewrite the UNIX tools using non AT amp T licensed code That release in 1991 spawned two new efforts focused on porting BSD to the Intel architecture 386BSD a free version of the operating system based on Net 2 and another version created by Berkeley Software Design BSDi BSDi quickly became a legal target for AT amp T s newly formed UNIX System Laboratory USL subsidiary USL successfully pursued injunctive relief against BSDi preventing the dis tribution of the system while further legal action determined whether BSDi had violated the USL held copyright on UNIX System V and its trademark on UNIX That action prevented the distribution of BSDi s version for nearly two years It also prevented the further development of BSDi derived systems as rights to all BSDi code remain
315. open a terminal window and make some quick updates to Fink as follows fink scanpackages fink index CHAPTER 4 BUILDING OUT THE LINUX ENVIRONMENT 77 These steps will completely update your Fink installation Using Fink Fink has several methods for updates and for self updates You can choose your preference from the command line when you perform an update That choice will become the default For example should you prefer to self update via HTTP or FTP use the following command fink selfupdate If your preference is to update using rsync use the following command fink selfupdate rsync In general the rsync mirrors are only an hour or so behind the CVS servers If you re behind a firewall that blocks rsync you may be able to update via CVS using the following command sudo fink selfupdate cvs This option also assures that you re using the most recent Fink code Fink is easy to configure for package access From a terminal window enter the following command sudo fink configure This will allow you to select code repositories for the apt system in Fink and your chosen methods of code downloads This is very similar in look and function to the apt configuration in Debian based Linux distributions In that regard Fink becomes more like MacPorts as well If you ve been using a Debian based Linux distribution the other Fink tools will look familiar Fink allows you to use dselect should you choose as show
316. oportion structure of the HFS ate amount of storage A 5KB file for example was handled in the filesystem same way as a 25KB file they were both assigned a single alloca tion block In other words smaller files were allocated the same amount of space on a drive as larger files Users of early HFS based Macintosh systems resorted to many schemes to use disk space more efficiently Perhaps the most popular was one that later carried into other consumer operating systems the practice of creating multiple partitions on a single hard drive With smaller partitions HFS created smaller allocation blocks thus reducing the sometimes ludi crously large storage allocation for smaller files The practice also allowed for a larger number of files on the drive Each partition was viewed as a volume by the system containing the same 65 535 allocation blocks The limited number of allocation blocks and files was but one issue with early versions of HFS The filesystem had performance issues namely that only a single application at a time could write to files in this structure That led to long queue times and applications that seemed to overpower the system As hard drives continued to grow and application demands increased a revision to the original HFS filesystem was in order Volume Bitmap Catalog File Extents Overflow File Alternate MDB 20 CHAPTER 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS MAC OS X HFS HFS was first incorporated into the Mac w
317. or example 60 utilization of each processor in a dual processor system would show a value of 120 Thr The number of threads in use by the given process RSIZE The size of the resident memory allocated to the given process This is the amount of RAM currently in actual use by the system Virtual Memory The total address space allocated for the given process Kind The processor type used for the noted process This will display Intel for Intel native binaries and PowerPC for binaries running under the Rosetta PowerPC emulator PID Process Name User CPU Thr RSIZE Virtual Memory Kind 32692 frl iTunes tony 23 1 26 235 26 MB 1 34 GB Intel 145 hpdot4d root 2 0 3 508 00 KB 587 93 MB Intel 34922 e Firefox tony 1 9 16 176 36 MB 1 11 GB Intel 36175 E Activity Monitor tony 1 9 5 12 09M8 990 18 MB Intel 36176 pmTool root 1 8 1 1 41 MB 595 68 MB Intel 0 kernel_task root 1 4 57 145 59 MB 1 09 GB Intel 4871 WindowServer _windowse 1 3 5 90 70 MB 1 012 28 MB Intel 4969 SystemUlServer tony 0 7 9 10 91 MB 935 31 MB Intel 137 HPIO Trap Monito root 0 3 1 14 MB 589 12 MB Intel 34967 Dropbox tony 0 2 14 53 84 MB 987 38 MB Intel 4932 HP Event Handler tony 0 2 4 1 98 MB 851 27 MB Intel 4942 MagiCal tony 0 1 1 6 41 MB 948 80 MB Intel 4949 Radioshift Helper tony 0 1 7 16 60 MB 937 50 MB Intel l 38 confiad root 0 0 3 1 11 MB 587 26 MB Intel Ma Figure 6 6 The main Activity Monitor window displaying pertinent information about the current syste
318. organized in the project within folders in the left pane of the Xcode window The folders include classes other sources resources frameworks and products Double clicking a file name in the Xcode tool will open the file in the built in text editor Xcode creates files with basic information in the header including the code author and copyright information This is based on information in the user s entry in the Address Book application The files also contain the basic code necessary to create the specific file for the application again based on the chosen application type The Xcode text editor utilizes full syntax highlighting in addition to inserting comments for the developer specific to the project type In the example shown in Figure 8 6 the com ments provide the developer with information about the creation of a function for setting the value of input ports This type of commenting is provided throughout all new project files CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE 199 PB Os String Matching gt Classes gt Other Sources gt Resources gt Frameworks gt 0 Products gt Targets oa aa BOoRGR o P Teci Info plist gt 3 Errors and Warnings x gt q Find Results InfoPlist strings English gt LH Bookmarks Introduction qtz gt EI SCM m main m v Project Symbols MainMenu xib English gt Implementation Files ena ranencs gt GNI Files T Test Application app
319. ork Apple s package for word process ing spreadsheets and presentations Unlike the iLife tools iWork is not included with new Macs However iWork is surprisingly affordable at 79 US The iWork tools include the Pages word processor the Numbers spreadsheet and the Keynote presentation tool Functions are shared across the iWork suite simplifying overall use 112 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS Pages The iWork equivalent to Microsoft Word is Pages the native Mac OS X word processing appli cation Pages opens with options for creating a document based on any of many included templates as shown in Figure 5 25 These types are divided into two main categories e Word Processing Documents such as blank pages letters forms resumes and reports e Page Layout Documents that require more complex layouts such as brochures flyers posters and business cards Choose a template for your document All Word Processing Blank Letters Envelopes Forms Resumes Reports Miscellaneous Page Layout Blank Newsletters Brochures Flyers Posters Cards amp Invitations Business Cards Miscellaneous F Don t show this dialog again Open an Existing File Close Choose Coss Choose Figure 5 25 Selecting a document template in Pages Templates in Pages go a step further than those in other word processing applications they fill in the body of the template as visual support for the user T
320. ote backups And of course rsync operations can be scripted and executed automatically via cron or launchd A typical rsync command might look like this rsync avuE delete exclude from Users tony rsync_excludes Users tony Volumes Backup Archive This command will execute rsync as follows e Create an archive a creates a recursive copy with all attributes preserved e In verbose mode v e Updating any existing archive of the same name u and preserving extended attri butes and ACLs e While deleting files delete on the destination that have been deleted on the source e And excluding files exclude from in Users tony rsync_excludes from the backup These options will be applied to the process of backing up the Users tony directory to the Volumes Backup Archive directory The preceding command can be included in a quick bash script to execute the backup with a shorter command or to include in cron or launchd To restore the backup created in this example all that s necessary is to reverse the source and destination rsync avuE delete Volumes Backup Archive Users tony Note The exclude from option can generally be omitted from the restore command as the files to be excluded were not included in the original backup If rsync is used to create a full system backup the exclude from option is extremely use ful Apple recommends that several files and directories including swap files and temporary dire
321. p 170 Mac Dev Center 196 Mac DVD drive 68 Mac Mozy software 170 Mac OS X 9 16 BSD implementation in 14 installation disc installing Xcode tools from 68 70 interfaces 34 36 NeXTStep 9 10 overview 9 permissions 30 32 reasons for developing NeXTStep around BSD base 11 13 reasons to switch from Linux to 14 15 System Preferences 145 183 Terminal access 32 34 Mach kernel 9 10 macholib package 209 Macintosh See Mac Macintosh File System MFS 17 18 mac kde org 251 254 255 MacPorts 71 75 105 106 installing 72 installing KDE using 255 257 overview 71 72 using 73 75 MacRoman 20 Macromedia 99 macros 2 3 Magic GarageBand project 94 main py file 210 maintenance and revision control Xcode 218 232 managing changes with Git 230 231 overview 218 219 Subversion 219 220 using Subversion from command line 221 using Subversion GUI front ends 222 230 make_process command 7 makefiles 246 248 MAMP application 148 MAMP tools 145 man command 3 man top command 133 mapping table 20 master boot record MBR 42 Master Collection Adobe Creative Suite 100 Master Directory Block MDB 19 Maya 209 MBR master boot record 42 MBR table 48 50 MDB Master Directory Block 19 merge command 220 231 merge subcommand 221 Merge tool 229 metadata zone 21 MFS Macintosh File System 17 18 Microsoft Office for Mac 109 111 mini debugger Xcode 205 206 mmacosx version min version flag 248 Mo
322. p The command syntax is as follows git version exec path GIT_EXEC_PATH p paginate no pager bare git dir GIT DIR work tree GIT_WORK_TREE help COMMAND ARGS The most common Git commands are listed in Table 8 8 Table 8 8 Common Git Commands Command Description add Adds file contents to the index bisect Finds the change that introduced a bug by binary search branch Lists creates or deletes branches checkout Checks out a branch or paths to the working tree clone Clones a repository into a new directory commit Records changes to the repository diff Shows changes between commits commit and working tree and so on fetch Downloads objects and references from another repository grep Prints lines matching a pattern init Creates an empty Git repository or reinitializes an existing one log Shows commit logs merge Joins two or more development histories together mv Moves or renames a file a directory or a symlink pull Fetches from and merges with another repository or a local branch push Updates remote references along with associated objects rebase Forward ports local commits to the updated upstream head reset Resets the current HEAD to the specified state Continued 232 CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE Table 8 8 Continued Command Description rm Removes files from the working tree and from the index show Shows various types of objects status Shows the working tree status tag Creates
323. p the elements of which were most popularly accessed with a mouse another first for personal computing With menus WIMP also gave users a means to access the full feature set of an application without a requirement to remember each and every element Though the concepts of WIMP had been known in technical circles since the early 1970s Lisa OS was the first to implement those concepts in a computing system outside a laboratory Relying primarily on Lisa Pascal the WIMP concept implemented by Apple would prove revolutionary 7 CHAPTER 1 THE BACKSTORY And Finally the Mac The Apple Lisa was ahead of the curve in personal computing on many levels Unfortunately for Apple it also required hardware upgrades that pushed the cost of the Lisa to nearly 10 000 hardly a price point that would appeal to the masses That same year Jobs began the search for a more seasoned chief executive officer CEO for Apple The company had ambitious expansion plans in place for the years ahead and needed an executive who could oversee and implement those plans Jobs landed on John Sculley then CEO of PepsiCo While Sculley had never worked in the tech sector his reputa tion and resume with PepsiCo was in Jobs s eyes a perfect fit Sculley had been the youngest Vice President of Marketing in PepsiCo s history and sub sequently the company s youngest president He had a keen marketing eye and was unafraid to spend on advertising He instituted the
324. partition on the first hard drive where 0 is signifi cant only in the case of the drive itself not the partitions created on the drive So you now have two of the critical pieces needed for resizing the partition on the hard drive the verb resizeVolume and the name of the partition to be resized disk0s2 in my example To create a new partition on the same drive using the same command you ll need to use several more options The next piece is the filesystem type of the new partition According to the help pages of the diskutil command the following are valid Valid filesystems Journaled HFS HFS Case sensitive HFS Case sensitive Journaled HFS HFS MS DOS FAT16 MS DOS FAT32 MS DOS FAT12 MS DOS UDF UFS ZFS The next piece of information you ll need for the new partition is an identifier In this case let s just call it Linux Finally you ll need to make sure the system knows how big this new partition should be diskutil provides a tool you can use to see the available size of a partition diskutil resizeVolume diskOs2 limits For device disk0s2 OSX Current size 79548170240 bytes Minimum size 45846577152 bytes Maximum size 79682387968 bytes This will give you a basis from which to resize the drive In my case I would like to leave 60GB on the drive as my Mac installation With 79 6GB available I ll make sure the newly resized boot partition is 60GB while creating a new partition of 19 6GB T
325. pen source tools for Mac OS X available online Adding new tools or maintaining exist ing tools on your Mac system is a simple command line operation Both the MacPorts and Fink projects bring that online functionality to the Darwin element of Mac OS X MacPorts On its home page http www macports org MacPorts is described as follows by its developers 72 CHAPTER 4 BUILDING OUT THE LINUX ENVIRONMENT The MacPorts Project is an open source community initiative to design an easy to use system for compiling installing and upgrading either command line X11 or Aqua based open source software on the Mac OS X operating system To that end we pro vide the command line driven MacPorts software package under a BSD License and through it easy access to thousands of ports that greatly simplify the task of compiling and installing open source software on your Mac Installing MacPorts You can download MacPorts from http www macports org install php Installation pack ages are available in several forms including a Mac dmg disk image source code in both tar bz2 and tar gz forms or Subversion SVN checkout A selfupdate target also exists for sys tems that already have MacPorts installed In general the easiest installation for MacPorts is with the dmg package To begin the installation download the package and double click the dmg file This will mount the image on the system and open a directory to expose the pkg installer file
326. pplications are targeted to business or consumers Mac users are accustomed to paying for the efforts of developers That s a bit different environment than that in which many Linux developers have found themselves Some Linux developers subsist on salaries or hourly wages paid for in house Linux and UNIX related work rather than relying directly on payment for software develop ment The licensing of many Linux and UNIX applications sets up just such a scenario While direct compensation for UNIX work is more common than such payments for Linux work the slice of the market pie controlled by UNIX is likely to decrease in coming years as Linux development continues apace It s much easier for new companies to leverage an open source platform than to pay considerable licensing fees for either UNIX or Windows So two of the three market slices from which developers can reasonably expect to draw an income for their efforts Windows and UNIX are shrinking while the Apple slice continues to grow each year across a wide range of environments While neither of those other two slices is likely to go away completely in the forseeable future the income opportunities do continue to decrease Note With the introduction of Apple s App Store an entirely new income avenue opened up for develop ers To the tune of more than 10 000 applications software created by individual developers by small and medium development houses and by large companies has fo
327. propriate that the Xcode tool would provide the means by which to create these files As a recent addition to Xcode the plist editor is included in Xcode 3 1 and later To launch it double click the Info plist object in the project s Resources folder A default plist file is shown in Figure 8 7 Note Though Xcode includes a plist editor it s not actually necessary in order to create or modify plist files As XML files the plist files can be created and edited with any text editor 0O00 Info plist 10 5 Debug i386 z on v B A Overview Build and Go Tasks Ungrouped Project Key Value w information Property List Localization native development re English Executable file S EXECUTABLE_NAME Icon file Bundle identifier com yourcompany PRODUCT_NAME identifier InfoDictionary version 6 0 Bundle name S PRODUCT_NAME Bundle OS Type code APPL Bundle creator OS Type code 777 Bundle version 1 0 Bundle versions string short 2 0 Main nib file base name MainMenu Principal class NSApplication Figure 8 7 Creating a plist file for the new application Working in the Main Xcode Window Rather than launching a single file in the built in Xcode editor by double clicking it you can configure the tool to provide access to all files in a single window You can also configure external editors in the Xcode preferences Figure 8 8 shows this configuration opened for the AppController m file In this configuration
328. pted as an advanced computing workhorse its high hardware manufacturing costs like those of Apple s Lisa would eventually determine its fate By 1993 it was clear that profitability was nowhere on the horizon NeXT returned to its original software only business plan changing the name to NeXT Software Inc and laying off more than half its employees A partnership with Sun Microsystems funded by 10 million cash from the Santa Clara California company kept the software business moving forward though slowly The partners created OpenStep a version of NexTStep minus the Mach kernel with a commitment to use the software in future Sun SPARC machines By 1996 still heavily loaded with debt NeXT Software was ripe for an acquisition Back at Apple Following Jobs s departure from Apple the company went through a period in which it seemed at once overambitious and underachieving The company took on some daunt ing development tasks beginning with a port of the Mac OS to the new PowerPC platform The development came at a huge financial cost and bore little practical result To great fan fare Apple announced the Copland project a complete update to the operating system The rewrite was highly anticipated by Mac users but was never completed And the product line was fragmented into increasingly smaller chunks creating a growing impression of Macintosh computers as simply niche machines Interest in UNIX and Linux operating systems d
329. ptions User Tony Steidler Dennison WARNING Changing these settings might damage this account so that you cannot log in using this account You must restart your computer to use changes to these settings Group ID 501 Short Name tony Login Shell bin bash Home Directory Users tony Choose UUID B874AE32 60E8 4868 98FE 4E825D523A12 Create New Aliases Figure 6 2 Advanced user options in System Preferences To make the change from the command line use the chsh tool in a terminal window sudo chsh tony This command will open a window with output similar to the following Changing user information for tony Use passwd to change the password Ht Open Directory Local Default Ht Login tony Uid 501 Gid or name 501 Generated uid B874AE32 60E8 4868 98FE 4E825D523A12 Home directory Users tony Shell bin bash Full Name Tony Steidler Dennison Office Location Office Phone Home Phone In this window change the shell defined in the She11 line Then save and close the file The default user shell will be changed to your preference 128 CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION The chsh tool also exists in many Linux distributions including Ubuntu However there are significant differences between the Linux implementation and the Mac OS X implementa tion In Linux for example the tool is much more targeted to the user shell cho
330. put file for lines that match a set of patterns specified literally in prog or in one or more files specified as f progfile With each pattern there can be an associated action that will be performed when a line of a file matches the pattern sed Reads the specific files or the standard input file if no files are specified modifying the input as specified by a list of commands The input is then written to the standard output The sed utility is a stream editor sort Sorts lines of text files Writes sorted concatenation of all files to standard output uniq Reports or filters out repeated lines in a file The uniq utility reads the specified input file comparing adjacent lines and writes a copy of each unique input line to the output file cat Concatenates and prints files The cat utility reads files sequentially writing them to the standard output The file operands are processed in command line order xargs Constructs argument list s and executes the command The xargs utility reads space tab newline and end of file delimited strings from the standard input and executes the command with the strings as arguments exec Takes a command as an argument and runs that command within the running shell s process CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION 129 Command Description head Displays the first lines of a file This filter displays the first count lines or bytes of each of the specified files or of the standard inp
331. qlite3 ruby Module that enables Ruby scripts to interact with a SQLite 3 database libxml ruby Module to read and write XML documents using Ruby dnssd Ruby interface for DNS service discovery implemented as Bonjour in Mac OS X net Pure Ruby implementations of the SSH and SFTP client protocols Additional Ruby libraries and modules can be downloaded from http rubyforge org These are available in tgz source code packages or as gem files available to RubyGems Using the RubyGems tool a developer can add libraries and packages developed by other Ruby users This follows the model created by Perl developers and the CPAN system In short these libraries represent a true implementation of modular design With a good understanding and frequent use of the modules found on the RubyForge site you ll clearly save development time effort and debugging by utilizing prewritten code As with PyObjC the installation of RubyCocoa will make Ruby visible to the Xcode tool As shown in Figure 8 22 it s possible to create a new Ruby Cocoa project directly from Xcode with the RubyCocoa framework installed Note The RubyCocoa site http rubycocoa sourceforge net HomePage provides ample resources to get you started with Ruby development in Mac OS X including articles on the Ruby way Ruby extensions and detailed tutorials on Cocoa programming with Ruby An even more detailed list of RubyCocoa resources can be found at the Ruby Inside site http
332. r code control include native Mac OS X applications as well as tried and true open source alternatives GUI options and command line tools The flexibility you ve seen in the user tools applies equally well to the developer tools in Mac OS X In this chapter we ll cover development with Xcode scripting and code maintenance and revision control We ll begin with a look at the Xcode IDE Using Xcode As discussed in Chapter 4 Xcode is the Apple development environment provided on the Mac OS X installation DVD Xcode has everything necessary to develop and debug applications for the Mac Xcode is a complete IDE including a text editor build system debugger and com piler It s the central point for development of nearly all the applications on the Mac and the very same IDE used by developers within Apple Instructions for installing Xcode from the Mac OS X installation DVD are provided in Chapter 4 Once installed the Xcode tools can be found by default on the boot volume These tools are installed in the Applications subdirectory of the Developer folder on that volume 195 196 CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE As shown in Figure 8 1 the main Xcode window offers all the Xcode options You can jump right into the IDE by selecting Create your first Cocoa application Alternatively you can choose the other options to work with the Interface Builder build a new database for your application data with Core Data or use Instrume
333. r finding installing and maintaining new applications on the system The latter is the BSD ports system The core implementation of BSD in Mac OS X is Darwin Many Darwin projects are released under the Apple Public Source License which has been approved as a free software license by the Free Software Foundation but is not recognized as compatible with the GNU General Public License GPL Some other projects are released under other licenses such as launchd Apple s init replacement which is under the Apache License Darwin also includes a large variety of projects from the open source community and these are released under vari ous licenses Mac OS X is compatible with the Single UNIX Specification Version 3 is certified UNIX 03 compliant and is fully POSIX compliant Apple makes much of the source code for Darwin available on the Web from its open source site at http www opensource apple com darwinsource With the GCC compiler installed with Xcode many of these tools can be downloaded compiled and installed on your Mac OS X system However you may encounter some issues with dependencies on proprie tary elements of the operating system While most pieces will work be aware that you may not be able to compile every piece of the Darwin system Two other projects exist to provide open source tools to Mac OS X users Both of these projects more closely reflect the operation and spirit of the BSD ports system in that they make o
334. r the PrivateHeaders directory in the current directory sudo ln s Versions A PrivateHeaders PrivateHeaders Now copy the header files from your uncompressed and untarred I0KitUser directory into the PrivateHeader kext directory sudo cp path to the I0KitUser directory IOKitUser version kext subproj h PrivateHeaders kext Next build the kextsymboltool from source and copy it into the PATH gcc o kextsymboltool kextsymboltool c I cctools version include sudo cp kextsymboltool usr local bin That completes the prebuild configuration for your system Now we can move on to the full kernel build 240 CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM Note The kernel building files may require rebuilding and reconfiguration as versions of the individual tools are updated However that will be the only time rebuilding and reconfiguration are required The gen eral build environment you set up should need to be created only once Building the Kernel After the multiple steps required to set up the build environment building the kernel itself seems like a breeze Uncompress and untar the xnu kernel source tar zxvf path to the kernel source xnu version tar gz cd xnu version source SETUP setup sh make exporthdrs make all Note If you re using csh the source command should be source SETUP setup csh instead When the build process is complete you ll find a freshly built XNU Mach kernel in the xnu vers
335. ration in Mac OS X starts with the setup of the built in Apache server To turn on the server select Sharing from System Preferences and check the Web Sharing check box as shown in Figure 8 23 This enables the Apache server on your Mac OS X machine using both a system home page and a user specific home page as noted in the links within the con figuration window You can check the status of the server by clicking the home page links in this window As shown in Figure 8 24 a default home page is displayed in Mac OS X when the Apache server is properly configured The index file is located in Users user Sites 214 CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE Computer Name Cerebellum Computers on your focal network can access your computer at Cerebellum local Service Web Sharing On DVD or CD Sharing Web Sharing allows users of other computers to view web pages in the Sites Screen Sharing folders on this computer File Sharing Printer Sharing Your computer s website Web Sharing htte 192 168 1 110 Remote Login Remote Management Your personal website Remote Apple Events http 192 168 1 110 tony Xgrid Sharing Internet Sharing Bluetooth Sharing P Click the lock to prevent further changes Figure 8 23 Configuring the Apache server from System Preferences DAD aos Lhe Nhe las Lo pup 192 168 1 110 t0rvd Your website here You can use Mac OS X Personal Web Sharing to publish web pages or shar
336. re 7 10 In CCC these are selected from drop down menus in the main window The Cloning options menu in this win dow provides options to create a full backup or an incremental backup of selected files CCC also provides a look ahead at how the selected actions will direct the work flow once they are kicked off by the user as shown in Figure 7 11 Source Disk Target Disk Z osx A it Backup a Items to be copied I 3 Osx Cloning options Backup everything 9 l Erase the target volume This volume will be bootable Figure 7 10 Selecting source and target volumes in Carbon Copy Cloner 164 CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION What is going to happen The entire coments of OSX will be copied onto Backup merging the contents of he two volumes hems on Backup will be overwritten by items at the same path on OSX Click the lock to make changes C Save Task Figure 7 11 A bit of user hand holding in the Carbon Copy Cloner main interface As with other Mac OS X applications the settings for CCC can be locked down with the padlock icon in the lower left corner of the main window requiring the administrative pass word for future changes As noted earlier CCC can also execute external scripts to further tailor the operation of the application The window for configuring these external scripts is shown in Figure 7 12 CCC can execute the external scripts both prior to and after executing its own main op
337. re 7 40 several options are available for restricting the connection types available to your computer a In this step we create rules to deny access from this Computer to the Internet or to the local network You cam deny generic services for example you can deny access to the web or to pear2pear Or you can choose to deny access to a specific host In thes Case you wil deny access to every service available on that host For example you may use host specific rules to deny access to a particular web site or pear2pear tracker Mease select options from popup and enter P Address if Step 2 needed i want to deny connection to S servers Addthis ruie Figure 7 39 Configuring outgoing connection rules 192 CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION p2p web ftp mail chat a specific host Figure 7 40 Connection types to be disallowed from your computer The WaterRoof Wizard also provides tools to limit bandwidth use on your machine as shown in Figure 7 41 It allows you limit bandwidth by connection type web sites mail or P2P and to set the allowed bandwidth for those connections a Here we decide to limit bandwidth for incoming traffic Please check wich service you want to limit and move the slider to set the bandwidth Before choosing the correct value you should be aware of the amount of bandwidth available to your computer For example PSTN modems has a bandwidth of 56 kbit s ISON 128Kbit s slow A
338. renaming touching untouching and deleting the file e Actions to compile preprocess and show the assembly code for the file All in all the most common file actions are provided from within the main Xcode window As shown in Figure 8 11 Xcode provides other developer options within the main window including the ability to build an executable binary with a single button click When the Xcode IDE Add gt Open With Finder Open As p Reveal in Finder Reveal in Group Tree Open in Separate Editor Add to Bookmarks Get Info Rename Touch Untouch Delete Group Compile Preprocess Show Assembly Code Figure 8 10 Actions available in the Xcode interface is actively building a binary or is engaged in some other task that temporarily excludes user interaction the Tasks indicator in the main window bar will become active painting the stop sign a bright red er m Test Application z a E O asoma Build and Go Tasks Info Search Figure 8 11 Additional file options available within the Xcode main window In addition to the ability to build and compile from the main window Xcode also provides a tool to view and edit all the available information about the current file within the main interface The Info button at the top of the main Xcode window reveals another window with this information as shown in Figure 8 12 This window includes several tabs of information including general information targets additional c
339. resented as a drawing application Draw is more anal a a 8 neooffice_base_nain png NeoOffice Impress presents the familiar interface of a powe NeoOffice Base is a standalone database application i SSSA Lee eee ea In most significant ways NeoOffice is an outstanding and While presented as a drawing application Draw is more anal Openoffice EOS bie OpenOffice is a productivity suite originally created as NeoOffice Base is a standalone database application intend ffice_main png 6 In most significant ways NeoOffice is an outstanding and p OpenOffice too contains several tools widely accepted as In June 2888 OpenOffice org released it s first self conta l Wropping Up the Apple and Linux Tools Status 9 differences Actions iw Figure 8 34 Viewing differences between file commits in Versions One of the features of Versions that clearly distinguishes it from other front end Subver sion tools is clear the first time you open the client The main interface as shown in Figure 8 35 provides the option to create a free online repository via Beanstalk 228 CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE 00o Beanstalk Version Control with a Human Face BCD a SST ros gs beara com accounts nem Sy Yale coogi a aie ee ee Rese gt a ee aaam Create an account Create your x y tree and get starte Personal Intormation Account Setup GMT 11 00 Internation
340. rg packages take on part of the look and feel of the Mac OS X desktop The window controls are Mac while the contents of the window are drawn by KDE KDE applications are installed in opt kde4 bin by the KDE installer packages The appli cations can be launched using the Finder You can also create shortcuts to the Applications directory by pressing Option Cmd while grabbing the application from opt kde4 and drag ging it to the Applications folder Overall the installation of KDE using the mac kde org packages is easy If you want to install KDE with minimal effort these install packages are a good way to go Note To uninstall the mac kde org KDE installation remove the opt bin kde4 opt bin kde4 devel and opt qt4 directories If you ve started a KDE application you ll also need to kill the indi vidual KDE processes or restart the system You can find those processes using the ps xa grep kde command Then execute kill process id from the command line CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM 255 Akregator Fetch Feeds Fetch All Feeds AbortFetches Mark Feeds as Read Back Y Forward Y Reload top Feeds Unread Total gt MINI 52 52 Search Status All Articles a gt Blogs 408 408 e Y mac 713 713 A a 5 Release Note Java for Mac OS X v10 5 Release Notes Update 1 Apple 10 10 Date Thursday 01 January 2009 13 00 amp Ap 10 10 Apple H 0 0 Lists resolved and outstanding developer issues with Java for Ma
341. rge and complex scripts The scripting features in bash include the popular POSIX shell features redirection pipes variables conditionals looping including for and while loops and functions Bash scripts have become the backbone of many administrative tools and tasks in UNIX BSD and Mac OS X Such administrative scripts can be created on the fly with any text editor and tested line by line or command by com mand Aside from powerful programming capabilities bash features aliasing command prompt customization and environment variables These allow administrators to fully customize their daily work environment Administrators can in a sense build an environment that gives them the most comfort familiarity and flexibility for their own uses 125 126 CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION Changing the Default Shell If you re currently a system administrator and hopelessly hooked on another shell environ ment it s possible to change the default shell in Mac OS X The default Mac OS X installation includes bash tcsh ksh and zsh a lot of flexibility in shell environments The binaries for all these shells are located in bin To change the default shell open the Terminal application and select Preferences Choose the Settings tab and the Shell option In the Startup text box enter the path to your preferred shell In Figure 6 1 this default shell has been changed to tcsh located in bin tcsh Close the Prefer
342. rough 1984 The revised machines included the Apple II Ie Ie Enhanced and III These systems used a variety of operating systems including Apple Pascal Apple SOS and Apple ProDOS In 1983 Apple introduced the Lisa and another new operating system Lisa Office System OS implemented a set of process management system calls that bore some resemblance to UNIX Among the calls were make_process kill_process activate_process and setpriority_ process The initial process init was created by the operating system as the shell process when the machine was booted serving as the parent for all other processes Additional pro cesses could be created only by existing processes Additionally the Lisa OS filesystem bore a striking resemblance to UNIX albeit with a few additional Apple pieces Like UNIX the filesystem contained files folders disk volumes and printer and serial devices The system also supported permissions on a per file basis But the most striking feature of the Lisa was a full graphical user interface GUI as inspired by efforts at Xerox s PARC laboratory In 1979 Jobs and a team of Apple engineers were granted full access to the PARC facilities in exchange for 1 000 of pre IPO Apple stock The Xerox PARC system used a method of human machine interaction referred to as WIMP for window icon menu pointing device The WIMP paradigm provided nontechnical users with an easily understood visual metaphor that of the deskto
343. rst was in essence another modernization of an older computing idea the concept of macros Like data structures at the code level macros contained a set of actions and operations that could be executed by users and developers with minimal keystrokes The overriding idea was to group these sets of tasks together in a series of operations initiated by a single keystroke Also like data structures these operations could be created and tested dis cretely assuring error free operations when combined Macros did not exist in the early iterations of the C language Due to the growing complex ity and power of that language macros for it were more difficult to create because that power and complexity demanded a similar level of power in macro like operations Ritchie and Kernighan approached this problem head on creating a concept that would truly distinguish the UNIX operating system from others of its day and from most that followed Rather than creating new code for macros Ritchie and Kernighan envisioned a concept that would allow the output of one existing command or tool to be passed as input to another This concept efficiently leveraged the previous work of creating the individual system tools eliminating duplicate effort More important it also created a seemingly infinite number of tool combinations Any tool could perform its discrete operations and then seamlessly pass the result of those operations as input to any other tool for further
344. rt factor in making a transition from Linux to Mac OS X It s clear that much of what can be done on one system can be done on another although the path to similar tasks may vary The systems share a common ancestor after all in UNIX BSD is UNIX Mac OS X is based on BSD although it also contains quite a bit of proprietary code And Linux is really a close cousin BSD can run Linux applications pro vided the optional Linux emulation layer is selected as an install component Linux however can t run BSD applications Add to that basic differences in binary formats and it s not always clear how a specific tool or process will translate from one platform to the other As a result it s not always evident how these robust platforms can be unified to bring the best of all worlds into a single system For example how can we tie the multimedia capabili ties of Mac OS X to the strong network infrastructure of BSD and the complete configurability and flexibility of Linux That would be the ideal certainly It s tough to get to that point with out some details on the similarities and differences between the systems the strengths and weaknesses really Once you have that knowledge it becomes much clearer how to best fit the pieces together to meet your needs With that understanding it s much easier to adjust your system to meet your work flow In this chapter we ll start by focusing on those similarities and differences comparing BS
345. s Eo Cancel Figure 8 36 Creating a repository bookmark in RapidSVN CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE As with other GUI Subversion tools the repository is browsable in a single RapidSVN window as shown in Figure 8 37 S i amp Y amp Bookmarks Name v Revisions y file Volumes Media repos L r E Revisions 16506_ch05 doc 16506_ch05_artwa _ 16506_ch06 doc _ 16506_ch07 doc 16506ch02_FP doc 16506ch04 doc 16506ch_1 1_unix 16506ch_1 1_unix _ advanced_network bash_profile png ch_1 unix_history Ch_2 Links txt Ch_2 Notes txt _ chapter_3_images _ disk_util osx_driv gt ay a Revision 266 105 Rep Rev 266 177 175 198 232 160 145 148 150 67 67 46 54 53 105 70 Author tony tony tony tony tony tony tony tony tony tony tony tony tony tony tony tony Status Prot Ready Figure 8 37 Browsing the repository in RapidSVN The RapidSVN Preferences window allows you to configure the various tools used to take actions on the files controlled by Subversion As shown in Figure 8 38 these include the Diff tool the Merge tool and the editor The Preferences window also provides general configura tion options and options for authentication 229 230 CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE Note As is the case in Linux you can check whether a specific tool is in the path on your Mac OS X sys tem To do so
346. s In the event of a disaster what s the best way to recover these backups What are the best Mac OS X tools What are the best command line tools These are all critical 155 156 CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION questions and of course questions that are best answered before a catastrophic crash rather than after Fortunately Mac OS X provides a wide range of backup and recovery options in both GUI form and as UNIX based command line Darwin tools All the various options can be sched uled to perform backups regularly without further intervention using launchd or cron And with straightforward recovery options you can feel comfortable that your critical data won t be lost on your Mac OS X system The Mac Approach to Backup and Recovery As you might guess many of the best native Mac OS X backup options are GUI based Mac OS X itself includes an outstanding and easy to use backup tool and many third party tools pro vide similar or more powerful backup and recovery features Let s start with the built in Mac OS X tool for backup and recovery Time Machine Backups With the launch of Mac OS X 10 5 Leopard Apple released a native backup tool that is both robust and easy to configure Time Machine the Mac OS X native backup tool was one of the most highly anticipated and widely praised elements of the Leopard release By automati cally scheduling hourly backups to an external drive or to another Mac using the Pers
347. s important to many multimedia professionals as due to the shorter wavelength of its laser Blu ray is capable of storing up to ten times more video information than standard single layer DVD discs This means that discs can be used not only for finished video products 102 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS but in some cases also as one off storage of raw media For finished products Blu ray also supports the full 1080p video format the highest quality video format currently available Although television has yet to adopt this standard for broadcast many movies are now in video release on Blu ray in the 1080p format All reputable HD television sets support the 1080p format as well The ability to output a completed video file directly from Premiere to disc promises producers and editors significant time savings when mastering their final product Output formats Premiere can export finished video to a wide range of formats Video edited in Premiere can be exported to Flash and to formats supported by mobile phones and other mobile devices These formats include MPEG 4 m4v H 261 H 264 and FLV This flexibility in formats provides authors with a full range of options for distributing their work Camera setup and calibration Premiere using the OnLocation package provides tools for camera calibration for monitoring the input and output signal levels and for adjust ing those levels where necessary The monitoring tools i
348. s from OSX What s going to happen Every Monday Tuesday Wedeesday Thursday asd Friday at 9 30 PM Backup ali files wil be usad 10 copy OSN to Backup Erase hen copy has been selected s the During copy opto This will completely erate Backup then copy the selected files to z from ox Copy Now Delete Edit Figure 7 17 The upcoming scheduled SuperDuper backup operations SuperDuper provides a simple backup tool set while still managing to focus on the most useful options for home Mac OS X users These options provide real flexibility in how backups are created run and stored They also provide additional power in prebackup and postbackup operations including custom scripting backup image creation and storage of created back ups And SuperDuper provides the tools to create sandbox backups that will considerably shorten the time necessary to recover from many system crashes 170 CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION While the tool set is much simpler than that of CCC SuperDuper still manages to provide considerable power for the user However only the most basic of these features are available in the free version In an approach that s fairly common for Mac OS X software many of the more advanced features of SuperDuper including sandbox creation scheduling and scripting require the user to purchase a copy of the software from the Shirt Pocket site Fortunately as in most cases t
349. s is granted to the user installing the system This is accomplished by adding the user to the admin group The admin group has limited administrative access to the system When administrative access is required to complete a task the user is prompted for the local user password If the request is made during the use of a GUI based application Mac OS X requests the user password in a pop up window Mac OS X also makes use of sudo access when working in the terminal As the root user is unavailable by default this sudo access follows the permissions structure of the wheel group To enable the root user in Mac OS X versions prior to 10 5 Leopard the netinfo applica tion was required This application has since been removed from Mac OS X To enable the root user in Leopard and later double click the Applications folder in the Dock double click the Utilities folder in the Applications window and double click the Directory Utility applica tion in the Utilities window Select Edit from the menu and click Enable Root User You ll be 32 CHAPTER 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS MAC OS X prompted to enter a password for the root user This will allow any user with the root password to gain full access to the system Note Many modern Linux systems such as Ubuntu and Fedora disable root access by default This is intended as a measure of strong security on these systems The use of the wheel group allows the creation of administrative privileges t
350. s of Java are included in the J2SE 5 installation while the J2SE 6 version is 64 bit and Intel only It s easy to create a new Java project in Xcode as shown in Figure 8 19 As Java is a native development language in Mac OS X no further modification is required for Xcode to see and make Java available within its tool set Choose a template for your new project K Mac 05 x A Application ws Jawa Applet java Appkc ation Java INE Audio Units Automator Action Application Bundle Command Line Utility sere gt iil Frarmew ne Description This project builds an Ant based Swing application Kernel Extension Standard Appie Phug ies Static Library Other a D Figure 8 19 Creating a Java application in Xcode Some additional tools are installed in Mac OS X specifically for use with Java Apache Ant is the tool used by Mac OS X to compile and run Java applications This too is included in the standard Mac OS X installation The Jar Bundler allows developers to build and deploy Java JAR files as applications that can be launched in the same way as any other Mac OS X appli cation These JAR files won t require the use of the terminal for operation Additionally the Mac OS X installation includes Applet Launcher which simplifies applet testing in Mac OS X by providing a GUI to Sun s Java plug in Applets can be launched from an HTML page with applet performance and behavior settings configurabl
351. s the domains sequentially User Local Network and System until it finds the necessary resource Exposing the Filesystem To get a better look at the components of the filesystem you can use the commands listed in Table 2 5 Table 2 5 Commands for Viewing the Filesystem Components Command Purpose Is List directory contents cd Change directory df Display disk free space dirs Display list of remembered directories fdisk Partition table manipulator fsaclctl Enable disable access control list support Continued 28 CHAPTER 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS MAC OS X Table 2 5 Continued Command Purpose fs_usage Filesystem usage process pathname GetFileInfo Get attributes of HFS files quota Display disk usage and limits The ext2 ext3 Filesystem in Linux The majority of Linux distributions have moved to ext3 as the default filesystem If you re using Fedora Ubuntu SuSE Mandriva Debian or any of the other popular Linux distribu tions you re already familiar with ext3 Based on ext2 the core of ext3 is an extremely stable and time tested filesystem with few open issues ext2 introduced in 1993 and based on the Berkeley Fast File System BFFS was created with full and easy extensibility in mind ext2 has proven stable and extremely reliable in both consumer and commercial Linux applications ext3 adds a journaling layer to ext2 Announced by its author Stephen Tweedie in a 1999 kernel group mailing ext3 al
352. s typically shared across a network and how to configure and administer those resources on a Mac OS X system Mac OS X and Web Servers Perhaps the best known shared resource in modern computing is the web server Few shared resources on any platform have had more impact on computing Mac OS X like its BSD and Linux brethren is fully capable of providing the resources to serve up web pages and web applications In fact much of what s needed to put a Mac OS X machine on the Web is included in the initial installation A default Mac OS X installation includes the Apache web server PHP Perl and MySQL Those are the fundamental elements of MAMP Mac Apache MySQL and PHP or Perl It s possible to get this default installation up and running fairly quickly on your Mac with mini mal configuration Configuring the Default Installation In order to configure test and use the Apache server installed on your Mac you ll need to reconfigure the sharing and security options in Mac OS X System Preferences To allow access to the web server select Sharing from System Preferences and check the Web Sharing box This will also set access to the server in the Security section of System Preferences You can confirm the firewall settings by selecting Security from the System Preferences and clicking the Firewall tab Web Sharing will be displayed as an allowed option in the security settings The MAMP tools included in Mac OS X look much the same t
353. s well as radio type sound effects for use in podcasts as shown in Figure 5 16 These audio effects can be applied to instruments voices or externally imported tracks No Artwork Available Drag Amato Leaps here Real insirument Master Track show an g No Effects Figure 5 16 Tracking a waveform in GarageBand GarageBand uses MIDI to interface with external musical instruments You can select the instrument for which audio is being composed for instance if the external MIDI instrument is a simple keyboard the instrument being composed can be a grand piano Via the MIDI inter face GarageBand can capture and notate music as it s played on the external instrument as shown in Figure 5 17 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS 97 Figure 5 17 Musical notation created by GarageBand When projects in GarageBand are complete they can be sent to iTunes sent to iWeb sent to iDVD saved to disk or burned directly to a CD or DVD Figure 5 18 shows an example of exporting a project from GarageBand Send your song to your iTunes library iTunes Playlist Anthony Steidler Dennison s Playlist Artist Name Tony Steidler Dennison Composer Name Tony Steidler Dennison Album Name The Roadhouse Podcast v Compress Compress Using AAC Encoder 4 Audio Settings Custom J 192 kbps Highest Quality Stereo optimized for MMX SSE2 Estimated size 84 5MB Figure 5 18
354. se NSNot ification notif ication NSApp terminate self 7 n exanple of progranmatically setting the value of input ports Notice that the QCPotchPorometerView is automatically updated by setting the View ireute 1BAction changeCo lorToB lue i sender Colors acieu setVolue NSColor blueColor forInputKey Top_Co qeView setValues NSColor cyanColor forInputKey Midale_c aH acView setValue NSColor blueColor forInputkey Bottom_Color Numbers acView setValue NSNunber numberWithDouble 5 forlnputkey Font_Size Strings Figure 8 13 Debugging code in the Xcode text editor Thread List Breakpoints Debugger Continue Call List Thread 1 s gt Mi HBB tAppController awakeFromNib l Titi 7 Step Out Step In Step Over Figure 8 14 The Xcode debugger strip Table 8 1 Xcode Debugger Strip Items MAC OS X AND CODE 205 Item Description Thread list Shows the thread currently under control of the debugger Breakpoints button Sets and deactivates the debugging breakpoints Continue button Continues the execution of the debugger Step Over button Instructs the debugger to skip or step over the current line of code Step In button Instructs the debugger to step into a function or a specific line of code Step Out button Instructs the debugger to step out of a function or specific line of code Debugger button Opens the GDB GNU Project Debugger window Call li
355. se primary issues in mind the Hierarchical File System HFS was introduced by Apple in 1985 to replace MFS HFS serves as the basis of the Mac OS X filesystem today but with many changes and improvements HFS Compared with MFS HFS takes a markedly different approach to the metadata that describes the files on the system Apple created a filesystem based on B tree structure The B tree structure is as the name implies a tree like structure based on data trunks branches and leaves This structure stores the system file metadata in a catalog file which can be searched more quickly The catalog file also provides a higher level of redundancy for these files moving much of the critical data into nearly independent files and away from the flat file structure of MFS B tree data structures have the advantage of faster access on a hard drive than is avail able with most filesystems Note While the term B tree is commonly used to describe the trunk and leaf structure of the HFS file system the B tree structure differs from a true B tree In the B trees implemented in HFS branch and leaf nodes must be two thirds full prior to the creation of new nodes rather than the half required by B trees This also requires that adjacent nodes share a common key identifier When the two nodes are full they re split into three B trees are also distinct from B trees which chain all leaf nodes together in a inked list Despite these important differen
356. sed on the Apple Human Interface Guidelines applications take on a much cleaner look than their Windows counterparts The look includes the rounded corners shadowing and transparency of other Mac OS X applications The main menu bar in all Office applications is pared down considerably reducing the clutter of the Windows version Many menus have been collapsed into a single menu bar with those menu options running one or more layers deep Figure 5 21 shows the main Word toolbar Figure 5 21 The main Word toolbar To give you an idea of the Office applications interface in Mac OS X Figure 5 22 shows creating a new Word document and Figure 5 23 shows editing a Word document SS 0D ae ee eee ee Figure 5 22 Creating a new document in Word for Mac 110 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS Lorem Ipsum Dolor Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing elit sed dium nonummy aibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commode consequat Duis autem vel ewm iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facil sis a4 vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent buptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi Nam liber tempor cum soluta not eleifend option congue nihil
357. sets can be included from the other Mac OS X tools including iTunes and iPhoto Built in tools include those for adding titles and captions When editing is complete final videos can be sent directly to iDVD for DVD mastering or exported to a number of formats suitable for a range of purposes from the iPhone to YouTube First Project Drag media here to create a new project me 5 om a x x i 7 8 0 Event tibeary Last Import Fad iPhoto Videos Y mm 2008 F New Event 9 6 08 B OB amp Show favorites and Unmarked 4 05 selected 31s total Figure 5 6 Editing video in iMovie 90 CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS iDVD is the native Mac OS X DVD creation and mastering tool Figure 5 7 shows its opening window iDVD 08 gt Create a New Project et Open an Existing Project Magic VD E OneStep OVD Figure 5 7 Creating a new DVD project in iDVD iDVD includes several tools for quickly creating and burning DVDs As shown in Figure 5 8 Magic iDVD allows a user to drag an existing Apple format movie into a window select a theme import any additional graphics from the other iLife tools and burn a DVD with a single mouse click iDVD also includes OneStep DVD which is even easier to use than Magic iDVD A user can attach a video camera via FireWire insert a blank DVD and burn the movie to disk simply by clicking one button in the window Note Unlike iMovie whi
358. sion of the application 2 Double click the icon of the downloaded application 3 Copy the efi directory from the downloaded image to the root level of the Mac 4 Open a terminal window and enter the following commands cd efi refit enable sh 5 Reboot the system when complete The rEFIt menu will appear at bootup The rEFIt menu allows you to choose which system you ll boot into much like Grub or the even older LILO It also provides the rEFIt shell and the ability to shut down or restart the system from the rEFIt menu Should you choose to uninstall rEFIt that s also easily done While booted into the Mac system remove the efi directory from Volumes boot volume name Also be sure to remove the rEFItBlesser folder from within the Library StartupItems directory Configuring and Customizing rEFIt rEFIt is customizable in many ways To make machine specific changes to rEFIt s operation and behavior you ll need to edit the refit conf file This is located in the efi directory in the boot volume at Volumes boot volume name efi refit refit conf As with many similar configuration files options for rEFIt s operation can be turned on or off by commenting or uncommenting application directives in the configuration file The following is a representative example from the actual refit conf file refit conf Configuration file for the rEFIt boot menu Timeout in seconds for the main menu screen Setting th
359. source projects including Apple s Darwin Fink MacPorts GNU libtool GCC and Autoconf He continues to make contributions to these projects when time allows Originally from Ireland Peter has traveled the world living in the United Kingdom Australia Hong Kong and Japan before moving to Winnipeg Canada where he shivers through winters with his wife and daughter XV Preface didn t come to the Mac overnight though it must have seemed that way to my friends and family One day I was extolling the virtues of Linux and open source the next I was talking about the Macintosh platform with nearly as much vigor My first computer was an Atari 1040ST a stunning piece of machinery for 1986 It was available for less than 1 500 and came equipped with an entire megabyte of RAM I hadn t been in the fledgling computer club in school during the 70s and I really couldn t put my finger on why I had any interest at all in computers In fact I m not sure I had even seen one before taking a sales job at a Federated electronics store Computers were for geeks after all or as we so mockingly called them in school nerds But from the first time I connected to CompuServe computing had its hooks in me deeply In just a few short weeks I had made friends with a fellow computer enthusiast in our city of Arlington Texas and we managed to battle it out in mock dogfights online with a crude flight simulator for hours on end Our fa
360. ssword Hint Recommended C Turn on FileVault protection Canes Cr Figure 6 13 Adding a new user with the Accounts tool To delete a user on the system using the Accounts tool click the minus sign at the bottom of the users pane Figure 6 14 shows the resulting window which provides options for the user data after deletion of the account These options include creating a disk image for the contents of the user s home folder leaving the home folder entirely intact or deleting it altogether CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION Checking a radio button and clicking OK will delete the account handling the user s home folder as you specified Are you sure you want to delete the user account Laurie Ste r Dennison To delete this user account select what you want to do with the home folder for this account and then click OK Osave the home folder in a disk image The disk image is saved in the Deleted Users folder in the Users folder QO Do not change the home folder The home folder remains in the Users folder O Delete the home folder Figure 6 14 Deleting a user with the Accounts tool In addition to creating or deleting users the Accounts tool lets users set which applica tions on the system will start when each user logs in To add an application to the list click the plus sign below the applications list and then select the application from the resulting window Selecting the che
361. st Shows the call stack list of called routines Additionally the debugger provides code data tips By hovering the cursor over the code in debugging mode you ll have access to a progressive disclosure mechanism that allows you to view and change your application s variables Using the Mini Debugger The full debugging interface while powerful can sometimes be a bit of overkill It s not always necessary to open a full window nor is it desirable when what you really need is just a quick assessment of how your program is operating For those purposes Xcode provides a mini debugger This small debugging interface floats above a running application providing many of the same tools that are available in the full version The mini debugger shown in Figure 8 15 includes functions to from left to right stop and pause the code select the project and activate deactivate breakpoints within the code Figure 8 16 shows an example of the mini debugger in operation In this figure the process under control of the debugger known as the infe rior is stopped Xcode Test Application Thread 1 5 wat A EE AppController awakeFromNib AppController m 15 awakeFfromNib m Cel e a entation AppControl ler void avakeFromNib ce irgi acies loodCoapositionFroaFile NSsundle mainBundie pathFore NSLog Could not load composition Figure 8 16 The mini debugger in operation Xcode Test S 0
362. st of the same tools used by the Apple developers to create Mac OS X That means that applications cre ated specifically for the Mac will have a consistent feel and operation A broad range of purely open source development tools is also available to install on the Mac with minimal effort The Mac development tools can be used in tandem with these open source development tools From within the same environment developers can create cross platform open source applications or applications specifically for the Mac Release Stability Because Apple s operating system and application developers are working with known hard ware using common code for development Apple s operating system releases are extremely stable That commonality allows Apple s quality assurance testers to create test cases that will encompass the full range of possible issues in the code Summary UNIX BSD and Mac OS X have clearly followed a long path to the convergence represented by the current Macintosh operating system They re marked by many similarities and many significant differences UNIX and BSD users will find the underlying Mac OS X environment very familiar while Linux users will find enough commonality with their own operating system 16 CHAPTER 1 THE BACKSTORY to provide a lot of comfort Add to that the hardware control common code release stability and beautiful look and feel of Mac OS X and a move from Linux to Mac becomes much more attrac
363. stallation Type Installation Summary ee Figure 9 7 Beginning KDE installation from mac kde org When the download is complete open the kde mac folder and double click the kde mpkg file as shown in Figure 9 8 Though the directory contains a full list of pkg files they will be installed in the proper order by the kde pkg file Table 9 3 lists the software tools included in the package 2005 Bo CD 16550 amarok pkg T 7 0 RELEA discliso BD Django Re Bive Note kdeadmin pkg E Entourage season 2 kdeartwork pkg Entourage Season 3 kdebase runtime pkg BD Entourage Season 4 kdebase pkg E Home Movies E iMovie Events Music PGT Sie El Desktop D Entourage Season One kdeedu pkg GB tony I Heroes 5 DVO np kdegames pkg Documents DB Heroes Season 2 kdegraphics pkg Downtoads kde mac kdelibs pkg Name kde mpieg E Mythbusters kdemultimedia pkg Kind Installer package fae GB NO_DIREC 1n Feature Kdenetwork okg Size 116 KB on disk GB NO_DIREC in Feature r kdepim pkg Sai Pictures G Paralietss gt kdepimlibs pkg amp kdepreregs pkq kdesdk pkg D The Howlin Wolf Story kdesupport pkg Gill The West Wing Stason 1 gt kdetoys pkg n More info r in Created Today at 10 40 aM Gi Randy Ne P3 ZLions Modified Today at 10 40 AM Sam Cook ented Sout Last opened Toda
364. stem Linux and UNIX included If you re interested enough to have picked up this book you re about to enter a new and thoroughly satisfying computer experi ence Mac for Linux Geeks is based on my own personal experience in the transition from Linux to the Mac Those of us who have spent time in the Linux realm tend to view and use comput ers a bit differently than the rest of the world as epitomized by the old joke What are the two best things to come out of Berkeley UNIX and LSD Personally I love the power and flexibility of the command line Mac OS X has that I love the ability to dash off a quick script to solve an immediate problem and then finding that it works in other situations just as well Mac OS X has that I like to compile my own software with options to tailor it specifically for my use or my machine Mac OS X has that I m almost cranky in my devotion to source con trol Mac OS X has that I want a nice visual representation of the hour long audio files I knock out each week in The Roadhouse Podcast Mac OS X has that I want a filesystem layout that makes sense in light of my longtime Linux use Mac OS X has that too I want complete control and flexibility in my operating system environment Mac OS X certainly has that In the pages PREFACE xxi that follow we ll walk through these personal requirements and many others for the millions of Linux users around the world But be aware that if you ve purchased
365. t crashes Consistent with Apple s philosophy of creating tools that are flexible for developers Xcode provides a number of ways to debug your applications The method you choose is entirely up to you and will undoubtedly depend on your preferred work style and environment Running the Debugger in the Text Editor The Xcode debugger provides the ability to debug your code directly in the text editor This can be a big time saver if you re creating and debugging code on the fly To access the debugger in the text editor double click the file to be debugged to open it in the text editor Then with the text editor in the foreground select Run gt Go Debug from the Xcode menu 203 204 CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE Two pieces of the debugger in the text editor are important to you as noted in Figure 8 13 the debugger strip and the gutter The debugger strip shown in Figure 8 14 includes the items listed in Table 8 1 The gutter allows you to set or edit breakpoints Debugger Strip Thread 1 3 t f Aji 1AppControlier awakeFromnib 4 gt AppController m 15 awakeFromNib 2 AppControl ler te Test Application on 18 11 88 Created by Tony Steidter Dery 2088 All rights reserved Copyright Tony Steidler Denn f IZA vi 2 inport AppControl ler b Ginplenentation AppControl ler Gutter void avokeFronNib NSLog Could not load composition yold window LIC lo
366. t t OG ed z Figure 3 14 Beginning the Linux installation within the virtual machine I also recommend that you install the VMware Tools package on the system when the Linux installation completes As shown in Figure 3 15 the tools will allow you to more effi ciently manage memory and to take advantage of improved graphics in the virtual machine In order to install these tools the guest system must be fully booted and operational E Installing the VMware Tools package will greatly enhance graphics and mouse performance in your virtual machine WARNING You cannot install the VMware Tools package until the guest operating system is running If your guest operating system is not running choose Cancel and install the VMware Tools package later Figure 3 15 The VMware Tools Package installation prompt CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION 61 To install the VMware Tools package select Virtual Machine from the Mac OS X menu bar and choose Install VMware Tools This will open the archive manager in Ubuntu with both an rpm and a tar gz version of the VMware Tools package as shown in Figure 3 16 Extract the tar gz package to the desktop and then close the archive manager You ll find the install script vmware install pl in the vmware tools distrib directory on the desktop 00O Ubuntu Oo File Edit View Terminal Tabs Help m To run a command as administrator user root use sudo lt command gt See ma
367. t the basic distinction between a distribution and an operating system In order to simplify the following discussions a bit we ll look at the various BSD ver sions FreeBSD OpenBSD and NetBSD as a single entity We ll also view the various Linux distributions as one system Some would argue that it s not entirely accurate to make such a statement as they have some differences But the similarities between BSD versions and between Linux versions make an argument that focuses on the differences a bit pedantic for our purposes Distribution vs Operating System The Linux model has become very familiar in the computing world A Linux kernel is coded and tested by the communtiy and then approved for release by Linus Torvalds The testing and development of the individual tools used in the system occur outside the kernel testing Linux distribution creators then package the kernel with a full set of tools both for the system and for users There are literally dozens of these packages Linux distributions to serve any number of user needs Some provide commercial support for a fee Most rely on community support for noncommercial use In other words Linux is a kernel included in collections of applications called distributions BSD is a full operating system that includes both the kernel and the userland tools All elements of the system are under the control of the primary BSD developers whether the par ticular flavor of BSD is NetBSD
368. tab see mdmfs 8 b Within usr local the general layout sketched out by hier 7 for usr should be used Exceptions are the man directory which is directly under usr local rather than under usr local share and the ports documentation is in share doc port A memory based filesystem is sometimes mounted at var This can be automated using the varmfs related variables of rc conf 5 or with an entry in etc fstab see mdmfs 8 4 The var tmp files are usually preserved across a system reboot unless var is a memory based filesystem Mac OS X Filesystem Layout Mac OS X approaches the filesystem layout from the perspective of multiple privileged and unprivileged users The system is divided into four filesystem domains User This is the domain in which a logged in user has complete control of resources The User domain is determined by the user s home directory and can reside either on the boot volume Users or on a networked volume Table 2 3 describes the basic system setup for the User domain it may contain additional directories Figure 2 2 shows the typical contents of a user home directory in Mac OS X 26 CHAPTER 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS MAC OS X OOOO cites Or a le eaei fe jo Y DEVICES a Home a E Media a Applications Bi osx Audiobooks Desktop E Development Documents Downloads jahstorage Library BD logs f LJ NONAME 4 V PLACES Desktop ji Documents
369. tartup scripts to start various services and applications Most Linux systems also have an etc rc d directory which contains symlinks to actual scripts in the etc init d directory In the etc rc d directory the symlink names start either with S for a startup script or K for a kill script followed by a number When the system starts it finds all the S scripts in etc rc d and then works through them in numerical order to execute the appropriate etc init d scripts This process is also applied when shutting down the system using the K scripts In BSD systems all system startup scripts reside in etc rc d and scripts for third party applications reside in usr local etc rc d Startup and shutdown scripts are controlled by another set of scripts in etc The names of these scripts begin with rc Bootup services are defined and configured in etc rc conf To summarize Linux uses telinit to move between runlevels as defined by etc inittab BSD uses etc ttys to open ttys and the reboot or shutdown command to start or stop the system Linux uses startup scripts in etc init d via order named symlinks in etc rc d init d to start and stop services at bootup and shutdown BSD defines its startup ser vices in etc rc conf using rc named scripts in etc rc d to start these services at bootup Licensing Linux as you know is released under the GPL This license aims to prevent closed source soft ware Any application developed and release
370. teryService 2208 09 27 17 20 00 411 NocySockup 57 2e8b service Automatic gt MangReporter bockups are active gt java 203 07 27 17 20 00 675 NoryBockup S7 sit service Scheduled backups are active Mory log 2208 07 27 17 20 05 906 MozySockup 57 2006 service Scheduling Software Update log next baup for 2000 09 27 17 25 90 0500 gt WebObjects 2088 09 27 17 20 09 051 MorySockup 57 3b0b service Automatic j bochups are active 0 Y varjiog So 2208 09 27 17 20 09 062 Mory ockup 57 b00 service Scheduling alf Jog next bockup for 2086 29 27 17 25 09 0500 Figure 7 24 Viewing the Mozy log in the system Console Restoring files from Mozy backups begins with loading all the restore information created in Mozy as shown in Figure 7 25 When the restore options are loaded a new window will dis play all the files available for restoration by Mozy As shown in Figure 7 26 these are displayed by directory rather than by the backup sets created earlier Selecting a file from the window and then clicking Restore will grab that file from your account on the Mozy servers and restore it to its original location on your local drive oe Loading restore information Figure 7 25 Restoring files from a Mozy backup 176 CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION OO ON RS OS ll i i 4 Select files to restore Backup Date All Files x Applications Gy hure Desktop Q Developer tony gt Ge Documents g opt a Downloa
371. text editor see Figure 9 12 256 CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM 00o IN Google Konqueror Location Edit View Go Bookmarks Tools Settings Window Help aaao aA AABS B s Ija Web images Maps News Shopping Gmail moe v IGoogle Sign in Google Google Search I m Feeling Lucky hangu age Tooke Advertising Programs Business Solutions About Google O08 Privacy Figure 9 11 Konqueror the KDE browser and file manager in Mac OS X 00e IX Info plist Kate File Edit Document View Bookmarks Tools Sessions Settings Window Help ng 2 Q AQQ sox BAAR y P lt xal version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 7 gt a lt DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC Apple DTD PLIST 1 6 EN http www apple com DTDs PropertyList 1 0 dtd gt lt plist version 1 6 gt lt dict gt lt key gt CF Bund LeDeve Lopment Region lt key gt lt string gt English lt string gt lt key gt CFBundleExecutable lt key gt lt string gt EXECUTABLE NAME lt string gt lt key gt CFBundleIconFile lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt key gt CFBundleIdentifier lt key gt lt string gt com yourcompany PRODUCT NAME identifier lt string gt lt key gt CFBund LeInfoDictionaryVers 10n lt key gt lt string gt 6 0 lt string gt lt key gt CF Bund lLeName lt key gt lt string gt PRODUCT_NAME lt string gt lt key gt CFBundlePackageType lt key gt lt string gt APPL lt string gt lt key gt CFBundleSignature lt key gt estring gt
372. th a version of AT amp T UNIX known as Apple UNIX Apple UNIX was the operating system used on the Apple Macintosh Quadra machines The Quadra 700 and Quadra 900 were introduced in 1991 and were built around the Motorola 68040 CPU With the known reliability of UNIX and powerful 25 MHz CPUs the Quadras were marketed as high end professional machines geared to replace the Macintosh II NeXTStep NeXTStep was a direct descendent of 4 3BSD Its distinction from BSD rested in its use of the Mach microkernel originally designed as a drop in UNIX kernel replacement Developed at Carnegie Mellon University in 1985 the Mach microkernel provides operating system and application services by calls to user mode servers This is in contrast to the monolithic kernel design of BSD wherein applications obtain services such as operating system services by making system calls directly to the service These services don t exist in the kernel space of the Mach kernel they exist in user space The kernel merely routes the interprocess communica tion IPC call to the appropriate server which then handles the request to the application The result is that the Mach kernel is a much lighter structure with a lot of the heavy lifting done in user space In almost all other respects NeXTStep was a standard BSD operating system 9 10 CHAPTER 1 THE BACKSTORY Initially the Mach microkernel was in fact slower than the monolithic BSD kernel When the
373. that you ll still want to use some of your favorite Linux applica tions and do so within your chosen desktop environment Remember that Mac OS X is a BSD like UNIX system so many of those tools you ve come to rely on in Linux will be available in Mac OS X as well generally via MacPorts or Fink You ll find that both KDE and GNOME are available for Mac OS X although some functionality may be a bit limited Here we ll look at how to install these two popular Linux desktop environ ments on your Mac OS X system Note The full experience with Linux desktop environments will also require xquartz 2 3 2 available as a release candidate from http xquartz macosforge org This version reintroduced full screen support A version for Mac OS X 10 6 Snow Leopard will also include full screen support Installing GNOME As the default desktop environment of several of the most popular Linux distributions Ubuntu and Fedora in particular GNOME has been the desktop on which many users have cut their Linux teeth But GNOME is more than just a desktop It s also a development platform and a large project to coordinate the efforts of developers working on GNOME com ponents For Mac OS X GNOME is available via the usual port systems including MacPorts and Fink Installing GNOME using MacPorts is much the same as you ve seen with the other MacPorts installations In the case of GNOME the following command will install the gnome desktop package
374. the other and to enjoy an even higher level of efficiency PREFACE If I ve learned anything about the greater Linux community it s that we are as a group extreme Tux loyalists There s a sincere dedication on the part of many to the grandeur and idealism of the free and open source software FOSS philosophy as presented by Eric Raymond s seminal The Cathedral and the Bazaar Longtime Linux users may find it difficult to make the mental shift from that idealism to an acceptance of a proprietary operating sys tem even one that relies so heavily on a FOSS core In my own experience I ve been no less the loyal idealist But for many there s a deeper issue at play An evangelist s attitude regarding FOSS is only as good as the efficiency of the code itself If FOSS applications are cranky inefficient and generally difficult to implement those applications will never make it beyond the horizon of hard core users Despite a history approaching 15 years for example the Linux desktop has yet to find its way into the mainstream where the underlying FOSS principles can reach full fruition Making computing more affordable and accessible is a goal that essentially starts with the usability of the operating system and the user interface In other words the greater FOSS goals of spreading the power of computing without regard to economic circumstance are entirely reliant on making the entire computing platform hardware and software
375. the file testfile txt This allows for much tighter control of file and filesystem operations 22 CHAPTER 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS MAC OS X Mac OS X 10 4 Tiger added inline attribute data records to the seven existing structural elements of the operating system Inline attributes are yet another B tree structure which contain the following Inline attribute data records Small data attributes that can fit within the file itself This field in HFS is currently reserved for future use e Fork data attribute records References to a maximum of eight extents that can hold a collection of attributes larger than those contained in the inline data attribute records e Extension attribute records Extension to a fork data attribute when its eight extents are already in use Mac OS X 10 5 Leopard added more than 300 changes and improvements many of which were feature additions and bug fixes for user applications Leopard also introduced a number of new developer technologies several of which will be covered in Chapter 8 Five additional security improvements were rolled in e Application layer firewall Mac OS X already ships with the BSD ipfw firewall a topic covered in some depth in Chapter 7 The application layer firewall is exposed to the user and operates at the socket level bound to processes rather than packets e Secure guest account This feature allows for the temporary creation of a secure guest account This account
376. the ipfw man page on your system for a full descrip tion of these commands and options It s a powerful tool that can be used from the command line to lock down your system with nearly any degree of security you prefer Using WaterRoof An ipfw Front End Clearly not everyone agrees that the command line is the most efficient way to administer the finer points of your system security included The System Preferences security options in Mac OS X are pretty powerful but quite frankly don t even approach the flexibility of a BSD tool like ipfw And of course with security flexibility is actually everything The more granu larly you can create your security rules the more likely you are to defeat potential security compromises while allowing normal system operations by most users To get there some pre fer the command line and others prefer a GUI tool WaterRoof provides a clean and very detailed GUI interface to the ipfw tools It s free and available for download from http www hanynet com waterroof It clearly answers the needs of those who prefer GUI configuration tools to the command line CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION WaterRoof provides a clean interface to create and configure the ipfw rules As shown in Figure 7 34 the options in the main interface include the following e Static Rules Allows the user to create unchanging ipfw rules e Dynamic Rules Allows the user to create dynamic ipfw rules As noted
377. thentication 231 CSRG Computer Systems Research Group 4 CUPS Common UNIX Printing System 148 cut command 129 CVS Concurrent Versions System 219 220 Cyan Magenta Yellow Black CMYK 83 D DARPA Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency 4 Darwin 11 71 Darwin X server 84 Dashcode 71 Data fork 19 dd command 129 163 DEBUG kernel configuration 237 DEBUG_TRACE kernel configuration 237 Debugger button 205 debugging with Xcode 203 207 debugger window 206 207 mini debugger 205 206 overview 203 text editor 203 205 DEC Digital Electronics Corporation 4 Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency DARPA 4 delete command 188 262 INDEX dependents command 74 deps command 75 describe command 79 Design Premium package Adobe Creative Suite 100 Design Standard package Adobe Creative Suite 100 devices 38 39 accessing from command line 39 accessing through GUI 38 39 overview 38 df command 27 DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol 36 diff command 129 221 231 Diff tool 229 diff cmd CMD option 221 Digital Electronics Corporation DEC 4 digital negatives 101 Digital Video DV format 101 directives 145 directory record 18 Directory Service command line tool dscl 31 Directory Utility application 31 Directory versioning 219 dirs command 27 disable command 188 Disc output 101 Disk Utility 38 diskO command 52 disk0s2 command 52 disk0s3 command 52 diskutil tool
378. thernet i TEP IP DNS WINS AppleTalk 802 1X Proxies Ethernet a IPv4 Address 192 168 1 110 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Router 192 168 1 1 Configure IPv6 Off Figure 2 6 Advanced network configuration in the GUI tool in Mac OS X lt Built in Ethernet TCP IP DNS WINS AppleTalk 802 1X Proxies Ethernet Ethernet ID 00 16 cb a7 74 a4 Configure Automatically E Speed 100baseTX f Duplex full duplex flow control MTU Standard 1500 44 Figure 2 7 Additional Ethernet configuration with the GUI tool in Mac OS X 37 38 CHAPTER 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS MAC OS X Devices and Drives Consistent with BSD Mac OS X contains a dev directory to abstract devices to files However the naming conventions for these devices are uniquely Macintosh names Hard drives for example may be disko or where multiple volumes reside on a single disk diskOs1 disk0s2 and so on There is some common rhyme and reason with BSD systems in the naming conven tion disko represents the first disk on a specific controller just as dev hddo represents the first hard drive The devices and drives can be accessed through a GUI tool or through the command line Accessing Devices and Drives Through the GUI Devices and drives can be accessed via the Disk Utility application available in the Applica tions Utilities folder Disk Utility provides information about the drives currently
379. tion may be listed as Windows rEFIt refines the existing tool and makes the multiple boot experience more accu rate and much better Note The Myths and Facts page of the rEFit site http refit sourceforge net myths notes that Boot Camp isn t actually necessary in order to install Windows or Linux The rEFIt developers make a com pelling case noting changes to OS X in the release of 10 4 6 However having made the strong case against Boot Camp they conclude that though Boot Camp isn t necessary it is helpful The rEFIt developers make much the same case about Linux BIOS compatibility mode it s not necessary as elilo will boot Intel Macs Again though they conclude that BIOS compatibility requires less effort CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION 43 Downloading and Installing rEFit rEFIt is available as a free download at http refit sourceforge net Two versions of the application exist an automatic installation package and a manual installation version To install the automatic version follow these steps 1 Download and mount the rEFIt image by double clicking the icon 2 Double click the rEFIt mpkg file in the mounted rEFIt image 3 Follow the instructions to select the Mac OS X volume in which rEFIt will be installed 4 Reboot the system when the installation is complete The rEFIt menu will appear at bootup Here s the procedure for manually installing rEFIt 1 Download the Mac disk image ver
380. tive In the next chapter we ll take a deeper look at the differences and similarities between Mac OS X and Linux to lay a solid foundation for your personal migration CHAPTER 2 The Comparison Linux vs Mac OS X Bs Linux and Mac OS X are clearly branches straight from a single tap root the UNIX operating system As you learned in Chapter 1 UNIX rose to meet many new computing chal lenges in the 1970s and matured at a dizzying pace in the 1980s BSD was the result of the work of computer science students at UCB Linux was the creation of a Finnish computer sci ence student in Sweden Mac OS X took critical elements of BSD FreeBSD in particular and rolled them into yet another powerful and groundbreaking operating system In their own way all three moved computing into new and previously unknown realms Now that you have an understanding of both the philosophical and historical similarities between BSD and Mac OS X let s look closely at how those similarities as well as the differ ences take shape in today s Mac operating system Mac OS X and Linux Filesystems In many ways the filesystems of Mac OS X and most commonly used Linux distributions are very similar However there are some specific implementation differences between the file systems To best explore those differences we ll cover the following topics e The Apple filesystem focusing on the evolution from MFS to HFS e The filesystem layouts of Linux
381. tory Library Fonts Font storage in the user s home directory tony Top level of user tony s home directory Applications Applications available only to the current user Desktop Items displayed by the Finder on the current user s desktop CHAPTER 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS MAC OS X 27 Directory Description Documents Current user s personal documents Library Application settings preferences and system resources applicable to the current user Movies Digital movies in all formats Music Digital music in all formats Pictures Image files in all formats Public Items shared by the current user with other system users Sites Web pages for the current user s personal web site These web pages are accessible to other users only when Web Sharing has been enabled by the owner user Table 2 4 Contents of the Network Domain on Mac OS X Systems Directory Description Network Applications Applications accessible to all users on a LAN system Network Library All resources including settings preferences and system resources available to users on a networked system Network Servers Mount points for any NFS shares on the system Network Users Home directories for all LAN users These home directories may also be stored on the users local servers or on other LAN accessible servers The commonality of directory names within the domains is by design These common directory names store common file types The system searche
382. tosh weighed just over 16 pounds To kick off the launch of the Macintosh Apple hired director Ridley Scott to produce a television ad intended to air only once during the broadcast of Super Bowl XVIII on January 22 1984 At a cost of more than a million dollars the ad portrayed computer users as conform ists in dark gray suits of sackcloth herded by helmeted police into a large and dark arena beneath a huge video monitor From the screen Big Brother lauded the age of information purity and scorned contradictory thoughts From the back of the arena a heroine raced down the center aisle flinging a heavy sledgehammer through the video screen leaving the users stunned The closing caption and voice over read like this On January 24th Apple Computer will introduce the Macintosh And you ll see why 1984 won t be like 1984 Two days later Jobs introduced the Macintosh at the annual Apple shareholders meeting He gave a brief prepared speech and a demonstration of the Macintosh s graphics capabilities and then said Now we ve done a lot of talking about Macintosh lately But today for the first time ever I d like to let Macintosh speak for itself To a thunderous round of applause the Macintosh began CHAPTER 1 THE BACKSTORY Hello I m Macintosh It sure is great to get out of that bag Unaccustomed as I am to public speaking I d like to share with you a maxim I thought of the first time I met an IB
383. tration tools and com mands 128 129 Shell line 127 SHELL variable 33 Shirt Pocket site 170 show command 232 Show Log List 142 showmount command 152 shutdown command 236 Sites directory 27 _sites conf file 146 SMB Server Message Block 148 SMB file sharing 151 sort command 128 Soundbooth Adobe 99 102 103 104 Soundbooth Scores 103 sqlite3 ruby package 212 Square pixels rectangular pixels 85 SSL Secure Sockets Layer encryption 170 STAT column 134 stateful behavior 188 static rules 189 status bar 207 status command 232 Step In button 205 Step Into button 206 Step Out button 205 206 Step Over button 205 206 Subnet Mask 36 Subversion SVN 219 220 copy modify merge model 220 vs CVS 219 220 overview 219 using from command line 221 using GUI front ends 222 230 overview 222 RapidSVN 228 230 versions for Mac 222 228 sudo i command 32 superblock 28 SuperDuper 166 170 SVN See Subversion svnadmin administrative tool 221 symbolic link 161 Synaptic Package Manager 78 sync command 74 synchronization 102 180 182 syslogd tool 140 system administration log review and maintenance 140 144 Console application 140 143 launchd command 143 144 location and naming conventions 140 overview 140 monitoring 129 134 Activity Monitor 129 132 overview 129 ps process status command 134 top command 132 133 overview 125 shared resources 145 152 Network File System NFS file shar
384. tributions It s also included in Mac OS X with the Python packages listed in Table 8 3 installed by default Table 8 3 Python Packages Included with Mac OS X Installation Package Description altgraph Python graph network package bdist_mpkg Tool for building Mac OS X installer packages from distutils macholib Mach O header analysis and editing modulegraph Python module dependency analysis tool NumPy Array processing for numbers strings records and objects py2app Tool for creating stand alone Mac OS X applications with Python setuptools Utility to download build install upgrade and uninstall Python packages xattr Python wrapper for Darwin s extended filesystem attributes Twisted Event driven networking engine wxPython Python bindings for the wxWidgets tool kit Zope Open source application server When the mpkg or source built installation is complete Xcode will recognize PyObjC allowing you to create a new Python project from the menu As shown in Figure 8 20 Xcode provides the option to create new Python Cocoa projects directly from the New Project window 210 CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE NNO New Project Choose a template for your new project i Composer Core Application Application K Mac OS X Data Application Application i Audio Units re tind ry Automator Action CPAN 0 Bundle Carbon C Cocoa Python Cocoa Python Command Line Utility Standard Application Core Data Application Application 4 Dy
385. tstrap_cmds e Libstreams e kext_tools e IOKitUser e cctools xnu 238 CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM These are tar gz files Put these tools in a known directory perhaps one you created in an easily accessed location specifically for this purpose and untar the files cd your directory for i in tar do tar zxvf i done rm f tar gz Note If you re downloading the kernel building files with Safari it may automatically uncompress the files for you leaving only the tar files In that case your tar command will not require the z option Next you ll need to ensure that usr local bin is in your PATH variable In Mac OS X 10 5 PATH is defined by etc paths and etc paths d You can make sure that usr local bin is listed in one of these files with the following command echo PATH If usr local bin isn t listed add it as a single new line in etc paths When the file is modified you can close the terminal window or use the source command to load the new version source bash_ profile Next change into the bootstrap_cmds directory cd bootstrap cmds version This directory contains a tool you ll need to build from source using gcc in order to build the kernel cd relpath tproj gcc o relpath relpath c The relpath binary will be located in your current directory Copy it to the build path noted in the bash_profile file sudo cp relpath usr local bin Now install L
386. tte recorders VCRs of the 1980s and 1990s Unlike audio a video signal is information dense including picture sync and subcarrier information The signal on video tape is written in a diagonal pattern to maximize use of the full tape width This tape is pulled across a drum for reading If the speed and alignment of the drum were perfectly in sync with that of the record head used to create the video and if it were possible to keep that perfect speed constant there would be no need for timebases In VCRs the timebases served to adjust the servos of the mechanical parts allow ing either perfect sync between the medium and the read head or video signal correction when that sync could not be achieved In digital tools such as QuickTime the timebase defines when temporal events will occur a time is reached a frame rate is reached and so on Quartz Composer As is typical with Mac OS X a Quartz development tool exists and it is included with the instal lation medium Quartz Composer is built on OpenGL Core Image and Core Video It provides an easily implemented API and a GUI based tool for development Applications created with Quartz Composer can be played in QuickTime embedded in a Cocoa application run as a system screen saver or run from within the Composer itself Built in Mac OS X Multimedia Tools Recognizing the niche its hardware holds in the multimedia space Apple has created a well regarded suite of multimedia softwar
387. ttle a user can t accomplish The primary tool set is contained in a single toolbar located along the left side by default The top level tools can be expanded to expose further options by clicking the arrow in the bottom right corner of each tool s box Advanced compositing Photoshop allows for complex stacking and combining of images Photoshop s compositing tools utilize layering to nearly its full extent allowing for this advanced compositing Raw image processing The raw image format has come into vogue among professional photographers in the past few years Calling it a format though may be a bit of a mis nomer A raw image contains minimal processing It s nearly identical to what a camera sensor sees and captures without the full data set to create an actual image In this sense raw images are often referred to as digital negatives they contain all the image data but cannot be viewed by themselves as images Image formats Photoshop supports a very broad range of image formats In short if you ve seen an image format Photoshop or a related plug in will probably handle and process that format Adobe Premiere Premiere is Adobe s video capture and editing package Consistent with the bundling approach the Premiere Pro package includes Encore and OnLocation the Standard package includes only OnLocation Premiere is also tightly integrated with Photoshop After Effects and Soundbooth The following are some
388. ty of Mac OS X is how easily most Linux and UNIX users can make the change from their original operating systems to Mac OS X It s not a perfect match but it s close enough to be surprisingly painless overall In other words there are more than enough similarities between the operating systems to make the differences far less painful than you might expect If you have a good Linux foundation you ll find the differences to be pretty easy to overcome In fact after years of using Linux exclusively I made the change almost over night I didn t miss the power of Linux in the least once I committed to the change However that change does require some preparation Many of the development tools for Mac OS X are made available on the installation disc but they re not installed by default Those tools provide a full IDE and the foundation for a complete suite of open source tools as well In this chapter we ll start down the path of building out the development and BSD envi ronment We ll walk through the process of installing Apple s Xcode tools package as well as your choice of utilities for obtaining open source tools for Mac OS X similar to the BSD ports system These are the real heart of the development and system administration power of Mac OS X They re necessary for harnessing the full power of your Mac OS X system Xcode Tools The first piece of the Linux pie in Mac OS X is Xcode Apple s suite of free tools for Mac OS X
389. ual purpose providing both the basic MAMP application and the MAMP PRO application According to the Living e web site the PRO version is the commercial professional grade version of MAMP To install MAMP download the MAMP application from http mamp info en download html double click the dmg file and drag the MAMP application to your Applications folder Printer Sharing You can configure network printer sharing in Mac OS X in a number of ways Sharing with fel low Mac users is configured most easily and quickly using the Print amp Fax GUI tools in System Preferences Sharing with Windows users on the network is also easiest to set up using the GUI although the sharing tool in the background will be Server Message Block SMB Shar ing with Linux UNIX or other Mac users can be easily accomplished with Common UNIX Printing System CUPS or Line Printer Daemon Line Printer Remote LPD LPR Let s walk through the graphical options for sharing the printer CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION 149 Sharing a Mac Connected Printer Sharing a printer connected to a Mac OS X system using the GUI is very easy The GUI tool will make the printer available on the network and visible to Mac Windows and Linux users alike In the System Preferences window select Print amp Fax If you currently have a printer attached to the Mac you ll see it listed in the left pane of the Print amp Fax window as shown in Figure 6 22
390. ually Other wise the IP address is set by DHCP e Subnet Mask Defines the subnetwork on which the computer resides e Router The address of a router or gateway device e DNS Server Comma delimited list of Domain Name System DNS servers used to per form DNS lookups e Search Domains Allows the user to enter comma delimited domains that are accessed frequently For example if you frequently access apple com that domain can be entered in the Search Domains text box This will allow you to enter only developer in your browser s address bar to access developer apple com e 802 1x Selects a default wireless network The command line equivalent to the configuration shown in Figure 2 5 would be as follows ifconfig enO 192 168 1 110 netmask 255 255 255 0 up As you can see the ifconfig command in Mac OS X is structured exactly as it is in Linux with the exception of the interface name As with Linux the DNS lookups are written to etc resolv conf nameserver 208 67 222 222 nameserver 208 67 220 220 Figure 2 6 shows the advanced configuration window for networking This provides the tools to manually configure the IPv4 address subnet mask and gateway and to configure IPv6 if needed Additional tabs in the window establish configuration for DNS Windows Internet Name Service WINS AppleTalk 802 1x Proxies and Ethernet Figure 2 7 shows the Ethernet tab CHAPTER 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS MAC OS X p Built in E
391. ubwindow Optionally remove a folder you would prefer not to share by highlighting the folder and clicking the minus button at the bottom of the Shared Folders window To adda shared folder click the plus button select the folder to which you would like to provide shared access and then click Add Ifyou would like to require the administrative password in order to make future changes click the lock icon in the lower left corner of the Sharing window These shared folders can be mapped as drives to a client Windows machine or added to shared directories on a Linux machine without further modification on the Mac This process shares the folders and files via SMB NFS File Sharing Setting up Network File System NFS file sharing on the Mac is nearly as simple as setting up SMB sharing It s best done from the command line using the following instructions 1 2 3 Open a terminal window Edit the etc exports file adding the following line using values specific to your net work Users shared directory network 192 168 1 0 mask 255 255 255 0 Ensure that the nfsd daemon is enabled with the following command sudo nfsd enable 152 CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION This example will require customization of the directory you would like to share and assumes that your local network is a 192 168 10 x network Adjust your entries accordingly You can test whether the NFS mount is actu
392. uby provide strong scripting functionality and all are available in the Mac OS X installation In practice scripting in Mac OS X using these languages will be virtually indistinguishable from scripting on a Linux or UNIX system But for many scripting in Mac OS X starts with the native scripting tool AppleScript Using AppleScript AppleScript is a scripting language that can respond to a number of events in Mac OS X by per forming a set of defined operations or by providing data An event in Mac OS X is an internal message containing commands or arbitrary data The Open Scripting Architecture OSA is the API at the heart of AppleScript OSA makes it possible to communicate with other scripting languages and with other applications on the system Lexically AppleScript is simple utilizing 103 reserved keywords As with Python the syntax is also simple making AppleScript an easy language to learn However the simplicity of the language itself is deceptive AppleScript is a rich object oriented scripting language perfectly suited to creating scriptable applications performing repetitive operations and providing access to applications or other scripting languages in the system Apple provides a comprehensive guide to using AppleScript at http developer apple com referencelibrary GettingStarted GS_AppleScript index html The AppleScript Utility located in the Applications Applescript directory is used to configure the use of the AppleScr
393. ugging with Xcode 0 ccc cece eee eee 203 Xcode and Other Application Development Tools 207 Xcode and JAVA cece cnn ee ene nee 208 Xcode and Python 0 ccc ccc cece eee ences 209 Xcode and RUDY vc 255 noose x cowed erik rea erai eieaa raae 211 Xcode and PHP onanan aaaea 213 CHAPTER 9 CONTENTS SCAPINO ene ae a sapan a ai aap eR aE a a 216 Using AppleScript n n 0 0 ccc ccc cece eens 216 Creating Scripts with the Script Editor 217 Using Other Scripting Languages 0 cee 218 Code Maintenance and Revision Control 0 005 218 Introducing Subversion 00 c cece eee een eee 219 Using Subversion from the Command Line 221 Using Subversion GUI Front Ends 000s 222 Managing Changes with Git 0 cece eee 230 SUMMARY ice se hae dekh Steg eben nd Saas ae went ne hau Bh ag eee 232 Hybridizing Your System 233 How BSD and Linux Differ 0 00 00 ccc cece eee eee 234 Distribution vs Operating System 0 0000s 234 Runlevels and System Startup 0 0 cece eae 234 LENG OMS WMG seg eek E E x 2 E A 236 Kernel Customization and Compilation 0008 237 Setting Up the Build Environment 005 237 Building the Kernel 0 c cc cece ccc e
394. und a strong niche on Apple s iPhone Many small development houses in particular have come into a windfall since the App Store opening In some cases more revenue was generated in a single year often at 99 cents per download than in the entire combined history of the company prior to that event more income derived from a single application than all combined income prior That makes a pretty compelling case to consider moving your existing applications especially those that might find a useful home on a mobile device to the general Macintosh platform CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM Income expectations aside most developers take a real pride in the widespread use of software they ve created You don t create these applications in a vacuum or completely for your own purposes Like the efforts of a carpenter an automobile worker or any other profes sion in which skilled people leverage tools to create a tangible product there s a real sense of satisfaction in standing back and watching that product put to use in solving problems in the real world While it s fundamental economics that everyone makes something sells some thing or services something it s a fundamental fact of human nature that solving problems for a large pool of users is a very gratifying activity That pool of users continues to grow on the Macintosh platform as do the opportunities for the personal and professional satisfaction of a growing number of deve
395. usted of course for your system lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC Apple Computer DTD PLIST 1 0 EN http www apple com DTDs PropertyList 1 0 dtd gt lt plist version 1 0 gt lt dict gt lt key gt Label lt key gt lt string gt com apple backup daily lt string gt lt key gt ProgramArguments lt key gt 182 CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION lt array gt lt string gt Users tony scripts inc_backup sh lt string gt lt string gt daily lt string gt lt array gt lt key gt LowPriorityI0 lt key gt lt true gt lt key gt Nice lt key gt lt integer gt 1 lt integer gt lt key gt StartCalendarInterval lt key gt lt dict gt lt key gt Hour lt key gt lt integer gt 2 lt integer gt lt key gt Minute lt key gt lt integer gt 25 lt integer gt lt dict gt lt dict gt lt plist gt When created this file can be saved in Users you Library LaunchAgents com apple DailyBackups plist When included in the LaunchAgents directory this file will launch the Users tony scripts inc_backup sh every day at 2 25 a m If you re more familiar and comfortable with cron the following entry can be added to crontab with the crontab e command 25 2 7 Users tony scripts inc_backups sh Again the script will run at 2 25 a m each day creating an incremental backup of the sys tem and using the bless command making it bootable Security As you
396. ut as true In general the relationship between the companies seems nearly as cordial and symbiotic as it has always been CHAPTER 5 USING THE MANY APPLE AND LINUX TOOLS 99 The Adobe Multimedia Tools The set of Adobe applications for multimedia is stunning in its depth Every element of these tasks is covered in one software application or another These tools were originally created and released as stand alone applications with little attention to how each interacted with the other Following the release of Mac OS X and the iLife suite Adobe took note of the tight integration among the iLife tools The Adobe developers began to pay more attention to how closely their own tools worked together with the result being a tight fit between video audio and graphics This includes the ability to export from one application directly to another much as is possible with the iLife suite The Adobe library of multimedia tools covers nearly all tasks in the typical work flow The individual software packages developed and sold by Adobe are all top of the class tools as recognized by professionals and amateurs alike While Adobe s strategy has moved toward a model of bundling these tools in recent years they are still available as individual packages dedicated to specific tasks Table 5 1 lists the principal Adobe tools and their uses Table 5 1 Adobe Multimedia Tools Tool Use Photoshop Graphics editing and manipulation Illustrator Vector graph
397. ut if no files are specified If the count is omitted it defaults to 10 tail Displays the last part of a file The tail utility displays the contents of a file or by default its standard input to the standard output Is Lists directory contents For each operand that names a file of a type other than directory ls displays its name as well as any requested associated information dd Converts and copies a file The dd utility copies the standard input to the standard output Input data is read and written in 512 byte blocks diff Compares files line by line tar Runs the GNU version of the tar archiving utility The man page documents the GNU version of tar an archiving program designed to store and extract files from an archive file known as a tarfile A tarfile may be made on a tape drive however it is also common to write a tarfile to a normal file cut Selects portions of each line of a file The cut utility selects portions of each line as specified by list from each file and writes them to the standard output If no file arguments are specified or a file argument is a single dash cut reads from the standard input These command line administration tools are available in their native UNIX BSD forms to Mac OS X system administrators As with most tools in UNIX these utilities can be executed as stand alone commands with the appropriate options or called from scripts either indi vidually or in combination And as noted i
398. vi ronment and the window view as shown in Figure 8 9 Your choices for window view selected by clicking one of the two icons at the far left are the main window or the debugging window the bug spray icon To designate the target environment for the application select it from the drop down menu in the main interface In the example the options for target are Mac OS X 10 4 or Mac OS X 10 5 Target Setting Figure 8 9 The Xcode IDE settings 201 202 CHAPTER 8 MAC OS X AND CODE Note Xcode settings include Project settings and Target settings Without the parenthetical indication of which settings you re modifying such as Target Setting it s possible to confuse the settings type Chang ing these settings may in fact give unexpected results In other words it s important to pay close attention to the settings type when modifying the Xcode settings In addition to selecting the window view and the target environ ment for the application Xcode also provides several actions that are easily accessible within the main interface Click the Action drop down arrow to see the list shown in Figure 8 10 You can select from the following types of actions e Open and add actions such as adding a new file opening the current file in the Finder or opening the current file as a new file e Actions specific to the individual file such as viewing the file information as provided in part by the existing plist file
399. w loopback gt 10baseT UTP lt full duplex flow control gt 100baseTX lt half duplex gt 100baseTX lt full duplex gt 100baseTX lt full duplex hw loopback gt 100baseTX lt full duplex flow control gt 1000baseT lt full duplex gt 1000baseT lt full duplex hw loopback gt 1000baseT lt full duplex flow control gt none Using the GUI to Configure Ethernet Interfaces The Ethernet interfaces can also be configured via the GUI in the Network options of System Preferences as shown in Figure 2 5 200 Network Location Automatic eA Built in Ethernet NY Status Connected Built in Ethernet is currently active and has Bluetooth the IP address 192 168 1 110 Connected Not Connected ad Built in Firewire J Configure Manually E e pitort A IP Address 192 168 1 110 0 Q Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Bluetooth PAN gt Not Connected Router 192 168 1 1 DNS Server 208 67 222 222 208 67 220 220 Search Domains 802 1X WPA orchard i M 3 A W Click the lock to prevent further changes Revert Apply Figure 2 5 Manually configuring the network interfaces with the GUI tool in Mac OS X 36 CHAPTER 2 THE COMPARISON LINUX VS MAC OS X You can set the following options e Configure Determines whether the IP address will be set manually or via the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP e IP Address This field is accessible only if the Configure field is set to Man
400. w years I did fulfill that promise to myself in December 2006 I purchased a Mac mini one of the 1 83 GHz Intel Core Duo variety with 2GB of RAM At the time I was nearly two years into the production of The Roadhouse Podcast a weekly hour of the finest blues you ve never heard Although I understood that Mac OS X was solidly designed and built around the BSD operating system I had some concerns about moving the production of PREFACE xix the podcast to the Mac I had landed on a routine with the show that was working well though large periods of time were spent waiting for my old 800 MHz P3 Linux box to churn through encoding and conversion tasks I had landed on a set of open source tools that met all my needs for the show both practical and esoteric and had no desire or time to learn a new Mac tool set In the first week with the Mac mini on my desktop I downloaded and installed those tools either from the Web or via the MacPorts utility And on that first Saturday my produc tion time was actually reduced by a full two hours The open source tools worked equally well on the Mac and the solid hardware took less than half the time to accomplish the most CPU intensive processes involved in assembling the show In short I was hooked It was at that point that I began to evangelize with friends and fellow computing profes sionals about the power of the Mac OS X system Those who knew me well understood that efficiency was always my
401. whether they re from the iPhone or from the desktop Note An interesting side effect of the sample rule is that if the connection with the iPhone is made and the phone is mounted as a network drive before the rule is established it s impossible to unmount it even though its contents can no longer be accessed from the desktop To drop the no iPhones rule rule 00100 I can execute the following command sudo ipfw delete 00100 As no return is issued from the system I want to check to be sure the rule has been deleted by asking ipfw to list all its current rules sudo ipfw list 65535 allow ip from any to any Again the only rule on the system is to allow all connections with all other machines the default rule controlled by the kernel and numbered 65535 To shut down the ipfw firewall altogether issue the following command sudo ipfw disable firewall Note ipfw commands that establish or delete rules require sudo access The Mac OS X default configura tion does not allow socket operations by normal users these are accessible by only the root user 188 CHAPTER 7 BACKUP SECURITY AND AUTOMATION The primary ipfw commands include those listed in Table 7 1 These commands are fur ther modified by the use of many options to ipfw Table 7 1 Common ipfw Commands Command Description add Inserts a new rule into the ipfw ruleset list or show Displays all the current ipfw rules flush Removes all the user confi
402. words in order to use many of the KDE guided GUI based tools it s necessary to have KDE installed on the system They don t function well or in some cases at all as stand alone tools KDE s original license limited its use to free operating systems effectively ruling out using it on Mac OS X Recent versions are released under a revised licensing agreement that allows the use of KDE in all environments That change made it possible for developers to begin port ing KDE for use in Mac OS X KDE is now available as a stand alone dmg installer from http mac kde org id download and as a port in both MacPorts and Fink Installing from mac kde org The mac kde org site makes both full and individual packages available in a variety of down load formats The individual dmg files are available for direct download as are BitTorrent versions of both an everything package and the individual components of the KDE system The everything package for KDE is a 3GB file a substantial download even on a fast con nection Fortunately the BitTorrent versions are well seeded and the network is active The BitTorrent download on my machine took just over two hours Figure 9 7 shows the first KDE installer screen 251 252 CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM Welcome to the KDE Installer Introduction Read Me You will be guided through the steps necessary to install this software License Destination Select in
403. x distribution within the virtual machine created by VMware If you choose you can also install Windows in a separate virtual machine VMware provides a drop down list with a full range of guest system options as shown in Figure 3 8 CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION Introduction Create New Virtual Machine Operating System The Virtual Machine Assistant will help you create a virtual Name machine Virtual Hard Disk Virtual machines are self contained portable computers that Windows Easy tnstall allow you to run Windows or other x86 operating systems side Finish ____by side with Mac OS X with near native performance Once the virtual machine has been created you will need to install an operating system from your own installation disc To get started click Continue Figure 3 7 The VMware Virtual Machine Assistant Introduction Choose Operating System Operating System Select the operating system you will install in this virtual Name machine Virtual Hard Disk Finish operaning system T i Version Ubuntu 4 Figure 3 8 Creating the new virtual machine with VMware 56 CHAPTER 3 DUAL BOOTING AND VIRTUALIZATION In my case I ve chosen Linux as the operating system and Ubuntu as the distribution version The version will also serve as the default name of the virtual machine Note that VMware also provides an option to customize the name Defining the virtual drive size of the
404. y Application Support TVShows TVShows log No such file or directory Sep 14 18 00 00 Cerebellum com apple launchd 174 net sourceforge tvshows 37638 posix_spawnp Users tony Library App lication Support TVShows TVShowsScript TYShows rb No such file or directory Sep 14 18 00 08 Cerebellum com apple launchd 176 net sourceforge tvshows 37638 Exited with exit code 1 Sep 14 18 62 56 Cerebellum iLike 36991 Cookie update thread woke Sep 14 18 02 50 Cerebellum iLike 36991 Setting browser cookies Sep 14 18 02 50 Cerebellum iLike 36991 Cookie OK Sep 14 18 05 45 Cerebellum Quicksilver 4941 An error ocurred while scanning User Accounts launch path not accessible Sep 14 18 07 50 Cerebellum iLike 36991 Cookie update thread woke M Sep 14 18 07 50 Cerebellum iLike 36991 Setting browser cookies Sep 14 18 07 50 Cerebellum iLike 36991 Cookie OK 4 ee ee EE es Figure 6 18 Using the Mac OS X Console application to review the system log file Like other Mac OS X applications Console includes a search box to ease string searching while analyzing logs Figure 6 19 shows Console s menu bar including the search box 000 5 system log B A X Qy String Matching Hide Log List Move to Trash Clear Display Insert Marker Reload Filter Figure 6 19 The menu bar of Mac OS X s Console application When reviewing or monitoring logs in real time you can mark the start time This is done using the
405. y at 10 40 AM i The West Wing Season gt y kdeutils pkg z i D The West Wing Season 3 gt li kdevelop pkg i f Figure 9 8 Contents of the kde mac folder CHAPTER 9 HYBRIDIZING YOUR SYSTEM 253 Table 9 3 Software Included with the KDE Desktop Installation Software Amarok KDE Education KDE Games KDE PIM KDE Toys KDevelop KDE WebDev KOffice KTorrent Description A KDE based music management system A package of several educational applications which are designed with the special interface needs of young children in mind A full range of games including arcade card dice logic and strategy games A KDE based personal information management application A package of amusement applications A KDE based IDE supporting plug ins and project management directly supports C Ruby and PHP development and version control with CVS Subversion Perforce and Clearcase A full kit of tools for web development including Quanta KImageMapEditor KXSL Debug and Kallery An integrated office suite for KDE that includes word processing spreadsheet presentation and other office applications A KDE BitTorrent application As the underlying toolkit for KDE is Qt that package is installed first as shown in Figure 9 9 even before the base KDE packages The individual package installations follow including the base package and the included applications ooa Introduction Read Me License Destination
406. you can type it directly in your browser ServerName yoursite DocumentRoot Users your user Sites your site lt VirtualHost gt 3 Add the following to the bottom of the httpd conf file Include Users yourusername Sites sites conf 4 Start or restart the Apache server with the following command sudo apachectl re start This virtual hosts example can serve as a model for other hosts on the system Those hosts will be added to the _sites conf file CHAPTER 6 ROUTINE MAC OS X SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION 147 Caution When configuring a virtual host that will be live on the Internet it s not recommended that you set the DocumentRoot in your home directory as shown in the example here Instead it s a good idea to create a directory on the system that will be accessible to the web user account www by default in Mac OS X and that is in effect segregated from the rest of the system This is a basic configuration for a development system A full discussion of the con figuration files and directives can be found on the Apache site at http httpd apache org docs 1 3 configuring html As is the case with many of the software packages for Mac OS X Apache PHP and MySQL are available as source packages These can be downloaded built and installed with many customizations according to your specific needs Installing Apache from Source The Apache source is available from the Apache Project downloads page at http httpd apac

Apress Mac for Linux Geeks (2009)

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents